ⲧⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲣⲙ̄ⲛ̄ⲕⲏⲙⲉ

Preface

The present work is an expansion of a series of elementary lessons developed gradually during twenty years of teaching Sahidic Coptic at the college level. The Lessons are designed to provide a carefully graded introduction to the basic grammar and vocabulary of the language. The content of the Lessons and the mode of presentation were dictated by purely practical pedagogical considerations; the book is in no way intended to be a scientific reference grammar. The Reading Selections are furnished with glosses designed to facilitate the translation to unsimplified material. A thorough mastery of these and the Lessons will bring the student to the level at which any Sahidic text of average difficulty can be read with no trouble. The emphasis on basic matters has necessitated the omission of much technical linguistic data not immediately relevant to the needs of the average beginning student. Those who are interested in a detailed study of the phonology, in the relationship of Sahidic to the other Coptic dialects, or in the historical development of Coptic from ancient Egyptian may consult the standard works on these subjects as cited in the Bibliography.

A special effort has been made to provide a Glossary that will be useful to the student beyond his first year's study. In addition to covering the words used in the present text, the Glossary is intended to contain the full vocabulary of the Sahidic New Testament, including most associated phrases and idioms, as well as a generous selection of lexical items from other Biblical and literary texts. Deliberately excluded from the Glossary are words of a specialized nature, such as the names of plants, vessels, implements, drugs, and animals occurring only in technical texts that usually provide little clue to their precise meanings; nor has any effort been made to include the unusual lexical usage of Shenute. For these items the reader must consult the indispensible A Coptic Dictionary of W. E. Crum, which, together with M. Wilmet, Concordance du nouveau testament sahidique, is the main authority for the Glossary included here.

I would like to express my sincere thanks to my colleague, George W. MacRae, the Charles Chauncey Stillman Professor of Roman Catholic Theological Studies, Harvard Divinity School, for encouraging me to undertake this work and for his helpful comments on a large portion of the manuscript; to Mr. Gary A. Bisbee, for the exceptional skill and care with which he prepared the final copy for publication; to Mr. Watson E. Mills, Director of the Mercer University Press, for his part in initiating and publishing this work.

Thomas O. Lambdin
Cambridge, Mass.
June 19.2</p>

Table of Contents

Abbreviations and Conventions

The names of specific conjugations and inflected verbal forms are capitalized throughout the book.

Introduction

The political unification of Egypt took place around the beginning of the third millennium B.C. with the establishment of the First Dynasty at Memphis. Soon afterward written records began to appear in the hieroglyphic script, which together with its cursive derivatives, hieratic and demotic, remained the sole medium for writing the Egyptian language until the end of the second century A.D. At that time, the missionaries of the Church, then centered in Alexandria, undertook the translation of the Bible from Greek into Egyptian in order to facilitate their task of Christianizing the country. They abandoned the three-thousand-year-old hieroglyphic writing system, probably as much because of its complexity and imperfections as for its "heathen" associations, and chose instead to employ a modified form of the Greek alphabet. Egyptian in this new guise is known as Coptic, a modern term derived from Arabic qubṭî, itself a corruption of the Greek word (ai)gúpti(os), Egyptian.

The conquest of Egypt by Alexander the Great in 3.2 B.C. and the subsequent Greek-speaking administration of the country under the Ptolemies led to the thorough Hellenization of Lower (i.e. Northern) Egypt. Egyptian-Greek bilingualism was apparently commonplace in the Delta, and it is probable that much Greek technical, legal, and commercial terminology was introduced into spoken Egyptian at this time. Rough and unsystematic attempts to transcribe Egyptian in the Greek alphabet were made as early as the third century B.C. It was only natural, then, that the Coptic translators of the Bible not only adopted the Greek alphabet but also generously supplemented the native lexicon with many more borrowings from Greek. The Greek vocabulary of any Coptic text is significantly large.

Evidence of dialectal differences is found as early as the third millenium B.C., but the general conservatism of the hieroglyphic script and the practice of standardizing a particular form of the language for long periods of time (e.g. Middle Egyptian, New Egyptian) tend to obscure the great dialectal diversity that must have existed in the spoken language as one traveled the 7.0 miles down the Nile from Aswan to the Mediterranean. The individual dialects first become recognizable when we reach the Coptic period and see the language spelled out in the Greek alphabet. The exact geographical location of the dialects is still a matter of scholarly debate, but the reader should become familiar with their names and the approximate chronological range of their use for literary purposes.

Sahidic, the dialect treated in this book, was the dialect chosen for the official translation of the Bible mentioned above. There is conflicting evidence on its geographical location: the name Sahidic, from Arabic aṣ-ṣaʿîd, Upper (i.e. Southern) Egypt, places it in the south (hence its alternate name: Theban, Thebaic); linguistic considerations, however, favor a northern locale, in the neighborhood of Memphis and the eastern Delta. One cannot rule out the possibility that both locations are correct; the fact that Thebes and Memphis alternated as the capital of Egypt through much of its history and were the chief centers of religious (priestly), building, and commercial activity could have led to the development of an "urban" dialect in these two areas, quite distinct from the dialects of the "rural" areas that lay between. By the fourth century A.D. Sahidic was firmly established as the standard literary dialect and retained this status until its demise around the tenth century. Surviving texts in Sahidic include, in addition to the New Testament and a large portion of the Old, a considerable corpus of Church literature and some remnants of secular literature, nearly all of which is translated from Greek. Of native works we have only the writings of Pachomius (c. 3.0), the founder of Egyptian monasticism; Shenute (c. 4.0), the administrator of the White Monastery in Upper Egypt; and Besa, a disciple of Shenute. The Coptic writings of Shenute, who attempted to mould the language into a literary vehicle comparable to Greek, are often referred to as the "classics" of Sahidic literature. Their syntactic complexity and unusual vocabulary usage, however, place them beyond the scope of the present work, which is based on the language of the more widely studied translation literature.

Bohairic replaced Sahidic as the standard literary dialect. Bohairic texts are attested as early as the ninth century, but the dialect does not seem to have achieved wide usage until it was adopted as the official language of the Coptic Church in the eleventh century. Most Bohairic texts come from after this time, and many of them were translated from Sahidic originals. The term Bohairic comes from Arabic al-buhairah, Lower (i.e. Northern) Egypt; it is generally assumed that Bohairic was the dialect of the Western Delta, including Alexandria and Nitria. The designation Memphitic has also been used for this dialect.

Fayyumic, as its name implies, was the dialect of northern Middle Egypt in the vicinity of the Fayyum Basin. It is well attested in texts ranging from the fourth to the eleventh century, but it apparently never attained the status of Sahidic.

Achmimic, generally located in the area of Akhmim (Panopolis) in southern Middle Egypt, enjoyed only a brief literary period from the third to the fifth century.

Subachmimic, tentatively localized between Akhmim and Thebes, was used extensively in the fourth and fifth centuries for the translation of Manichaean and Gnostic literature. Its association with this heretical material probably had much to do with its early demise as a literary dialect. The Nag Hammadi texts are in Subachmimic or a variety of Sahidic influenced by Subachmimic in varying degrees.

For further details on the dialects the reader should consult the works of Worrell, Vergote, Kahle, and Till cited in the Bibliography.

The Arab conquest of Egypt in 6.1 A.D. and the subsequent suppression of the native Christian population resulted in the gradual dying out of the Egyptian language in favor of Arabic. We cannot be sure how long this process took, but it is safe to assume that by the fifteenth century Coptic had ceased to be a native spoken language, thus bringing to an end a continuous written record of over four thousand years.

The Coptic Alphabet

Sahidic Coptic is written in the Greek alphabet augmented by six letters borrowed from Demotic script, the last stage of Egyptian hieroglyphic writing. The letters of the full alphabet, together with their conventional transcription, are as follows:

The following paragraphs deal with the Coptic, not the Greek, pronunciation of this alphabet.

Spelling and Pronunciation

a. The Consonants

was apparently pronounced like English v in voice, but it is generally read simply as b in back.

occurs only as a positional variant of in a very small set of forms. Pronounced like the g of good.

and do not normally occur in standard Sahidic spelling. may occur for in a few words, e.g. ⲁⲛⲍⲏⲃⲉ for ⲁⲛⲥⲏⲃⲉ school. Pronounced d as in dog and z as in zoo respectively.

, , and occur in Sahidic Coptic words only as combinations of two consonants: + ϩ, + ϩ, and + ϩ respectively. is fairly frequent, e.g. ⲡⲉⲑⲟⲟⲩ evil, for ⲡⲉⲧ ϩⲟⲟⲩ. and are rare and need not be used at all. The Copts seem to have used this same pronunciation for these letters in Greek words, contrary to the ordinary Greek pronunciation of as f, as th (thin), and as ch (German ich, ach).

, , and were like English k, p, t, but without aspiration. Thus, they were more like the k, p, t of skin, spin, stop than the aspirated sounds of kin, pin, top.

, , and were probably the same as English l, m, and n.

is simply a combination of + , rarely used. E.g. ⲝⲟⲩⲣ ring.

is conventionally pronounced like English r in road. Its actual pronunciation is unknown.

was like English s in see.

is simply + , rarely used. E.g. ⲯⲓⲧⲉ nine (psite).

ϣ was the sh of shall.

ϥ was the f of foot.

ϩ was probably like English h in hope.

ϫ is conventionally pronounced like the j of judge. Its actual pronunciation was probably closer to that of the [tʸ] of tune

ϭ, conventionally like the ch of church, was probably closer to the [kʸ] of cue, cute.

ϯ is merely a graphic symbol for + , but it was the normal way to spell this sequence of sounds. E.g. ϯⲙⲉ village (time).

¹ Brackets are used to indicate phonetic pronunciation in standard phonetic symbols. Do not confuse these with the conventional transcriptions.

b. The simple vowels

like the a of father. E.g. ⲁϥ [af] meat.

like the e of let. E.g. ϩⲉⲛ [hɛn] some.

probably like the a of hate. E.g. ⲙⲏⲧ [met] ten.

like the i of machine. This vowel is always spelled ⲉⲓ in initial positions: ⲉⲓⲛⲉ [íne] to bring, ⲉⲓⲥ [is] behold. Internally and finally the spelling alternates between and ⲉⲓ, but is preferred.

like the o of log, fog, dog, off, on. E.g. ⲧⲟⲡ [tɔp] edge.

does not appear as a simple vowel in Coptic words.

ⲟⲩ is the normal writing of the vowel [u], the oo of food. E.g. ⲛⲟⲩⲃ noub [nub] gold.

like the o of hope. E.g. ϩⲱⲡ [hop] to hide.

c. Semivowels and diphthongs

The consonants y and w of English yet and wet are often referred to as semivowels because they are the same sounds as the vowels [i] and [u] of beet and boot very briefly articulated. The Coptic vowels ⲉⲓ () and ⲟⲩ may function as consonants in the same way. E.g. ⲉⲓⲱⲧ [yot] father, ⲟⲩⲟⲡ [wɔp] to become pure.

The semivowels ⲉⲓ () and ⲟⲩ combine with a preceding simple vowel to form various diphthongs. Many of the diphthongs have more than one spelling; the reader should follow the spelling used in the Lessons. The diphthongs should be pronounced carefully, with the value of the single vowel as given above plus a final y or w as the case may be.

ⲁⲓ, ⲁⲉⲓ as in ⲥⲁⲉⲓⲛ [sayn] physician, ⲁⲓⲡⲱⲧ [aypót] I ran.

ⲁⲩ (rarely ⲁⲟⲩ) as in ⲛⲁⲩ [naw] to see, ⲁⲩⲡⲱⲧ [awpót] they ran.

ⲉⲓ (less commonly ⲉⲉⲓ) as in ⲡⲉⲓⲣⲱⲙⲉ [pɛyrómɛ] this man. Although a knowledge of the grammar is necessary for making the correct distinction between ⲉⲓ = [i] and ⲉⲓ = [ɛy], the problem is not a serious one: in normal Sahidic spelling ⲉⲓ has the value + (1) in the demonstrative adjectives ⲡⲉⲓ- ⲧⲉⲓ- ⲛⲉⲓ- (Lesson 5), (2) in the first person verbal prefixes of the forms ⲉⲓ-, ⲛⲉⲓ-, ⲙⲉⲓ- (Lesson 21 and following), and in a few isolated words like ⲉⲓⲉ [ɛyɛ] (Lesson 29).

ⲉⲩ (rarely ⲉⲟⲩ), as in ⲉⲩϣⲁϫⲉ [ɛwšátʸɛ] while they were talking.

ⲏⲓ as in ⲡⲏⲓ [pey] the house.

ⲏⲩ (less commonly ⲏⲟⲩ) as in ⲧⲏⲩ [tew] wind.

ⲓⲉⲓ, ⲉⲓⲉⲓ is very rare and is [yi] not [iy], e.g. ϩⲓⲉⲓⲃ [hyib] lamb.

ⲓⲟⲩ is rare, e.g. ⲥⲓⲟⲩ [siw] star.

ⲟⲉⲓ, ⲟⲓ as in ⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓⲛ [wɔyn] light.

ⲟⲟⲩ as in ⲙⲟⲟⲩ [mɔw] water, ⲙⲟⲟⲩⲧ [mɔwt] dead.

ⲱⲓ as in ⲉϫⲱⲓ [ɛtʸóy] on me; rare except in final position.

ⲱⲟⲩ as in ⲧⲱⲟⲩⲛ [town] to stand up, ⲉϫⲱⲟⲩ [ɛtʸów] on them.

ⲟⲩⲓ (rare) as in ⲛⲟⲩⲓ [nuy] mine; also possibly as [wi] in some words, e.g. ⲕⲟⲩⲓ [kwi] small.

ⲟⲩⲟⲩ (rare) as in ⲙⲟⲩⲟⲩⲧ [muwt] to kill, ⲛⲟⲩⲟⲩ [nuw] theirs.

Double Vowels

The double writing of any of the simple vowels is generally understood to be an indication of the presence of a glottal stop, i.e. the complete but very brief stoppage of airflow in the glottis, conventionally indicated by ʾ in transcription. Thus ⲙⲁⲁⲃ máʾăb thirty, ⲥⲉⲉⲡⲉ séʾĕpe remainder, ϣⲟⲟⲡ šóʾŏp to be. The stress is on the first vowel; the vowel after the glottal stop was probably of very brief duration.

Vowel doubling occurs in diphthongs as well, e.g. ⲙⲁⲁⲩ máʾăw mother, ⲙⲉⲉⲩⲉ méʾĕwe to think. There is no sure way of knowing whether ⲟⲟⲩ indicates [ɔw] or [ɔ́ʾɔ̆w].

Syllabification and the Supralinear Stroke

One of the most distinctive features of Sahidic spelling is the short stroke placed over certain consonants or groups of consonants. This supralinear stroke, as it is called, indicates a syllable, but there is some disagreement among Coptic scholars on how this syllabification actually sounded in the spoken language. When the stroke is used over a voiced consonant such as , it probably meant that the consonant is functioning as the vowel, i.e. the most sonorous part, of the syllable in question, exactly like the final n of English button and sudden, phonetically [-tn̥] and [-dn̥]. Thus, ϣⲛ̄ⲧ (to seek me) was pronounced [šn̥t] and ⲛ̄ⲧ (to bring me) as [n̥t]. The voiced consonants capable of having this syllabic pronunciation are , , , , and , known mnemonically as the blemner consonants. Note that they are all voiced continuants, i.e. consonants whose voiced duration may be prolonged at will (remember that is v, not b). E.g.

ⲧⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄(we hear)[tn̥sótm̥]
ϣⲧⲟⲣⲧⲣ̄(to disturb)[štɔ́rtr̥]
ⲧⲃ̄ⲧ(fish)[tv̥t]
ⲕⲣⲙ̄ⲣⲙ̄(to mutter)[krḿ̥rm̥]

The stroke over the remaining consonants may be pronounced as a brief or as ə (the first vowel of English above) before the consonant over which the stroke is placed, e.g. ⲥⲡ̄ⲥⲱⲡϥ̄ [səpsópəf] to entreat him. This pronunciation may also be used with the blemner consonants for the sake of convenience.

In non-standard texts, of which there are many, the vowel is often written instead of using the stroke (and vice versa), but most frequently in proclitic elements and initial clusters, e.g. ⲥⲉⲡⲥⲱⲡϥ̄ = ⲥⲡ̄ⲥⲱⲡϥ̄, ϩⲉⲙ ⲡⲏⲓ = ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲓ. In standard spelling is used regularly instead of the stroke only when the consonant preceding the consonant that would have had the stroke is a blemner; thus ⲙⲟⲕⲙⲉⲕ and ⲛⲟϭⲛⲉϭ are words of the same pattern as ⲥⲟⲡⲥⲡ̄ and ⲥⲟⲗⲥⲗ̄. This convention may have been adopted to prevent incorrect syllabification: ⲙⲟⲕⲙⲕ could be read as [mɔ́km̥k] or [mɔ́kmək]. The chief exceptions are indeed words where a different syllabification is required: ϣⲟⲙⲛ̄ⲧ [šɔ́mn̥t] three, ⲧⲱⲙⲛ̄ⲧ [tómn̥t] to befall. The ⲛ̄ of these words is an intrusive (secondary) glide from the labial to the dental ; the earlier forms were ϣⲟⲙⲧ̄ and ⲧⲱⲙⲧ̄. The convention likewise does not apply when the final consonant is also a blemner: ⲛⲁϩⲙⲛ̄ [náhmn̥] to rescue us. Much of the variation between and a stroke that occurs in the writing of certain verbal prefixes (e.g. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣϥ̄-, ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉϥ-; ⲙⲁⲣϥ̄-, ⲙⲁⲣⲉϥ-) probably results from inconsistent application of this rule.

The forms ⲧⲱⲟⲩⲛ (to arise) and ⲥⲟⲟⲩⲛ̄ (to know) have been standardized in the Lessons. In the Reading Selections the orthography of the source has been followed.

Stress

Coptic is a highly compounding language, mostly by prefixation. All prefixal elements are proclitic, i.e. unstressed and bound, to the word which stands last in the sequence, regardless of its length, e.g.

ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲉϥⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲧⲧⲁⲕⲟ = ϩⲛ̄-ⲧⲉ-ϥ-ⲙⲛ̄ⲧ-ⲁⲧ-ⲧⲁⲕⲟ́

in his imperishability

Any element designated as prefixal in the course of the Lessons should be considered as proclitic. All simple prepositions are proclitic, like ϩⲛ̄ in the above example, but for the sake of clarity they are written as separate words in this text.

The main stress, then, is on the word standing at the end of the compound. The successive application of the following rules will enable the reader to apply the correct stress in all but the rarest cases:

  1. Stress is always on one of the last two syllables of a word.
  2. The vowels , , and are always stressed.
  3. Final simple -ⲁ and simple -ⲉⲓ, -ⲓ are always stressed.
  4. Final -ⲟⲩ is stressed except (1) when it is the suffixed pronoun of the 3rd person plural (a knowledge of the grammar will make this clear), and (2) in the words ⲡⲁϩⲟⲩ (back), ⲥⲡⲟⲧⲟⲩ (lips), ⲥⲁϩⲟⲩ (curse), and ⲣⲁⲥⲟⲩ (dream).
  5. Final -ⲉ is unstressed except in the adjectives introduced in Lesson 15 (thus, ⲥⲁⲃⲉ́, wise, ⲃⲗ̄ⲗⲉ́, blind, etc.) and in a few miscellaneous words like ⲃⲉⲕⲉ́ (wages), ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲣⲉ́ (witness), ⲕⲛ̄ⲧⲉ́ (figs), ⲛⲁⲙⲉ́ (truly).
  6. A final syllable marked by a stroked consonant is never stressed unless it is the only syllable of the word.

Assimilation

Assimilation, for our present purposes, may be defined briefly as the alteration of a sound due to its proximity to another sound, usually resulting in greater phonetic compatibility. The final ⲛ̄ of prefixal elements (e.g. prepositions, particles, articles) is regularly assimilated to ⲙ̄ before and , e.g.

*ϩⲛ̄ ⲡⲏⲓϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲓ

in the house

*ⲛ̄ⲙⲁⲉⲓⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲉⲓⲛ

the signs

The assimilation of consonant -ⲛ also occurs but is not standard, e.g. ⲧⲉⲙⲡⲓⲥⲧⲓⲥ for ⲧⲉⲛⲡⲓⲥⲧⲓⲥ (our faith). In some texts the particle ⲛ̄, which has several grammatical functions, assimilates completely to , , and , e.g. ⲛ̄ⲃⲣ̄ⲣⲉⲃ̄ⲃⲣ̄ⲣⲉ (the young), ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉⲣ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ (the men). This is not considered standard, but it is not uncommon; numerous examples will be met in our reading selection from the Wisdom of Solomon.

Whatever the pronunciation of the supralinear stroke was, an alternate spelling with -ⲁ- often occurs before final : ⲱⲛⲁϩ = ⲱⲛϩ̄ to live. This represents an assimilation to the guttural quality of ϩ.

An alternation between -ⲱ- and -ⲟⲩ- in certain word patterns is a result of an assimilation in the pre-Coptic stage. was altered to ⲟⲩ after and ; thus, words like ⲙⲟⲩϩ, ⲛⲟⲩϫⲉ, ⲙⲟⲩⲟⲩⲧ, and ⲛⲟⲩⲕ originally had the same vowel as ⲕⲱⲧ, ⲕⲱⲧⲉ, ⲧⲱⲟⲩⲛ, and ⲧⲱⲕ respectively.

The Spelling of Greek Words

Greek words in Coptic are usually spelled correctly. Certain types of errors do occasionally occur, however, resulting in part from the discrepancy between the classical spelling and the contemporary pronunciation, and they must be taken into account when consulting a standard Greek dictionary. The most frequent of these are confusions between (1) and ; (2) and ⲁⲓ; (3) and ; (4) and ; (5) and ; (6) and ⲉⲓ; (7) and ; (8) and ; (9) initial ϩ and zero. All of these are illustrated by the following words chosen from our Reading Selections.

Lesson 1

1.1 Gender. There are two grammatical genders in Coptic: masculine and feminine. Nouns denoting male beings are usually masculine; those denoting females, feminine. The gender of other nouns cannot, in general, be deduced either from their form or meaning and must be learned for each noun. Examples:

masculine
ⲉⲓⲱⲧ father
ⲕⲁϩ earth, ground
ϩⲟⲟⲩ day
feminine
ⲙⲁⲁⲩ mother
ⲡⲉ sky, heaven
ⲟⲩϣⲏ night

There are some pairs of nouns where a formal relationship exists between the masculine and the feminine form:

masculine
ⲥⲟⲛ brother
ϣⲏⲣⲉ boy, son
ϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ old man
ⲟⲩϩⲟⲣ dog (male)
feminine
ⲥⲱⲛⲉ sister
ϣⲉⲉⲣⲉ girl, daughter
ϩⲗ̄ⲗⲱ old woman
ⲟⲩϩⲱⲣⲉ dog (female)

These will be noted in the lesson vocabularies. The derivational process involved is no longer a productive one in Coptic: such pairs cannot be formed at will.

1.2 Number: singular and plural. Only a relatively small number of nouns have preserved a distinct plural form. For example:

singular
ⲉⲓⲱⲧ father
ⲥⲟⲛ brother
ϫⲟⲓ ship
plural
ⲉⲓⲟⲧⲉ fathers
ⲥⲛⲏⲩ brothers
ⲉϫⲏⲩ ships

The plural is otherwise made explicit by the form of the article (see below), the noun itself remaining unchanged. Those plurals that are in common use will be given in the lesson vocabularies along with the singular. They should be learned as they occur, since there is no consistent pattern for their formation.

1.3 The definite article. The definite article has the forms

masc. sing., ⲡⲉ
fem. sing., ⲧⲉ
common pluralⲛ̄, ⲛⲉ

These are attached directly to the noun, as in

ⲣⲱⲙⲉman
ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉthe man
ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉthe men
ϭⲓϫhand
ⲧϭⲓϫthe hand
ⲛ̄ϭⲓϫthe hands

The plural article appears as ⲙ̄ before and (cf. Intro., p. xvi):

ⲡⲉsky
ⲧⲡⲉthe sky
ⲙ̄ⲡⲏⲩⲉthe heavens
ⲙⲁⲉⲓⲛsign
ⲡⲙⲁⲉⲓⲛthe sign
ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲉⲓⲛthe signs

Before nouns beginning with a vowel the plural article appears as either ⲛ̄ or :

ⲉϫⲏⲩships
ⲛ̄ⲉϫⲏⲩ or ⲛⲉϫⲏⲩthe ships

Before initial stroked consonants there are several possibilities:

ⲙ̄ⲧⲟⲛⲛ̄ⲕⲁ
ⲉⲙⲧⲟⲛⲉⲛⲕⲁ
reposething
ⲡⲉⲙⲧⲟⲛⲛⲉⲛⲕⲁ
ⲡⲙ̄ⲧⲟⲛⲛⲛ̄ⲕⲁ
ⲡⲉⲙ̄ⲧⲟⲛⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲕⲁ
the reposethe things

The fuller forms ⲡⲉ-, ⲧⲉ-, ⲛⲉ- are used regularly before nouns beginning with two consonants:

ⲕⲗⲟⲙcrown
ⲡⲉⲕⲗⲟⲙthe crown
ⲛⲉⲕⲗⲟⲙthe crowns
ⲥϩⲓⲙⲉwoman
ⲧⲉⲥϩⲓⲙⲉthe woman
ⲛⲉϩⲓⲟⲙⲉthe women

Note that ⲟⲩ and () have a consonantal value (w and y respectively) in certain initial situations:

ⲟⲩϩⲟⲣdog
ⲡⲉⲩϩⲟⲣthe dog (pewhor)
ⲛⲉⲩϩⲟⲟⲣthe dogs
ϩⲓⲏroad
ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏthe road (tehyē)
ⲛⲉϩⲓⲟⲟⲩⲉthe roads

The fuller forms are also used with certain nouns denoting periods of time:

ⲡⲉⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓϣthe time
ⲡⲉϩⲟⲟⲩthe day
ⲧⲉⲩⲛⲟⲩthe hour (ⲟⲩⲛⲟⲩ)
ⲧⲉⲣⲟⲙⲡⲉthe year
ⲧⲉⲩϣⲏthe night (ⲟⲩϣⲏ)

Note that ⲟⲩⲛⲟⲩ and ⲟⲩϣⲏ fall under the two-consonant rule above.

1.4 Prepositions. Coptic prepositions are proclitic (i.e. unstressed and bound) to the word they govern. In many texts some or all of the prepositions are printed as a unit with the following word: ϩⲓⲡϫⲟⲓ on the ship, ⲉⲡⲏⲓ to the house. In this text, however, all prepositions will be printed as separate words: ϩⲓ ⲡϫⲟⲓ, ⲉ ⲡⲏⲓ. An exception will be made only in the case of the preposition (to, for) if it is ligatured orthographically to a following ⲟⲩ- as ⲉⲩ-.

The preposition ⲙⲛ̄ (with) is used as the conjunction "and" in joining two nouns:

ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ
the man and the woman

A definite noun followed by a prepositional phrase or local adverb (e.g. ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ there) constitutes a full predication (sentence) in Coptic:

ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ϩⲓ ⲡϫⲟⲓ.
The man is on the ship.
ⲧⲉⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲓ.
The woman is in the house.
ⲛⲉϫⲏⲩ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
The ships are there.

In sentences of this type there is no overt equivalent of English "is/are". We shall refer to sentences of this type as sentences with adverbial predicates.

Vocabulary 1

In the lesson vocabularies all nouns will be given with the definite article, separated from the noun by a period. This device makes both the gender of the noun and the correct form of the article clear at a glance. To save space, the article is not included in the definition. Prepositions and particles which regularly have assimilation of final ⲛ̄ to ⲙ̄ before and will be noted, as e.g. ϩⲛ̄ (ϩⲙ̄).

Exercises

    1. ϩⲓ ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏ
      • on the road
    2. ϩⲓ ⲡⲧⲟⲟⲩ
      • on the mountain
    3. ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏ
      • in the road
    4. ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲓ
      • in the house
    5. ϩⲁ ⲡⲏⲓ
      • under the house
    6. ϩⲁ ⲡⲱⲛⲉ
      • under the stone
    7. ϩⲓ ⲡϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ
      • in / on the book
    8. ⲙⲛ̄ ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ
      • with the man
    9. ⲙⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ
      • with the woman
    10. ϩⲓϫⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϩⲓⲟⲟⲩⲉ
      • upon the roads
    11. ϩⲁ ⲛ̄ⲏⲓ
      • under the houses
    12. ϩⲓϫⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲟⲩ
      • on the mountains
    13. ϩⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲏⲓ
      • in the houses
    14. ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϩⲓⲟⲙⲉ
      • with the women
    15. ϩⲓ ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲃ
      • on the gold
    16. ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲃ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ
      • the gold and the books
    17. ⲡϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲑⲗ̄ⲗⲱ
      • the old man and the old woman
    18. ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ
      • the man and the woman
    19. ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϩⲓⲟⲙⲉ
      • the men and the women
    20. ⲛ̄ϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ϩⲗ̄ⲗⲱ
      • the old men and the old women
    1. ⲡⲱⲛⲉ ϩⲓϫⲛ̄ ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏ.
      • The stone is on the road.
    2. ⲛ̄ϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ϩⲓ ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏ.
      • The old men are on the road.
    3. ⲛ̄ϩⲗ̄ⲗⲱ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲓ.
      • The old women are in the house.
    4. ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲃ ϩⲁ ⲡⲱⲛⲉ.
      • The gold is under the stone.
    5. ⲡϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ϩⲓ ⲡⲱⲛⲉ.
      • The book is on the stone.
    6. ⲡⲏⲓ ϩⲓϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲟⲟⲩ.
      • The house is on the mountain.
    7. ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ϩⲓϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲟⲟⲩ.
      • The men are on the mountain.
    8. ⲧⲉⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ.
      • The woman is with the man.
    9. ⲛ̄ϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲓ.
      • The books are in the house.

Lesson 2

2.1 The indefinite article. The indefinite article for nouns of either gender is ⲟⲩ in the singular, ϩⲉⲛ in the plural, prefixed directly to the noun:

ⲟⲩϫⲟⲓa ship
ⲟⲩⲣⲱⲙⲉa man
ⲟⲩϩⲓⲏa road
ϩⲉⲛⲉϫⲏⲩships, some ships
ϩⲉⲛⲣⲱⲙⲉmen, some men
ϩⲉⲛϩⲓⲟⲟⲩⲉroads, some roads

The plural indefinite article may be translated as "some, certain" or be omitted entirely in translation, as the context requires. The plural indefinite article is frequently written as ϩⲛ̄ and is easily confused with the preposition ϩⲛ̄. In the exercises to the lessons we shall always distinguish between the two, but in part of the Reading Selections the orthography of the source is maintained.

Because the use of the Coptic articles, both definite and indefinite, corresponds closely to the use of the articles in English, only exceptions to this general correspondence will be noted in the following lessons when appropriate. References to the omission of the article require special attention. For the present lesson note that indefinite nouns designating unspecific quantities of a substance require an indefinite article in Coptic where there is none in English:

ⲟⲩⲙⲟⲟⲩwater
ϩⲉⲛⲟⲉⲓⲕbread
ϩⲉⲛⲁϥmeat

The choice between the singular and plural article here is lexical, i.e. it depends on the particular noun. All such nouns, if definite and specific, may of course appear with the definite article: ⲡⲙⲟⲟⲩ, ⲡⲟⲉⲓⲕ, ⲡⲁϥ. Abstract nouns, such as ⲙⲉ truth, often appear with either article (ⲟⲩⲙⲉ, ⲧⲙⲉ) where English employs no article.

2.2 Indefinite nouns cannot be used as subjects of sentences with adverbial predicates unless introduced by the word ⲟⲩⲛ̄- or its negative:

ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ⲟⲩϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ϩⲓ ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏ.
A monk is on the road.

ⲟⲩⲛ̄- is actually a predicator of existence ("there is, there are"), and the sentence given may also be translated as "There is a monk on the road.".

The negative of ⲟⲩⲛ̄- is ⲙⲛ̄- (also spelled ⲙ̄ⲙⲛ̄-). In general, an indefinite article is deleted (omitted) in negation in Coptic:

ⲙⲛ̄-ϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ϩⲓ ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏ.
There is no monk on the road.
ⲙⲛ̄-ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲓ.
There is no man in the house.

ⲟⲩⲛ̄- and ⲙⲛ̄- are not used before definite nouns.

The sentence ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲓ is negated by adding ⲁⲛ:

ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲓ ⲁⲛ.
The man is not in the house.

2.3 The genitive (or possessive) relationship between two nouns is expressed by the preposition ⲛ̄ (of):

ⲡⲏⲓ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ
the house of the man
the man's house
ⲧϣⲉⲉⲣⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ
the woman's daughter

If the first noun is indefinite, however, the preposition ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ is used instead of ⲛ̄:

ⲟⲩϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲡϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ
a book of the monk
ⲟⲩϩⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲡⲣ̄ⲣⲟ
a servant of the king

Vocabulary 2

Exercises

    1. ϩⲓϫⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲟⲓ
      • on the boat
    2. ϩⲁ ⲧⲡⲉ
      • under the sky
    3. ϩⲛ̄ ⲙ̄ⲡⲏⲩⲉ
      • in the heavens
    4. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲡⲣ̄ⲣⲟ
      • about the king
    5. ⲙⲛ̄ ⲑⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ
      • with the (female) slave
    6. ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲙⲣⲱ
      • in the harbor
    7. ϩⲓ ⲡⲉⲓⲉⲣⲟ
      • on the river
    8. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲃ
      • about the gold
    9. ϩⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲙⲣⲟⲟⲩⲉ
      • in the harbors
    10. ϩⲁ ⲡϫⲟⲓ
      • under the boat
    11. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ϩⲉⲛⲣ̄ⲣⲱⲟⲩ
      • about some kings
    12. ϩⲉⲛⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ ϩⲉⲛϩⲓⲟⲙⲉ
      • some men and some women
    13. ϩⲉⲛⲧⲟⲟⲩ ⲙⲛ̄ ϩⲉⲛϩⲓⲟⲟⲩⲉ
      • some mountains and some roads
    14. ϩⲁ ⲟⲩⲱⲛⲉ
      • under a stone
    15. ϩⲓϫⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲧⲟⲟⲩ
      • on a mountain
    16. ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲧⲃ̄ⲧ
      • in a fish
    17. ϩⲓ ϩⲉⲛⲏⲓ
      • on some houses
    18. ⲙⲛ̄ ⲟⲩϩⲗ̄ⲗⲱ
      • with an old woman
    19. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ
      • about a book
    20. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲡⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓⲛ
      • about the light
    1. ⲛ̄ⲧⲃ̄ⲧ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲉⲣⲟ
      • the fish (pl.) of the river
    2. ⲛⲉϫⲏⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ
      • the men's boats
    3. ⲛ̄ⲏⲓ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲣ̄ⲣⲟ
      • the king's houses
    4. ⲡⲣⲁⲛ ⲙ̄ ⲡϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ
      • the old man's name
    5. ⲡⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲉ
      • the light of the sky
    6. ⲡⲙⲟⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲙⲣⲱ
      • the water of the harbor
    7. ⲡⲣⲁⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲣ̄ⲣⲱ
      • the queen's name
    8. ⲛ̄ϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ
      • the monk's books
    9. ⲡⲙⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲉⲣⲟ
      • the water of the river
    10. ϩⲉⲛⲱⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲡⲧⲟⲟⲩ
      • some stones of the mountain
    11. ⲟⲩϩⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲡⲣ̄ⲣⲟ
      • a slave of the king
    12. ⲧⲉⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡϩⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ
      • the wife of the slave
    1. ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ⲟⲩⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓⲛ ϩⲛ̄ ⲙ̄ⲡⲏⲩⲉ.
      • There is (a) light in the heavens. / Light is in the heavens.
    2. ⲙⲛ̄-ⲧⲃ̄ⲧ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲙⲣⲱ.
      • There are no fish in the harbor. / No fish are in the harbor.
    3. ⲙⲛ̄-ⲙⲟⲟⲩ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲉⲣⲟ.
      • There is no water in the river. / No water is in the river.
    4. ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ⲟⲩϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ϩⲓ ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏ.
      • An old man is on the road. / There is an old man on the road.
    5. ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ϩⲉⲛⲱⲛⲉ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲙⲣⲱ.
      • There are some stones in the harbor. / Some stones are in the harbor.
    6. ⲙⲛ̄-ⲏⲓ ϩⲓϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲟⲟⲩ.
      • There is no house on the mountain. / No house is on the mountain.
    7. ⲛⲉϫⲏⲩ ϩⲓ ⲡⲉⲓⲉⲣⲟ ⲁⲛ.
      • The boats are not on the river.
    8. ⲙⲛ̄-ϫⲟⲓ ϩⲓ ⲡⲉⲓⲉⲣⲟ.
      • No boat is on the river. / There is not a boat on the river.
    9. ⲛ̄ϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ϩⲓϫⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲟⲓ ⲁⲛ.
      • The books are not on the boat.
    10. ⲙⲛ̄-ⲛⲟⲩⲃ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲓ ⲙ̄ ⲡϩⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ.
      • There is no gold in the slave's house. / No gold is in the slave's house.

Lesson 3

3.1 Relative clauses. As we shall see in subsequent lessons, relative clauses in Coptic exhibit a variety of forms, depending on the type of predication involved. In the present lesson we shall consider only those relative clauses associated with sentences with adverbial predicates. Note the transformation

ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲓ.
The man is in the house.
(ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ) ⲉⲧ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲓ
(the man) who is in the house

The relative pronoun ⲉⲧ functions here as the subject of the relative clause; it is not inflected for number or gender:

ⲧⲉⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ ⲉⲧ ϩⲓ ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏ
the woman who is on the road
ⲛ̄ϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ⲉⲧ ϩⲛ̄ ⲑⲉⲛⲉⲉⲧⲉ
the monks who are in the monastery

Negation is with ⲁⲛ:

ⲛ̄ϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ⲉⲧ ϩⲛ̄ ⲑⲉⲛⲉⲉⲧⲉ ⲁⲛ.

Relative clauses cannot be used to modify an indefinite noun. This is an important general rule of Coptic.

Any relative clause may be substantivized, i.e. converted to the status of a noun, by prefixing the appropriate form of the definite article:

ⲡⲉⲧ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲓ
the one who (he who, that which) is in the house
ⲧⲉⲧ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲡϣⲏⲣⲉ
the one (f.) who is with the boy
ⲛⲉⲧ ϩⲓ ⲡϫⲟⲓ
those who (those things which) are on the ship

Such constructions may refer to persons or things, depending on the context.

The relative clause ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ, who (which) is there, is used to express the further demonstrative "that":

ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ
that man
ⲛⲉϫⲏⲩ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ
those ships

3.2 Greek nouns. The typical Coptic text contains a large number of Greek loanwords. Greek masculine and feminine nouns retain their gender; Greek neuter nouns are treated as masculine:

ὁ ἄγγελοςⲡⲁⲅⲅⲉⲗⲟⲥthe angel
ἡ ἐπιστολήⲧⲉⲡⲓⲥⲧⲟⲗⲏthe letter
ἡ ψυχήⲧⲉⲯⲩⲭⲏthe soul
τὸ πνεῦμαⲡⲉⲡⲛⲉⲩⲙⲁthe spirit
τὸ δῶρονⲡⲇⲱⲣⲟⲛthe gift

Greek nouns appear in the nominative singular form of Greek and are usually not inflected in any way. Occasionally, however, a Coptic plural ending is added to a Greek noun:

ⲛ̄ⲉⲡⲓⲥⲧⲟⲗⲟⲟⲩⲉ
the letters
ⲛⲉⲯⲩⲭⲟⲟⲩⲉ
the souls

The Greek noun ἡ θάλασσα (the sea) was borrowed as ⲧ.ϩⲁⲗⲁⲥⲥⲁ, i.e. was taken as the definite article plus ϩ. Thus, "a sea" is ⲟⲩϩⲁⲗⲁⲥⲥⲁ.

Initial χ, φ, θ, ψ, ξ of Greek nouns are considered two consonants in attaching the definite article (cf. Intro., p. x).

ⲧⲉ.ⲭⲱⲣⲁ
the country
ⲡⲉ.ⲫⲓⲗⲟⲥⲟⲫⲟⲥ
the philosopher
ⲧⲉ.ⲯⲩⲭⲏ
the soul
ⲧⲉ.ⲑⲩⲥⲓⲁ
the offering

Vocabulary 3

Greek nouns:

Proper names:

Exercises

    1. ϩⲓⲣⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲕⲕⲗⲏⲥⲓⲁ
      • at the entrance of the church
    2. ⲛ̄ⲛⲁϩⲣⲙ̄ ⲡⲣ̄ⲣⲟ
      • in the presence of the king
    3. ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲁⲫⲟⲥ
      • in the tomb
    4. ⲙⲛ̄ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲑⲏⲧⲏⲥ
      • with the disciples
    5. ⲡⲣⲟ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲓ
      • the door of the house
    6. ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ ⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲟⲓ
      • the boat's owner
    7. ⲛ̄ϫⲓⲥⲟⲟⲩⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϫⲏⲩ
      • the owners of the boats
    8. ⲧϣⲉⲉⲣⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡϩⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ
      • the (male) slave's daughter
    9. ϩⲓⲣⲙ̄ ⲡⲣⲟ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲓ
      • at the entranceway / doorway of the house
    10. ⲟⲩⲉⲕⲕⲗⲏⲥⲓⲁ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲡϯⲙⲉ
      • a church of the village
    11. ⲟⲩⲉⲡⲓⲥⲧⲟⲗⲏ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲡⲁⲩⲗⲟⲥ
      • a letter of Paul
    12. ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲑⲏⲧⲏⲥ ⲛ̄ ⲓ̄ⲥ̄
      • the disciples of Jesus
    13. ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲣⲁⲛ ⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ
      • in the name of the Lord
    14. ⲛⲁϩⲣⲙ̄ ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ
      • in the presence of God
    15. ⲡⲉⲕⲣⲟ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲉⲣⲟ
      • the bank of the river
    16. ϩⲓϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲕⲣⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲑⲁⲗⲁⲥⲥⲁ
      • upon the shore of the sea
    17. ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲕⲁⲕⲉ
      • in darkness
    18. ϩⲓⲣⲙ̄ ⲡⲣⲟ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲁⲫⲟⲥ
      • at the entrance / door of the tomb
    19. ⲛ̄ϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲙⲁⲑⲏⲧⲏⲥ
      • the disciple's books
    20. ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲧⲙⲉ
      • the men of the villages
    1. ⲡⲱⲛⲉ ⲉⲧ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲙⲣⲱ
      • the stone which is in the harbor
    2. ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲑⲏⲧⲏⲥ ⲉⲧ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲓ̄ⲥ̄
      • the disciples who are with Jesus
    3. ⲡⲕⲁⲕⲉ ⲉⲧ ϩⲓϫⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ
      • the darkness which is upon the city
    4. ⲛ̄ⲉⲕⲕⲗⲏⲥⲓⲁ ⲉⲧ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ
      • the churches which are in the city
    5. ⲡⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓⲛ ⲉⲧ ϩⲛ̄ ⲙ̄ⲡⲏⲩⲉ
      • the light which is in the heavens
    6. ⲛ̄ⲧⲃ̄ⲧ ⲉⲧ ϩⲛ̄ ⲑⲁⲗⲁⲥⲥⲁ
      • the fish which are in the sea
    7. ⲡϩⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ ⲉⲧ ⲛ̄ⲛⲁϩⲣⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ
      • the slave who is in the presence of the master
    8. ⲡⲙⲟⲟⲩ ⲉⲧ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲉⲣⲟ
      • the water which is in the river
    9. ⲛ̄ⲁⲅⲅⲉⲗⲟⲥ ⲉⲧ ϩⲛ̄ ⲙ̄ⲡⲏⲩⲉ
      • the angels who are in the heavens
    10. ⲛ̄ϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ⲉⲧ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲟⲟⲩ
      • the monks who are in the monastery
    11. ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ
      • the men of that city
    12. ⲛⲉⲧⲙⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ
      • those villages
    13. ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲑⲏⲧⲏⲥ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ
      • that man's disciples
    14. ⲛ̄ϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡϩⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ
      • the children / sons of that (male) slave
    15. ⲛⲉϫⲏⲩ ⲉⲧ ϩⲓϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲕⲣⲟ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲉⲣⲟ
      • the ships which are on the bank of the river
    1. ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲉ.
      • God is in heaven.
    2. ⲙⲛ̄-ⲉⲕⲕⲗⲏⲥⲓⲁ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡϯⲙⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
      • No church is in that village. / There is no church in that village.
    3. ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ⲟⲩⲁⲅⲅⲉⲗⲟⲥ ϩⲓⲣⲙ̄ ⲡⲣⲟ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲁⲫⲟⲥ.
      • There is an angel at the door of the tomb. / An angel is at the door of the tomb.
    4. ⲛ̄ⲉⲡⲓⲥⲧⲟⲗⲏ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ.
      • The letters are with the books.
    5. ⲙⲛ̄-ϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
      • There is no book there. / No book is there.
    6. ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ⲟⲩⲙⲁⲑⲏⲧⲏⲥ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲡⲁⲩⲗⲟⲥ ϩⲓⲣⲙ̄ ⲡⲣⲟ.
      • There is a disciple of Paul in the doorway. / A disciple of Paul is in the doorway.
    7. ⲙⲛ̄-ⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓⲛ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲕⲁⲕⲉ.
      • There is no light in the darkness.
    8. ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲓ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲓ ⲁⲛ.
      • The owner of the house is not in the house.
    9. ⲡϫⲟⲓ ϩⲓϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲉⲣⲟ ⲁⲛ.
      • The boat is not on the river.
    10. ⲛ̄ϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡϯⲙⲉ ϩⲓ ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏ.
      • The children of the village are on the road.
    11. ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ϩⲉⲛⲧⲁⲫⲟⲥ ϩⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲕⲣⲱⲟⲩ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
      • There are some tombs in those banks.
    12. ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ⲟⲩⲕⲁⲕⲉ ϩⲓϫⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ.
      • There is (a) darkness upon the city.

Lesson 4

4.1 Pronominal possession is indicated by inserting a bound form of the appropriate pronoun between the definite article and the noun so modified. It is best to learn the forms, i.e. the article plus the pronoun, as a unit:

masc. sing. noun
sg.1 com.ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧmy father
2 masc.ⲡⲉⲕⲉⲓⲱⲧyour father
2 fem.ⲡⲟⲩⲉⲓⲱⲧyour father
3 masc.ⲡⲉϥⲉⲓⲱⲧhis father
3 fem.ⲡⲉⲥⲉⲓⲱⲧher father
pl.1 com.ⲡⲉⲛⲉⲓⲱⲧour father
2 com.ⲡⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲉⲓⲱⲧyour father
3 com.ⲡⲉⲩⲉⲓⲱⲧtheir father
fem. sing. noun
sg.1 com.ⲧⲁⲙⲁⲁⲩmy mother
2 masc.ⲧⲉⲕⲙⲁⲁⲩyour mother
2 fem.ⲧⲟⲩⲙⲁⲁⲩyour mother
3 masc.ⲧⲉϥⲙⲁⲁⲩhis mother
3 fem.ⲧⲉⲥⲙⲁⲁⲩher mother
pl.1 com.ⲧⲉⲛⲙⲁⲁⲩour mother
2 com.ⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲙⲁⲁⲩyour mother
3 com.ⲧⲉⲩⲙⲁⲁⲩtheir mother
plural noun (my brothers, etc.)
sg.1 com.ⲛⲁⲥⲛⲏⲩ
2 masc.ⲛⲉⲕⲥⲛⲏⲩ
2 fem.ⲛⲟⲩⲥⲛⲏⲩ
3 masc.ⲛⲉϥⲥⲛⲏⲩ
3 fem.ⲛⲉⲥⲥⲛⲏⲩ
pl.1 com.ⲛⲉⲛⲥⲛⲏⲩ
2 com.ⲛⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲥⲛⲏⲩ
3 com.ⲛⲉⲩⲥⲛⲏⲩ

Note that there is a gender distinction in the second and third persons of the singular but not of the plural. This is characteristic of all pronominal paradigms in Coptic. The term "common" (com.) refers to forms or categories where no gender distinction is made.

4.2 The nearer demonstrative "this" is expressed by the forms

masc. sing.ⲡⲉⲓ-
fem. sing.ⲧⲉⲓ-
com. pl.ⲛⲉⲓ-

prefixed directly to the noun:

ⲡⲉⲓⲣⲱⲙⲉthis man
ⲧⲉⲓⲥϩⲓⲙⲉthis woman
ⲛⲉⲓⲥⲛⲏⲩthese brothers

After a noun with a demonstrative adjective the genitive is usually expressed by ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ, as in

ⲡⲉⲓϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲡⲁⲥⲟⲛ
this book of my brother('s)

4.3 The pronominal element -ⲕⲉ- inserted between the article and the noun expresses "other":

ⲡⲕⲉⲣⲱⲙⲉthe other man
ⲛ̄ⲕⲉⲣⲱⲙⲉthe other men

The indefinite article is omitted in the singular but not in the plural:

ⲕⲉⲣⲱⲙⲉanother man
ϩⲉⲛⲕⲉⲣⲱⲙⲉ(some) other men

-ⲕⲉ- may also be used after demonstrative or possessive prefixes:

ⲡⲉⲓⲕⲉⲣⲱⲙⲉ
this other man
ⲡⲁⲕⲉϫⲟⲓ
my other ship

-ⲕⲉ- is not inflected for number or gender in this usage.

Vocabulary 4

Greek nouns:

Exercises

    1. ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲛⲉϥⲙⲁⲑⲏⲧⲏⲥ
      • behind his disciples
    2. ⲛⲁϩⲣⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲩϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ
      • in the presence of their lord
    3. ϩⲓⲣⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲧⲁⲫⲟⲥ
      • at the entrance of his tomb
    4. ⲙⲛ̄ ⲧⲉϥϣⲉⲉⲣⲉ
      • with his daughter
    5. ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲡⲉⲥϣⲏⲣⲉ
      • behind her son
    6. ⲛ̄ⲛⲁϩⲣⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲛϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ
      • in the presence of our lord
    7. ϩⲓ ⲧⲉⲩⲉⲕⲕⲗⲏⲥⲓⲁ
      • on their church
    8. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲡⲉⲧⲛ̄ϯⲙⲉ
      • about your (pl.) village
    9. ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲟⲩⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ
      • in your (fm. sg.) city
    10. ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲕⲟⲥⲙⲟⲥ
      • in this world
    11. ⲙⲛ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲏⲣⲡ̄
      • with this wine[6]
    12. ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϥⲥⲛⲏⲩ
      • with his brothers
    13. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲧⲉⲛⲥⲱⲛⲉ
      • about / concerning our sister
    14. ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲕⲉⲏⲓ
      • in the other house
    15. ϩⲛ̄ ⲕⲉⲙⲁ
      • in another place
    1. ⲛ̄ⲉⲛⲧⲟⲗⲏ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲛⲉⲓⲟⲧⲉ
      • the commandments of our ancestors
    2. ⲡⲣⲁⲛ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ
      • my father's name
    3. ⲡⲣⲟ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲕⲏⲓ
      • the door of your (ms. sg.) house
    4. ⲡⲣⲟ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲕⲉⲏⲓ
      • the door of the other house
    5. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲛⲉⲛⲛⲟⲃⲉ
      • concerning our sins
    6. ϩⲁϩⲧⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲛⲏⲓ
      • beside our house
    7. ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲉⲓⲣⲏⲛⲏ
      • in peace
    8. ⲛ̄ⲛⲁϩⲣⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲛⲉⲡⲓⲥⲕⲟⲡⲟⲥ
      • in the presence of our bishop
    9. ⲧⲙⲁⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲓ̄ⲥ̄
      • Jesus' mother
    10. ⲡⲏⲣⲡ̄ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲓⲙⲟⲛⲁⲭⲟⲥ
      • the wine of these monks
    11. ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲃ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲩϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ
      • the gold of their master
    12. ⲡⲣⲁⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲙⲁⲁⲩ
      • the name of your (pl.) mother
    13. ϩⲁϩⲧⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲕⲉⲕⲕⲗⲏⲥⲓⲁ
      • near your (ms. sg.) church
    14. ϩⲁϩⲧⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲓⲧⲙⲉ
      • near these villages
    15. ϩⲁ ⲛⲟⲩⲛⲟⲃⲉ
      • under your (fm. sg.) sins / because of your sins
    16. ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ ⲡϯⲙⲉ
      • with the ones (i.e., people) of the village
    17. ⲧⲉⲓⲉⲡⲓⲥⲧⲟⲗⲏ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲡⲁⲩⲗⲟⲥ
      • this letter of Paul
    18. ⲡⲉⲓϫⲟⲓ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲡⲉⲛϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ
      • this boat of our Lord
    19. ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲁⲅⲟⲣⲁ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ
      • in the marketplace of the city
    1. ⲡⲉⲛϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ ϩⲓ ⲡϫⲟⲓ ⲁⲛ.
      • Our Lord is not on the boat.
    2. ⲙⲛ̄-ⲏⲣⲡ̄ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁ.
      • There is no wine here.
    3. ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ⲟⲩϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ϩⲓⲣⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲕⲕⲗⲏⲥⲓⲁ.
      • A monk is at the entrance of the church.
    4. ⲙⲛ̄-ⲉⲓⲣⲏⲛⲏ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲕⲟⲥⲙⲟⲥ.
      • There is no peace in this world.
    5. ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲧⲁⲙⲁⲁⲩ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲓ.
      • My father and my mother are in the house.
    6. ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ϩⲉⲛⲟⲉⲓⲕ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
      • There is (some) bread there.
    7. ⲡⲉⲛⲥⲟⲛ ϩⲓ ⲡⲉⲕⲣⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲑⲁⲗⲁⲥⲥⲁ.
      • Our brother is on the shore of the sea.
    8. ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ⲟⲩϫⲟⲓ ϩⲁϩⲧⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲕⲣⲟ.
      • A boat is near the bank.
    9. ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ⲟⲩϩⲗ̄ⲗⲱ ϩⲓⲣⲙ̄ ⲡⲣⲟ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲏⲓ.
      • An old woman is in the doorway of his house.
    10. ⲛⲉⲛⲥⲛⲏⲩ ϩⲓϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲟⲟⲩ.
      • Our brothers are on the mountain.
    11. ⲡⲟⲩⲥⲟⲛ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲁⲫⲟⲥ ⲁⲛ.
      • Your (fm. sg.) brother is not in the tomb.
    12. ⲡⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲉⲓⲱⲧ ϩⲓ ⲡⲁϫⲟⲓ.
      • Your (pl.) father is on my boat.
    13. ⲡⲉⲛϫⲟⲓ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲙⲣⲱ.
      • Our boat is in the harbor.
    14. ⲡⲉϥϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ϩⲓ ⲡⲱⲛⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
      • His book is on that stone.
    15. ⲙⲛ̄-ϩⲓⲏ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲙⲁ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
      • There is no road in that place.

Lesson 5

5.1 Sentences with nominal predicates. A second type of non-verbal sentence is illustrated by

ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ ⲡⲉ.
He (It) is my father.
ⲧⲁⲙⲁⲁⲩ ⲧⲉ.
She (It) is my mother.
ⲛⲁⲥⲛⲏⲩ ⲛⲉ.
They are (It is) my brothers.
ⲟⲩⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲡⲉ.
He (It) is a man.
ⲟⲩⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ ⲧⲉ.
She (It) is a woman.
ϩⲉⲛⲉϫⲏⲩ ⲛⲉ.
They are (It is) ships.

The pronominal subject is expressed by ⲡⲉ (m.s.), ⲧⲉ (f.s.), and ⲛⲉ (pl.), the choice of which depends usually on the gender and number of the predicate noun. Simple two-member sentences like the above are relatively rare except in response to such questions as "Who is that?" "What are these?" where an answer giving the predicate alone is sufficient, the subject being understood from the context. Modifiers of the predicate, such as a genitive phrase, may optionally stand after the pronominal subject.

ⲡϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲡⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲟⲩⲏⲏⲃ.
He is the son of the priest.

A nominal subject may be added to the basic predication, producing a three-member sentence in which ⲡⲉ, ⲧⲉ, ⲛⲉ are reduced virtually to the status of a copula. If the predicate is indefinite, the order is almost always predicate + ⲡⲉ, the subject being placed before or after the whole unit:

ⲟⲩⲥⲁϩ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ.
ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ ⲟⲩⲥⲁϩ ⲡⲉ.
My father is a teacher.

If the subject and predicate are both definite, the normal position of ⲡⲉ, ⲧⲉ, ⲛⲉ is between them:

ⲡⲉⲓⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉⲛⲥⲁϩ.
This man is our teacher.

Identification of subject and predicate in this case can be made only on a contextual basis. The rarer order, ⲡⲉⲓⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲡⲉⲛⲥⲁϩ ⲡⲉ, places as emphasis on the real subject: "As for this man, he is our teacher."

In the event that there is a disagreement in the number or gender of subject and predicate, the copula ⲡⲉ, ⲧⲉ, ⲛⲉ usually assumes the number and gender of the noun immediately preceding it.

All of the preceding sentences are negated by placing ⲛ̄ (ⲙ̄) before the predicate and ⲁⲛ before the ⲡⲉ, ⲧⲉ, ⲛⲉ:

ⲙ̄ ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ ⲁⲛ ⲡⲉ.
It is not my father.
ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲥⲁϩ ⲁⲛ ⲡⲉ.
My father is not a teacher.
ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲛⲥⲁϩ ⲁⲛ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉⲓⲣⲱⲙⲉ.
This man is not our teacher.

Note that in the case where both subject and predicate are definite, the nominal element negated is, by definition, the predicate.

Sentences with nominal predicates are converted to the status of relative clauses with ⲉⲧⲉ. For the moment we shall restrict ourselves to those clauses where ⲉⲧⲉ functions as the subject of the relative clause:

ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧⲉ ⲟⲩⲥⲁϩ ⲡⲉ
the man who is a teacher
ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲥⲁϩ ⲁⲛ ⲡⲉ
the man who is not a teacher

The phrase ⲉⲧⲉ ⲡⲁⲓ ⲡⲉ is frequently used to introduce explanatory material, much like English "namely, i.e., that is to say":

ⲡⲉⲛⲥⲱⲧⲏⲣ ⲉⲧⲉ ⲡⲁⲓ ⲡⲉ ⲓ̄ⲥ̄ ⲡⲉⲭ̄ⲥ̄
our savior, i.e. Jesus Christ

5.2 The nearer demonstrative pronouns (this, these) are ⲡⲁⲓ (m.s.), ⲧⲁⲓ (f.s.), and ⲛⲁⲓ (pl.). They are frequently employed as subjects in sentences with nominal predicates:

ⲛⲁⲓ ⲛⲉ ⲛⲉϥϣⲁϫⲉ.
These are his words.
ⲡⲁⲓ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲁϫⲟⲓ.
This is my ship.
ⲧⲁⲓ ⲟⲩϩⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ ⲧⲉ.
ⲟⲩϩⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ ⲧⲉ ⲧⲁⲓ.
This is a maidservant.

Vocabulary 5

Greek nouns:

Proper names:

Exercises

    1. ⲟⲩϩⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ ⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲧⲁⲙⲁⲁⲩ.
      • She is a slave of my mother.
    2. ⲟⲩⲧⲃ̄ⲧ ⲡⲉ.
      • It is a fish.
    3. ⲟⲩϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ⲡⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲡⲉⲕⲥⲟⲛ.
      • It is a book of your brother.
    4. ⲟⲩⲡⲁⲣⲑⲉⲛⲟⲥ ⲧⲉ.
      • She is a virgin.
    5. ϩⲉⲛⲟⲩⲏⲏⲃ ⲛⲉ.
      • They are priests.
    6. ⲡϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲁⲥⲱⲛⲉ ⲡⲉ.
      • He is the son of my sister.
    7. ⲧϣⲉⲉⲣⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡϩⲁⲙϣⲉ ⲧⲉ.
      • She is the daughter of the carpenter.
    8. ⲧⲙⲁⲁⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲛⲥⲱⲧⲏⲣ ⲧⲉ.
      • She is the mother of our savior.
    9. ⲡϭⲁⲙⲟⲩⲗ ⲡⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲉⲓⲱⲧ.
      • It is his father's camel.
    10. ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩϫⲟⲓ ⲁⲛ ⲡⲉ.
      • It is not a boat.
    11. ⲟⲩⲛⲟⲃⲉ ⲡⲉ.
      • It is a sin.
    12. ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ ⲁⲛ ⲡⲉ.
      • He is not a god.
    13. ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲛⲏⲓ ⲁⲛ ⲡⲉ.
      • It is not our house.
    14. ϩⲉⲛⲥⲁϩ ⲛⲉ.
      • They are teachers.
    15. ⲛ̄ⲉⲛⲧⲟⲗⲏ ⲛⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲛϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ.
      • They are the commandments of our Lord.
    1. ⲧⲁⲓ ⲧⲉ ⲧϭⲟⲙ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ.
      • This is the power of God.
    2. ⲡⲁⲓ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲥϩⲁⲓ ⲁⲛ ⲡⲉ.
      • This (man) is not her husband.
    3. ⲟⲩϭⲁⲙⲁⲩⲗⲉ ⲧⲉ ⲧⲁⲓ.
      • This is a (female) camel.
    4. ⲛⲁⲓ ⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲩⲁⲅⲅⲉⲗⲓⲟⲛ.
      • These are the words of the gospel.
    5. ⲡⲉⲩϯⲙⲉ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲟⲣⲓⲛⲏ.
      • Their village is in the hill country.
    6. ⲡⲉϥⲏⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲙⲏⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ.
      • His house is in the middle of the city.
    7. ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ ⲟⲩϩⲁⲙϣⲉ ⲡⲉ.
      • My father is a carpenter.
    8. ⲡⲉϥϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲟⲩⲟⲩⲏⲏⲃ ⲡⲉ.
      • His son is a priest.
    9. ϩⲉⲛⲟⲩⲏⲏⲃ ⲛⲉ ⲛⲉϥⲥⲛⲏⲩ.
      • His brothers are priests.
    10. ⲙⲉϣⲁⲕ ⲡⲉⲥϩⲁⲓ ⲡⲉ.
      • Perhaps he is her husband.
    11. ⲡⲟⲩϩⲁⲓ ϩⲓⲣⲙ̄ ⲡⲣⲟ.
      • Your (fm. sg.) husband is at the doorway.
    12. ⲡⲉⲥⲣⲁⲛ ⲡⲉ ⲉⲗⲓⲥⲁⲃⲉⲧ.
      • Her name is Elizabeth.
    13. ⲉⲗⲓⲥⲁⲃⲉⲧ ⲧⲙⲁⲁⲩ ⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲓⲱϩⲁⲛⲛⲏⲥ.
      • Elizabeth is the mother of John.
    14. ⲓⲱϩⲁⲛⲛⲏⲥ ⲡⲉ ⲡϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲍⲁⲭⲁⲣⲓⲁⲥ.
      • John is the son of Zacharias.
    15. ⲡⲁⲣⲁⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲓⲱⲥⲏⲫ ⲁⲛ ⲡⲉ.
      • My name is not Joseph.
    16. ⲡⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲏⲓ ϩⲁϩⲧⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲣⲡⲉ.
      • Your (pl.) house is beside the temple.
    17. ⲙⲉϣⲁⲕ ⲡⲉⲓⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉⲭ̄ⲥ̄.
      • Perhaps this man is the Christ.
    18. ⲡⲁⲓ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲁⲥⲡⲁⲥⲙⲟⲥ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲁⲣⲓⲁ.
      • This is Mary's greeting.
    19. ⲙⲁⲣⲓⲁ ⲟⲩⲡⲁⲣⲑⲉⲛⲟⲥ ⲧⲉ.
      • Mary is a virgin.
    20. ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ⲟⲩⲙⲏⲏϣⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲙⲏⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲁⲅⲟⲣⲁ.
      • There is a crowd in the middle of the marketplace.
    21. ⲙⲛ̄-ⲉⲓⲣⲏⲛⲏ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁ.
      • There is no peace here.
    22. ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ϩⲉⲛⲧⲙⲉ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲟⲣⲓⲛⲏ.
      • There are some villages in the hill-country.
    23. ⲙⲉϣⲁⲕ ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ⲟⲩⲥⲁϩ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡϯⲙⲉ.
      • Perhaps there is a teacher in the village.
    24. ⲛⲁⲓ ⲛⲉ ⲛⲉⲛⲛⲟⲃⲉ.
      • These are our sins.
    25. ϩⲉⲛⲟⲉⲓⲕ ⲛⲉ ⲛⲁⲓ.
      • These are loaves. / This is bread.
    1. ⲛⲉⲧⲙⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲡⲧⲟⲟⲩ
      • the villages which are behind the mountain
    2. ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧⲉ ⲟⲩⲉⲡⲓⲥⲕⲟⲡⲟⲥ ⲡⲉ
      • the man who is a bishop
    3. ⲛⲉⲓϣⲁϫⲉ ⲉⲧⲉ ⲡⲉⲥⲁⲥⲡⲁⲥⲙⲟⲥ ⲛⲉ
      • these words which are her greeting
    4. ⲡⲙⲏⲏϣⲉ ⲉⲧ ϩⲓϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲕⲣⲟ
      • the crowd on the shore
    5. ⲧϩⲗ̄ⲗⲱ ⲉⲧⲉ ⲟⲩⲡⲁⲣⲑⲉⲛⲟⲥ ⲧⲉ
      • the old woman who is a virgin
    6. ⲛⲉϩⲓⲟⲟⲩⲉ ⲉⲧ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲟⲣⲓⲛⲏ
      • the roads in the hill country
    7. ⲛⲉϫⲏⲩ ⲉⲧ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲙⲏⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲑⲁⲗⲁⲥⲥⲁ
      • the ships in the midst of the sea
    8. ⲡⲉⲭ̄ⲥ̄, ⲉⲧⲉ ⲡⲁⲓ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉⲛⲥⲱⲧⲏⲣ
      • the Christ, i.e., our Savior
    9. ⲡⲉⲣⲡⲉ, ⲉⲧⲉ ⲡⲁⲓ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲏⲓ ⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ
      • the temple, namely, the house of the Lord
    10. ⲡⲉⲓϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ, ⲉⲧⲉ ⲡⲁⲓ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉⲩⲁⲅⲅⲉⲗⲓⲟⲛ
      • this book, that is to say, the gospel

Lesson 6

6.1 The independent personal pronouns.

ⲁⲛⲟⲕI
ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲕyou (m.s.)
ⲛ̄ⲧⲟyou (f.s.)
ⲛ̄ⲧⲟϥhe, it (m.)
ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲥshe, it (f.)
ⲁⲛⲟⲛwe
ⲛ̄ⲧⲱⲧⲛ̄you (c.pl.)
ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲟⲩthey (c.pl.)

These pronouns occur frequently in sentences with ⲡⲉ, ⲧⲉ, ⲛⲉ. When used as predicates in a two-member sentence, they are invariably followed by ⲡⲉ:

ⲁⲛⲟⲕ ⲡⲉ.It is I.
ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲥ ⲡⲉ.It is she.
ⲁⲛⲟⲛ ⲡⲉ.It is we.

In three-member sentences they may appear in ordinary subject or predicate positions:

ⲛ̄ⲧⲟϥ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉⲭ̄ⲥ̄.
He is the Christ.
ⲛ̄ⲧⲟϥ ⲟⲩⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ ⲡⲉ.
He is a god.
ⲛⲉϥϩⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ ⲛⲉ ⲁⲛⲟⲛ.
We are his servants.

In sentences with an indefinite nominal predicate a special construction without ⲡⲉ is used with the pronouns of the 1st and 2nd person; negation is with ⲁⲛ alone:

ⲁⲛⲟⲕ ⲟⲩϩⲁⲙϣⲉ (ⲁⲛ).
I am (not) a carpenter.
ⲁⲛⲟⲛ ϩⲉⲛⲟⲩⲏⲏⲃ.
We are priests.

In this construction a reduced proclitic form of the pronoun is very often used:

ⲁⲛⲅ̄-I
ⲛ̄ⲧⲕ̄-you (m.s.)
ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ-you (f.s.)
ⲁⲛ-we
ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄-you (c.pl.)

as in

ⲁⲛⲅ̄-ⲟⲩⲁⲅⲅⲉⲗⲟⲥ (ⲁⲛ).
I am (not) an angel.
ⲛ̄ⲧⲕ̄-ⲟⲩϩⲁⲙϣⲉ.
You are a carpenter.
ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄-ϩⲉⲛⲙⲁⲑⲏⲧⲏⲥ.
You are pupils.

A 3rd person masc. form ⲛ̄ⲧϥ̄- also occurs, but is very rare. The reduced forms of the 1st and 2nd person pronouns may also be used with a definite predicate, but this construction is rather infrequent:

ⲁⲛⲅ̄-ⲑⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ ⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ.
I am the handmaiden of the Lord.

6.2 The interrogative pronouns.

ⲛⲓⲙwho?
ⲁϣwhat?
ⲟⲩwhat?

These pronouns are used in sentences with ⲡⲉ, ⲧⲉ, ⲛⲉ:

ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉ?
Who is it?
ⲁϣ ⲡⲉ?
What is it?
ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉⲓⲣⲱⲙⲉ?
Who is this man?
ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉⲕⲣⲁⲛ?
What is your name? (note idiom)
ⲟⲩ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲁⲓ?
What is this?
ⲟⲩ ⲛⲉ ⲛⲁⲓ?
What are these?

The interrogative pronoun normally stands first. The choice of number and gender for the copula depends on the understood or expressed subject. The pronoun ⲟⲩ is also found with the indefinite article:

ⲟⲩⲟⲩ ⲡⲉ?
What is it? (lit.: It is a what?)
ϩⲉⲛⲟⲩ ⲛⲉ?
What are they? (lit.: They are whats?)

When the subject is a personal pronoun of the 1st or 2nd person, it may be placed before ⲛⲓⲙ or ⲟⲩ in normal or proclitic form:

ⲛ̄ⲧⲕ̄-ⲛⲓⲙ?
Who are you?
ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲕ ⲟⲩⲟⲩ?
What are you?

The personal pronoun may be repeated for emphasis:

ⲁⲛⲅ̄-ⲛⲓⲙ ⲁⲛⲟⲕ?
Who am I?

Note that ⲛⲓⲙ may also be used in ordinary genitive constructions:

ⲡϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲓⲙ?
Whose son?

Vocabulary 6

Greek nouns:

Proper names:

Exercises

  1. ⲁⲛⲅ̄-ⲟⲩϩⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲡϩⲏⲅⲉⲙⲱⲛ.
    • I am a slave of the governor.
  2. ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ⲟⲩϣⲱⲥ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ ϩⲓ ⲧⲥⲱϣⲉ.
    • There is a shepherd there in the field.
  3. ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲕ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉⲛⲥⲁϩ.
    • You (ms. sg.) are our teacher.
  4. ⲁⲛⲟⲛ ⲛⲉ ⲛⲉϥⲉⲥⲟⲟⲩ.
    • We are his sheep.
  5. ⲛ̄ ⲁⲛⲟⲛ ⲁⲛ ⲡⲉ.
    • It is not us.
  6. ⲛ̄ⲧⲟϥ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲗⲁⲟⲥ.
    • He is the glory of his people.
  7. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ-ⲛⲓⲙ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟ?
    • Who are you (fm. sg.)?
  8. ⲁⲛⲅ̄-ⲟⲩⲁⲅⲅⲉⲗⲟⲥ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ.
    • I am an angel of God.
  9. ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ⲟⲩⲥⲏϥⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
    • There is a sword there.
  10. ⲟⲩ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁⲉⲓⲛ?
    • What is this marvel?
  11. ⲛ̄ⲧⲟϥ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲟⲩϩⲁⲓ.
    • He is your (fm. sg.) husband.
  12. ⲡⲁⲓ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲛⲟⲙⲟⲥ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ.
    • This is God's law.
  13. ⲟⲩⲟⲩ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉⲩⲁⲅⲅⲉⲗⲓⲟⲛ?
    • What is the gospel?
  14. ⲡⲓ̄ⲏ̄ⲗ̄ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉϥⲗⲁⲟⲥ.
    • His people is Israel.
  15. ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲟⲩ ⲡⲉ.
    • It's them.
  16. ⲛⲓⲙ ⲛⲉ? ⲛⲉⲥⲥⲩⲅⲅⲉⲛⲏⲥ ⲛⲉ.
    • Who are they? They are her relatives.
  17. ⲛ̄ⲧⲟ ⲧⲉ ⲧⲁⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ.
    • You (fm. sg.) are my wife.
  18. ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲱⲛⲉ ⲁⲛ ⲡⲉ.
    • It is not a stone.
  19. ⲁⲛⲟⲕ ⲡⲉ ⲓⲱⲥⲏⲫ.
    • I am Joseph.
  20. ⲡⲉⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ ϩⲓϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲣⲱⲙⲉ.
    • The glory of the Lord is upon this man.
  21. ⲁϣ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲁⲓ? ⲟⲩⲙⲁⲉⲓⲛ ⲡⲉ.
    • What is this? It is a sign.
  22. ⲙⲉϣⲁⲕ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟϥ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉⲭ̄ⲥ̄.
    • Perhaps he is the Christ.
  23. ⲟⲩϯⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲧⲅⲁⲗⲓⲗⲁⲓⲁ ⲡⲉ.
    • It is a village of Galilee.
  24. ⲡⲉⲣⲡⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲁⲓ?
    • Whose temple is this?
  25. ⲡⲉⲓϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ⲟⲩⲉⲩⲁⲅⲅⲉⲗⲓⲟⲛ ⲡⲉ.
    • This book is a gospel.
  26. ⲛ̄ⲧⲱⲧⲛ̄ ⲡⲉ.
    • It's you (pl.).
  27. ⲁϣ ⲧⲉ ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏ?
    • What is the way?
  28. ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ⲟⲩϩⲏⲅⲉⲙⲱⲛ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲥⲩⲣⲓⲁ.
    • There is a governor in Syria.
  29. ⲁϣ ⲧⲉ ⲧⲉⲓϭⲟⲙ?
    • What is this power?
  30. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄-ϩⲉⲛⲟⲩⲏⲏⲃ.
    • You (pl.) are priests.
  31. ⲑⲗ̄ⲗⲱ ⲛ̄ⲛⲁϩⲣⲙ̄ ⲡϩⲏⲅⲉⲙⲱⲛ.
    • The old woman is in the presence of the governor.
  32. ⲙⲛ̄-ϯⲙⲉ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲟⲣⲓⲛⲏ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
    • There is no village in that hill-country.
  33. ⲡⲁⲓ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲛⲟⲙⲟⲥ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲣ̄ⲣⲟ.
    • This is the king's law.
  34. ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ϩⲉⲛϣⲟⲟⲥ ϩⲓ ⲡⲧⲟⲟⲩ.
    • There are some shepherds on the mountain.
  35. ⲡⲉⲓⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓⲛ ⲟⲩⲙⲁⲉⲓⲛ ⲡⲉ.
    • This light is a sign.
  36. ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲥ ⲟⲩⲡⲁⲣⲑⲉⲛⲟⲥ ⲧⲉ.
    • She is a virgin.
  37. ⲛ̄ϭⲁⲙⲟⲩⲗ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲓⲙ ⲛⲉ?
    • Whose camels are they?
  38. ⲓⲱϩⲁⲛⲛⲏⲥ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲭ̄ⲥ̄ ⲁⲛ ⲡⲉ.
    • John is not the Christ.
  39. ⲡⲕⲉⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲡⲁⲥⲩⲅⲅⲉⲛⲏⲥ ⲡⲉ.
    • The other man is my relative.
  40. ⲛ̄ⲧⲟϥ ⲡⲉ ⲡϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡϩⲁⲙϣⲉ.
    • He is the son of the carpenter.
  41. ⲁϣ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲕⲁⲕⲉ ⲉⲧ ϩⲓϫⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ?
    • What is the darkness which is upon the city?
  42. ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲟⲩ ⲛⲁⲥⲛⲏⲩ ⲛⲉ.
    • They are my brothers.
  43. ⲛⲁⲓ ⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲙⲟⲥ.
    • These are the words of your (pl.) law.
  44. ⲛ̄ⲕⲉⲉⲥⲟⲟⲩ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲥⲱϣⲉ.
    • The other sheep are in the field.
  45. ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲣⲁⲛ ⲙ̄ ⲡϩⲏⲅⲉⲙⲱⲛ?
    • What is the governor's name?
  46. ⲧⲁⲓ ⲧⲉ ⲧⲁⲥⲏϥⲉ.
    • This is my sword.
  47. ⲟⲩⲙⲁⲉⲓⲛ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲧⲉϥϭⲟⲙ ⲡⲉ.
    • It is a sign of his power.
  48. ⲛⲓⲙ ⲧⲉ ⲧⲙⲁⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲓⲱϩⲁⲛⲛⲏⲥ?
    • Who is John's mother?

Lesson 7

7.1 The First Perfect. Verbal inflection in Coptic is commonly, but not solely, of the form: verbal prefix + subject (noun/pronoun) + verb. The infinitive is the main lexical form of the verb and may occur in all of the verbal conjugations. Its uses and further modifications will be dealt with in subsequent lessons. The conjugation known as the First Perfect is the narrative past tense par excellence and corresponds to the English preterite (simple past: I wrote, I wept, I sat down) or, if the context demands, the English perfect (I have written):

ⲁⲓⲃⲱⲕI went
ⲁⲕⲃⲱⲕyou (m.s.) went
ⲁⲣⲃⲱⲕyou (f.s.) went
ⲁϥⲃⲱⲕhe went
ⲁⲥⲃⲱⲕshe went
ⲁⲛⲃⲱⲕwe went
ⲁⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲃⲱⲕyou (c.pl.) went
ⲁⲩⲃⲱⲕthey went

The pronominal elements are for the most part familiar from the possessive prefixes of Lesson 4. In the 1st person singular is normal for most of the verbal system (contrast the -ⲁ- of ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ). The pronominal element of the 2nd person feminine exhibits much variation and should be noted carefully for each conjugation introduced: ⲁⲣⲉⲃⲱⲕ and ⲁⲃⲱⲕ are also attested in the First Perfect.

If the subject is nominal, the verbal prefix is ⲁ-:

ⲁ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲃⲱⲕ
the man went

There are two other ways in which nominal subjects may be used in a verbal phrase: (1) they may stand before the verbal unit, which in the First Perfect still requires a pronoun as well:

ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲁϥⲃⲱⲕ
the man went
ⲧⲉⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ ⲁⲥⲃⲱⲕ
the woman went

or (2) they may stand after the verbal unit, again with a pronominal subject, introduced by the element ⲛ̄ϭⲓ:

ⲁϥⲃⲱⲕ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ
the man went
ⲁⲥⲃⲱⲕ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲧⲉⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ
the woman went

All three constructions are common and differ only in the emphasis accorded the subject. When the verbal prefix is followed by the indefinite article, the resulting ⲁ-ⲟⲩ... may be spelled ⲁⲩ..., as in

ⲁ-ⲟⲩϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ⲃⲱⲕ
ⲁⲩϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ⲃⲱⲕ
a monk went

7.2 The prepositions , ϣⲁ, ⲉϫⲛ̄ are frequent after verbs of motion.

  1. indicates motion to or toward a place or person, less commonly motion onto or into:

    ⲁϥⲃⲱⲕ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲕⲣⲟ.
    He went to the shore.
    ⲁⲩⲡⲱⲧ ⲉ ⲧⲉⲕⲕⲗⲏⲥⲓⲁ.
    They ran to the church.
    ⲁⲩⲁⲗⲉ ⲉ ⲡϫⲟⲓ.
    They got on (or into) the ship.

    Otherwise the preposition is very frequent in a general referential sense: "to, for, in regard to," with many other nuances that will be noted in passing.

  2. ϣⲁ indicates motion to, up to; it is used more frequently with persons than places:

    ⲁϥⲡⲱⲧ ϣⲁ ⲡⲉϥⲉⲓⲱⲧ.
    He ran to his father.
    ⲁⲛⲃⲱⲕ ϣⲁ ⲡⲉⲡⲓⲥⲕⲟⲡⲟⲥ.
    We went to the bishop.
  3. ⲉϫⲛ̄ indicates motion onto, on:

    ⲁϥⲁⲗⲉ ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲱ.
    He got on the donkey.
    ⲁⲥϩⲉ ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲕⲁϩ.
    She fell on the ground.

    ⲉϫⲛ̄ properly denotes motion onto, while ϩⲓϫⲛ̄ denotes static location; the two are sometimes interchanged. The same contrast exists with the less frequent pair ϩⲓⲣⲛ̄ (at the entrance of) and ⲉⲣⲛ̄ (to the entrance of).

Several of the prepositions we have already introduced also occur freely with verbs of motion. For example ϩⲓ, ϩⲓϫⲛ̄ (on or along a surface), ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ (behind, after), ⲙⲛ̄ (along with), ϩⲛ̄ (within a circumscribed area), ⲛ̄ⲛⲁϩⲣⲛ̄ (into the presence of), ϩⲁϩⲧⲛ̄ (up to, near). The preposition ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ often has the sense of English "after" in "to go after," i.e. to go to fetch, or "to run after," i.e. to try to overtake. The reader should give particular attention to the use of prepositions with verbs, since these combinations are sometimes quite idiomatic and unpredictable.

Vocabulary 7

Greek nouns:

Exercises

  1. ⲁ-ⲛⲉⲥⲛⲏⲩ ⲃⲱⲕ ⲉ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ.
    • The brothers went to the city.
  2. ⲡϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲁϥⲉⲓ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲛⲏⲓ.
    • The boy came to our house.
  3. ⲁⲥⲃⲱⲕ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲧⲉϥⲥⲱⲛⲉ ⲉⲣⲙ̄ ⲡⲣⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲕⲕⲗⲏⲥⲓⲁ.
    • His sister went to the doorway of the church.
  4. ⲁⲩⲉⲓ ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲛⲉⲩϣⲏⲣⲉ.
    • They came after their children.
  5. ⲁ-ⲧⲉϥⲙⲁⲁⲩ ⲙⲟⲟϣⲉ ⲉ ⲡⲧⲁⲫⲟⲥ.
    • His mother walked to the tomb.
  6. ⲁ-ⲛⲉϥⲙⲁⲑⲏⲧⲏⲥ ⲁⲗⲉ ⲉ ⲡϫⲟⲓ.
    • His disciples climbed onto the boat.
  7. ⲁϥⲃⲱⲕ ϣⲁ ⲕⲉⲥⲟⲛ.
    • He went to another brother.
  8. ⲁⲛⲉⲓ ⲉⲣⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲏⲓ.
    • We came to the entrance of his house.
  9. ⲁϥⲙⲟⲟϣⲉ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲓ̄ⲥ̄ ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲕⲣⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲑⲁⲗⲁⲥⲥⲁ.
    • Jesus walked on the shore of the sea.
  10. ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲛⲁⲭⲟⲥ ⲁⲩⲁⲗⲉ ⲉ ⲡⲧⲟⲟⲩ.
    • The monks went up to the monastery.
  11. ⲁ-ⲛⲉϥⲙⲁⲑⲏⲧⲏⲥ ⲡⲱⲧ ⲉ ⲕⲉⲙⲁ.
    • His disciples ran to another place.
  12. ⲁϥϣⲗⲏⲗ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲛⲉϥϣⲏⲣⲉ.
    • He prayed for his children.
  13. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲁⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲡⲱⲧ ⲉϫⲛ̄ ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏ?
    • Why did you (pl.) run onto the road?
  14. ⲁⲛⲙⲟⲟϣⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲛϩⲓⲟⲙⲉ ⲉ ⲡϯⲙⲉ.
    • We walked with our wives to the village.
  15. ⲁⲩϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ⲃⲱⲕ ϣⲁ ⲡⲉⲡⲓⲥⲕⲟⲡⲟⲥ.
    • A monk went to the bishop.
  16. ⲁϥϣⲗⲏⲗ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲛⲉⲛⲛⲟⲃⲉ.
    • He prayed for our sins.
  17. ⲁⲥⲉⲓ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲑⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ ⲛ̄ⲛⲁϩⲣⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲥϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ.
    • The (female) slave came into the presence of her master.
  18. ⲁϥⲁⲗⲉ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲡⲉⲛϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ ⲉ ⲧⲡⲉ.
    • Our Lord ascended to heaven.
  19. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲁⲕⲡⲱⲧ ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ?
    • Why did you (ms. sg.) pursue my father?
  20. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲁⲣⲣⲓⲙⲉ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ?
    • Why did you weep over those men?
  21. ⲁϥϩⲙⲟⲟⲥ ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲕⲣⲟ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲉⲣⲟ.
    • He sat down on the river's bank.
  22. ⲁ-ⲑⲗ̄ⲗⲱ ⲣⲓⲙⲉ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲥϣⲏⲣⲉ.
    • The old woman wept for her son.
  23. ⲁⲩϩⲙⲟⲟⲥ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲩⲥⲛⲏⲩ.
    • They sat down with their brothers.
  24. ⲁⲓⲙⲟⲟϣⲉ ϩⲓ ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲧⲁϣⲉⲉⲣⲉ.
    • I walked on the road with my daughter.
  25. ⲁⲩⲃⲱⲕ ϩⲓ ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ ⲉ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ.
    • They went on that road to the city.
  26. ⲁ-ⲡⲉϥϩⲧⲟ ⲡⲱⲧ ϣⲁ ⲧⲉϩⲧⲱⲣⲉ.
    • His (male) horse ran up to the mare.
  27. ⲁϥⲁⲗⲉ ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥϩⲧⲟ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲡⲉⲕⲓⲥⲕⲟⲡⲟⲥ.
    • The bishop mounted his horse.
  28. ⲧⲉϥⲙⲁⲁⲩ ⲁⲥⲉⲓ ϣⲁ ⲡⲣ̄ⲣⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ.
    • His mother came to the king in / of the city.
  29. ⲁⲛϣⲗⲏⲗ ϩⲁ ⲛⲉⲛⲥⲛⲏⲩ ⲉⲧ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲟⲟⲩ.
    • We prayed for our brothers who were / are in the monastery.
  30. ⲁⲓⲣⲓⲙⲉ ⲉϫⲛ̄ ⲛⲁⲛⲟⲃⲉ.
    • I wept over my sins.
  31. ⲁ-ⲡⲣ̄ⲣⲟ ϩⲙⲟⲟⲥ ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲑⲣⲟⲛⲟⲥ.
    • The king sat down on his throne.
  32. ⲁ-ⲡⲙⲁⲑⲏⲧⲏⲥ ϩⲙⲟⲟⲥ ϩⲓⲣⲙ̄ ⲡⲣⲟ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲓ.
    • The disciple sat down in the doorway of the house.
  33. ⲁⲩⲡⲱⲧ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲛ̄ϣⲏⲣⲉ ϩⲓ ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏ ⲉ ⲧⲉⲙⲣⲱ.
    • The children ran on the road to the harbor.
  34. ⲁ-ⲡⲉⲓⲱ ⲙⲟⲟϣⲉ ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲡⲉϥϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ.
    • The donkey walked behind its owner.
  35. ⲁⲛⲁⲗⲉ ⲉϫⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲛⲉⲟⲟⲩ.
    • We mounted our donkeys.
  36. ⲁⲩϩⲙⲟⲟⲥ ⲉ ⲧⲉⲧⲣⲁⲡⲉⲍⲁ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲧⲉϥⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϥϣⲉⲉⲣⲉ.
    • His wife and his daughters sat down at the table.
  37. ⲁ-ϩⲉⲛⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲓ ϩⲁϩⲧⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲕⲕⲗⲏⲥⲓⲁ.
    • Some men came near the church.
  38. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲁⲕⲙⲟⲟϣⲉ ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲡⲉⲓⲱ ϩⲓϫⲛ̄ ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏ?
    • Why did you walk behind the donkey on the road?
  39. ⲁ-ⲓ̄ⲥ̄ ϩⲙⲟⲟⲥ ϩⲁϩⲧⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϥⲙⲁⲑⲏⲧⲏⲥ.
    • Jesus sat down with his disciples.
  40. ⲁⲩⲙⲟⲟϣⲉ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲛ̄ϣⲟⲟⲥ ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲛⲉⲩⲉⲥⲟⲟⲩ.
    • The shepherds walked behind their sheep.
  41. ⲁ-ⲡϭⲁⲙⲟⲩⲗ ⲡⲱⲧ ⲉ ⲧⲥⲱϣⲉ.
    • The camel ran to the field.
  42. ⲁⲛϣⲗⲏⲗ ⲉ ⲟⲩⲙⲁⲉⲓⲛ.
    • We prayed for a sign.
  43. ⲁ-ⲡⲗⲁⲟⲥ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ ⲉⲓ ϣⲁ ⲡϩⲏⲅⲉⲙⲱⲛ ⲛ̄ ϯⲟⲩⲇⲁⲓⲁ.
    • The people of the city came to the governor of Judea.
  44. ⲁ-ⲧϣⲉⲉⲣⲉ ϩⲙⲟⲟⲥ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲥⲥⲩⲅⲅⲉⲛⲏⲥ.
    • The girl sat down with her relatives.
  45. ⲁϥⲃⲱⲕ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲡϩⲏⲅⲉⲙⲱⲛ ⲉ ⲧⲥⲩⲣⲓⲁ.
    • The governor went to Syria.
  46. ⲡⲁⲓ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲓ̄ⲏ̄ⲗ̄.
    • This is the God of Israel.

Lesson 8

8.1 Directional adverbs. Coptic possesses a set of directional adverbs which correspond very closely to English adverbs of the type "up, down, in, out, over, along, etc." As with their English counterparts, the directional meanings found with verbs of motion are for all practical purposes the basic meanings (e.g. to go up, to sink down, to run in), but extended uses are equally common (e.g. to shut up, to quiet down, to think over). The Coptic directional adverbs consist formally of the preposition plus a noun, with or without the definite article. Most of the nouns in question are seldom met outside of these particular expressions and will be considered in more detail in a later lesson. Because these adverbs are so frequent, we shall follow the practice of other editors and write them as single units. The following eight are the most important:

ⲉⲃⲟⲗout, away
ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛin
ⲉϩⲣⲁⲓup, down
ⲉⲡⲉⲥⲏⲧdown
ⲉⲑⲏforward, ahead
ⲉⲡⲁϩⲟⲩback, rearward
ⲉⲧⲡⲉupward
ⲉⲡϣⲱⲓupward

The adverbs may be used alone, as in

ⲁϥⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.He went away.
ⲁϥⲉⲓ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ.He came in.
ⲁϥⲡⲱⲧ ⲉⲡⲁϩⲟⲩ.He ran back.

But they very frequently combine with a simple preposition to form a compound prepositional phrase. Among the most frequent of these are

ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲉout to, away to
ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲛ̄out of, out from in, away from; (rarely) out into
ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟ⸗same as preceding
ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲓaway from on, out from on, away from at
ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲓⲧⲛ̄(1) away from (a person); (2) through, out through (a place); (3) through the agency of (a person or thing)
ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲉto, into, toward
ⲉϩⲣⲁⲓ ⲉup to, down to
ⲉϩⲣⲁⲓ ⲉϫⲛ̄up onto, down upon
ⲉⲡⲉⲥⲏⲧ ⲉdown to, down into, down onto, down on
ⲉⲡⲉⲥⲏⲧ ⲉϫⲛ̄down onto, down on
ⲉⲡⲁϩⲟⲩ ⲉback to
ⲉⲑⲏ ⲉahead to, forward to

The meaning of most such compounds when used with verbs of motion is generally self-evident, but caution is in order when dealing with their use with other verbs. The dictionary should always be consulted to check on idiomatic and unpredictable meanings.

8.2 Clauses containing a First Perfect may be coordinated with the conjunction ⲁⲩⲱ (and) or follow one another with no conjunction (termed "asyndeton"):

ⲁϥϩⲙⲟⲟⲥ ⲁⲩⲱ ⲁϥⲣⲓⲙⲉ.
ⲁϥϩⲙⲟⲟⲥ, ⲁϥⲣⲓⲙⲉ.
He sat down and wept.

8.3 Many infinitives are used as masculine singular nouns. This usage will be noted without further comment in the lesson vocabularies from now on ("as n.m.:"). For the infinitives in Vocabulary 7 note the nouns ⲡⲉ.ϣⲗⲏⲗ prayer, ⲡ.ⲡⲱⲧ flight, and ⲡ.ⲣⲓⲙⲉ weeping.

Vocabulary 8

Greek noun:

Note: Only the less predictable combinations of verb and prepositional phrase will be given in the lesson vocabularies. Other combinations in the exercises should be self-evident from the meanings of the individual words involved.

Exercises

    1. ϩⲓⲧⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲕϣⲗⲏⲗ
      • through your (ms. sg.) prayers
    2. ⲟⲩⲃⲉ ⲛⲉⲛⲥⲛⲏⲩ
      • against our brothers
    3. ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲓⲧⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲓϩⲓⲏ
      • out through this road
    4. ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲓⲉⲣⲟ
      • away to the river
    5. ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ
      • out of the city
    6. ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲓ ⲧⲉⲧⲣⲁⲡⲉⲍⲁ
      • away from the table
    7. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲡⲉϥϩⲱⲃ
      • about his task
    8. ⲟⲩⲃⲉ ⲛⲉⲧⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ
      • against your (pl.) words
    9. ϩⲓⲧⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϥϣⲁϫⲉ
      • through his words
    10. ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲉ ⲣⲁⲕⲟⲧⲉ
      • into Alexandria
    11. ⲉϩⲣⲁⲓ ⲉ ⲡⲃⲏⲙⲁ
      • up to the platform
    12. ⲉϩⲣⲁⲓ ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲟⲟⲩ
      • up onto the mountain
    13. ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲉ ⲧⲁⲣⲓ
      • into my cell
    14. ϩⲁ ⲛⲉⲓϩⲃⲏⲩⲉ
      • under these tasks / because of these things
    15. ϣⲁ ⲛⲉϥⲙⲁⲑⲏⲧⲏⲥ
      • to his disciples
    16. ϩⲓⲣⲛ̄ ⲧⲉϥⲣⲓ
      • at the entrance of his cell
    17. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲡⲟⲩⲣⲓⲙⲉ
      • about your (fm. sg.) weeping
    18. ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲡⲱⲧ
      • in his flight
    19. ⲉⲡⲉⲥⲏⲧ ⲉ ⲑⲁⲗⲁⲥⲥⲁ
      • down to the sea
    20. ⲉⲡⲉⲥⲏⲧ ⲉ ⲡⲙⲟⲟⲩ
      • down to the water
    21. ⲉⲡⲁϩⲟⲩ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲩϯⲙⲉ
      • back to their village
    22. ⲉⲑⲏ ⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲟⲩ
      • ahead to the mountains
    23. ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲓ ⲡⲃⲏⲙⲁ
      • away from the platform
    24. ⲉϩⲣⲁⲓ ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϩⲧⲟ
      • up onto the horse
    25. ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲓⲧⲙ̄ ⲡⲣⲟ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲓ
      • out through the door of the house
    26. ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁ
      • away from here
    27. ⲟⲩⲃⲉ ⲡⲣⲁⲛ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲣ̄ⲣⲟ
      • against the name of the king
    28. ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲓⲧⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ
      • through the agency of the Lord
    29. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲡⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲡⲱⲧ
      • about your (pl.) flight
    1. ⲁⲩⲧⲱⲟⲩⲛ, ⲁⲩⲡⲱⲧ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
      • They got up and ran away.
    2. ⲁⲛⲉⲓ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ, ⲁⲛϩⲙⲟⲟⲥ.
      • We came in and sat down.
    3. ⲁϥⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲡⲁϩⲟⲩ ⲉ ⲡⲉϥϯⲙⲉ.
      • He went back to his village.
    4. ⲁϥϩⲙⲟⲟⲥ ⲁⲩⲱ ⲁϥϣⲁϫⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ.
      • He sat down and spoke with the men.
    5. ⲁⲓⲧⲱⲟⲩⲛ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲓ ⲧⲉⲧⲣⲁⲡⲉⲍⲁ.
      • I got up from the table.
    6. ⲁⲛⲙⲟⲟϣⲉ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲉ ⲣⲁⲕⲟⲧⲉ.
      • We walked in to Alexandria.
    7. ⲡⲕⲉⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲁϥⲁⲗⲉ ⲉϩⲣⲁⲓ ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲱ.
      • The other man got up onto the donkey.
    8. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲁⲣⲡⲱⲧ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲟⲩⲏⲓ?
      • Why have you (feminine sing.) run out of your house?
    9. ⲁ-ⲡϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ⲃⲱⲕ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲉ ⲧⲉϥⲣⲓ.
      • The monk went into his cell.
    10. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲁⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲡⲉⲛϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ?
      • Why have you (pl.) spoken against our Lord?
    11. ⲁⲓϩⲙⲟⲟⲥ ϩⲁϩⲧⲙ̄ ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ.
      • I sat down beside my father.
    12. ⲁⲩϣⲁϫⲉ ϩⲁ ⲡⲉⲩⲏⲣⲡ̄.
      • They spoke about their wine.
    13. ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ϩⲉⲛⲉⲟⲟⲩ ⲙⲛ̄ ϩⲉⲛϩⲧⲱⲱⲣ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
      • There are some donkeys and some horses there.
    14. ⲁϥⲉⲓ ⲉⲡⲉⲥⲏⲧ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲓ ⲡⲃⲏⲙⲁ.
      • He came down from the platform.
    15. ⲁⲩⲧⲱⲟⲩⲛ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉϩⲣⲁⲓ ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲣ̄ⲣⲟ.
      • The men rose up against the king.
    16. ⲁⲓϣⲁϫⲉ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲛⲁⲛⲟⲃⲉ.
      • I talked about my sins.
    17. ⲁ-ⲛⲉϩⲓⲟⲙⲉ ⲙⲟⲟϣⲉ ⲉⲡⲉⲥⲏⲧ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲕⲣⲟ.
      • The women walked down to the shore.
    18. ⲁⲛⲃⲱⲕ ⲉϩⲣⲁⲓ ⲉ ⲛⲉⲛⲧⲙⲉ.
      • We went up / down to our villages.
    19. ⲁⲥⲡⲱⲧ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲓⲧⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
      • She fled from those men.
    20. ⲁⲛⲃⲱⲕ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲛ̄ⲛⲁϩⲣⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲡⲓⲥⲕⲟⲡⲟⲥ.
      • We went into the presence of the bishop.
    21. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲁⲕⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲡⲁϩⲟⲩ ⲉ ⲧⲁⲅⲟⲣⲁ?
      • Why did you (ms. sg.) go back to the marketplace?
    22. ⲁϥⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲕⲟⲥⲙⲟⲥ.
      • He went out of this world.
    23. ⲁⲥϣⲁϫⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲥⲙⲁⲁⲩ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲛⲉⲥϣⲏⲣⲉ.
      • She spoke with her mother about her children.
    24. ⲁⲩⲁⲗⲉ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉϩⲣⲁⲓ ⲉϫⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲩϩⲧⲱⲱⲣ.
      • The men mounted their horses.
    25. ⲁⲩϣⲁϫⲉ ⲉ ⲡⲟⲉⲓⲕ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲧⲃ̄ⲧ.
      • They spoke about the bread and the (pl.) fish.
    26. ⲁⲩϣⲁϫⲉ ⲟⲩⲃⲉ ⲛⲉϥⲉⲛⲧⲟⲗⲏ.
      • They spoke against his commandments.
    27. ⲁϥⲧⲱⲟⲩⲛ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲓ ⲡⲉⲑⲣⲟⲛⲟⲥ.
      • He arose from the throne.
    28. ⲁⲛⲙⲟⲟϣⲉ ⲉⲑⲏ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲕⲁⲕⲉ.
      • We walked ahead in the darkness.
    29. ⲁϥⲁⲗⲉ ⲉϩⲣⲁⲓ ⲉ ⲡⲃⲏⲙⲁ.
      • He went up to the platform.
    30. ⲁϥϣⲁϫⲉ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲛⲉϩⲃⲏⲩⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲙⲟⲛⲁⲭⲟⲥ.
      • He spoke about the monk's affairs.

Lesson 9

9.1 Prepositions with pronominal suffixes. A pronominal object of a preposition is expressed by means of a suffixed form of the pronoun. The preposition itself assumes a prepronominal form which must be learned with each preposition. For example, the preposition becomes ⲉⲣⲟ⸗ before pronominal suffixes. The mark is a convention used in Coptic grammars to indicate any form to which a pronominal suffix is to be added. The prepronominal forms of the prepositions introduced thus far are as follows:

ⲛ̄ⲙ̄ⲙⲟ⸗
ϩⲛ̄ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧ⸗
ϩⲁϩⲁⲣⲟ⸗
ϩⲓϩⲓⲱ()
ⲙⲛ̄ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁ⸗
ϣⲁϣⲁⲣⲟ⸗
ⲉⲣⲟ⸗
ϩⲓϫⲛ̄ϩⲓϫⲱ⸗
ⲉϫⲛ̄ⲉϫⲱ⸗
ϩⲓⲧⲛ̄ϩⲓⲧⲟⲟⲧ⸗
ⲛ̄ⲥⲁⲛ̄ⲥⲱ⸗
ϩⲓⲣⲛ̄ϩⲓⲣⲱ⸗
ⲉⲣⲛ̄ⲉⲣⲱ⸗
ⲛⲁϩⲣⲛ̄ⲛⲁϩⲣⲁ⸗
ϩⲁϩⲧⲛ̄ϩⲁϩⲧⲏ⸗
ⲟⲩⲃⲉⲟⲩⲃⲏ⸗
ⲉⲧⲃⲉⲉⲧⲃⲏⲏⲧ⸗

Because the variety exhibited by the prepronominal forms is at first puzzling, the following comments may be of some help:

  1. In ⲉⲣⲟ⸗ and ϩⲁⲣⲟ⸗ the final syllable -ⲣⲟ⸗ is an original part of the preposition; it was lost in the normal prenominal form. ϣⲁⲣⲟ⸗ is on analogy with these.
  2. ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧ⸗ and ϩⲓⲱ⸗ were originally compounds: ⲛ̄ ϩⲏⲧ⸗ in the belly (of), ϩⲓ ⲱ() on the back (of). The prenominal form ϩⲛ̄ was originally a noun meaning "interior" (cf. the ϩⲟⲩⲛ of ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ); ϩⲓ was a simple preposition.
  3. ϩⲓϫⲱ⸗ and ⲉϫⲱ⸗ are ϩⲓ and with the noun ϫⲱ⸗ (head, top); the noun is reduced to -ϫ- in ϩⲓϫⲛ̄ and ⲉϫⲛ̄, which also contain the genitival ⲛ̄.
  4. ϩⲓⲣⲱ⸗ and ⲉⲣⲱ⸗ are ϩⲓ and with the noun ⲣⲱ⸗ mouth, door; the latter is reduced to in ϩⲓⲣⲛ̄ and ⲉⲣⲛ̄, with genitival ⲛ̄.
  5. ϩⲓⲧⲟⲟⲧ⸗ is ϩⲓ plus the noun ⲧⲟⲟⲧ⸗ (hand); the latter is reduced to -ⲧ- in ϩⲓⲧⲛ̄, with genitival ⲛ̄.
  6. ⲛⲁϩⲣⲁ⸗ contains the noun ϩⲣⲁ⸗ (face). The initial element is obscure. ⲛⲁϩⲣⲛ̄ also contains the genitival ⲛ̄.
  7. ϩⲁϩⲧⲏ⸗ consists of ϩⲁ plus the noun ϩⲧⲏ⸗ (heart, breast), reduced to -ϩⲧ- with the genitival ⲛ̄ in ϩⲁϩⲧⲛ̄.

The nouns contained in these expressions will be dealt with in a later lesson.

Typical inflections of these prepositions are as follows:

ⲉⲣⲟⲓto me
ⲉⲣⲟⲕto you (m.s.)
ⲉⲣⲟto you (f.s.)
ⲉⲣⲟϥto him
ⲉⲣⲟⲥto her
ⲉⲣⲟⲛto us
ⲉⲣⲱⲧⲛ̄to you (pl.)
ⲉⲣⲟⲟⲩto them
ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲓwith me
ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲕetc.
ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲉ
ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁϥ
ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲥ
ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲛ
ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲏⲧⲛ̄
ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ
ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧin me
ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧⲕ̄etc.
ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧⲉ
ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧϥ̄
ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧⲥ̄
ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧⲛ̄
ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧ-ⲧⲏⲩⲧⲛ̄
ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧⲟⲩ
ⲟⲩⲃⲏⲓagainst me
ⲟⲩⲃⲏⲕetc.
[ⲟⲩⲃⲏⲧⲉ]
ⲟⲩⲃⲏϥ
ⲟⲩⲃⲏⲥ
ⲟⲩⲃⲏⲛ
ⲟⲩⲃⲉ-ⲧⲏⲩⲧⲛ̄
ⲟⲩⲃⲏⲩ
ⲉⲧⲃⲏⲏⲧbecause of me
ⲉⲧⲃⲏⲏⲧⲕ̄etc.
ⲉⲧⲃⲏⲏⲧⲉ
ⲉⲧⲃⲏⲏⲧϥ̄
ⲉⲧⲃⲏⲏⲧⲥ̄
ⲉⲧⲃⲏⲏⲧⲛ̄
ⲉⲧⲃⲉ-ⲧⲏⲩⲧⲛ̄
ⲉⲧⲃⲏⲏⲧⲟⲩ

The prepronominal form of ϩⲓ appears as both ϩⲓⲱ⸗ and ϩⲓⲱⲱ⸗; typical forms are

ϩⲓⲱⲱⲧon me
ϩⲓⲱⲱⲕ, ϩⲓⲱⲕetc.
ϩⲓⲱⲱⲧⲉ
ϩⲓⲱⲱϥ, ϩⲓⲱϥ
ϩⲓⲱⲱⲥ, ϩⲓⲱⲥ
ϩⲓⲱⲱⲛ, ϩⲓⲱⲛ
ϩⲓ-ⲧⲏⲩⲧⲛ̄
ϩⲓⲱⲟⲩ

The following details on the forms of suffixed pronouns in general should be noted for future reference:

  1. The 1st pers. sing. suffix appears as after a single vowel, as zero (nothing) after -ⲧ⸗, and as elsewhere.
  2. The suffix of the 2nd pers. fem. sing. appears as zero after a single vowel other than -ⲁ⸗, as -ⲉ in place of a single -ⲁ⸗, as -ⲉ after -ⲧ⸗, and as -ⲧⲉ elsewhere.
  3. The suffix of the 2nd pers. pl. appears as -ⲧⲛ̄ after single -ⲟ⸗, -ⲁ⸗, -ⲱ⸗, with the change of -ⲟ⸗ to -ⲱ⸗ and -ⲁ⸗ to -ⲏ⸗. After -ⲧ⸗ one uses -ⲧⲏⲩⲧⲛ̄. Elsewhere -ⲧⲏⲩⲧⲛ̄ is usually added to the prenominal form of the preposition or other form in question, as in ϩⲁϩⲧⲛ̄-ⲧⲏⲩⲧⲛ̄.

Vocabulary 9

Greek words:

Exercises

Translate the following prepositional phrases. Replace the nominal object with the appropriate pronominal suffix. E.g. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲡⲉⲓϩⲱⲃⲉⲧⲃⲏⲏⲧϥ̄.

    1. ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲕⲁϩ
      • onto the ground
      • ⲉϫⲱϥ
      • onto it
    2. ⲟⲩⲃⲉ ⲡⲉⲩϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ
      • against their master
      • ⲟⲩⲃⲏϥ
      • against him
    3. ϩⲓ ⲡⲉϥϭⲗⲟϭ
      • on his bed
      • ϩⲓⲱϥ / ϩⲓⲱⲱϥ
      • on it
    4. ϩⲓⲣⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲁⲫⲟⲥ
      • at the entrance of the tomb
      • ϩⲓⲣⲱϥ
      • at its entrance
    5. ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲡⲉϥⲙⲟⲩ
      • after his death
      • ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲱϥ
      • after it
    6. ⲛⲁϩⲣⲙ̄ ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ
      • in the presence of God
      • ⲛⲁϩⲣⲁϥ
      • in his presence
    7. ϩⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲉⲓⲉⲣⲟ
      • in the rivers
      • ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧⲟⲩ
      • in them
    8. ϩⲓⲧⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲓϩⲓⲥⲉ
      • through these afflictions
      • ϩⲓⲧⲟⲟⲧⲟⲩ
      • through them
    9. ⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲃ̄ⲧ
      • to the fish
      • ⲉⲣⲟⲟⲩ
      • to them
    10. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲡⲉⲩϩⲕⲟ
      • about their hunger
      • ⲉⲧⲃⲏⲏⲧϥ̄
      • about it
    11. ⲉ ⲡⲉⲥⲣⲁⲛ
      • to her name
      • ⲉⲣⲟϥ
      • to it
    12. ϣⲁ ⲛⲉϥϩⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ
      • to his slaves
      • ϣⲁⲣⲟⲟⲩ
      • to them
    13. ϩⲓϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲕⲁϩ
      • upon the ground
      • ϩⲓϫⲱϥ
      • upon it
    14. ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲡⲉϥϣⲏⲣⲉ
      • behind his son
      • ⲛ̄ⲥⲱϥ
      • behind him
    15. ϩⲓⲧⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϩⲕⲟ
      • through the famine
      • ϩⲓⲧⲟⲟⲧϥ̄
      • through it
    16. ϩⲁ ⲡⲁϭⲗⲟϭ
      • under my bed
      • ϩⲁⲣⲟϥ
      • under it
    17. ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲡⲉⲛⲡⲱⲧ
      • after our flight
      • ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲱϥ
      • after it
    18. ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲉϥⲣⲓ
      • in his cell
      • ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧⲥ̄
      • in it
    19. ϩⲓϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲕϫⲟⲓ
      • upon your (ms. sg.) boat
      • ϩⲓϫⲱϥ
      • upon it
    20. ϩⲁ ⲛⲉⲧⲛ̄ϩⲓⲥⲉ
      • under your (pl.) afflictions
      • ϩⲁⲣⲟⲟⲩ
      • under them
    21. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲛ̄ϣⲁ
      • about the festivals
      • ⲉⲧⲃⲏⲏⲧⲟⲩ
      • about them
    22. ϩⲓⲣⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲕⲕⲗⲏⲥⲓⲁ
      • at the entrance of the church
      • ϩⲓⲣⲱⲥ
      • at its entrance
    23. ϣⲁ ⲧϩⲗ̄ⲗⲱ
      • to the old woman
      • ϣⲁⲣⲟⲥ
      • to her
    24. ⲟⲩⲃⲉ ⲛⲁϣⲁϫⲉ
      • against my words
      • ⲟⲩⲃⲏⲩ
      • against them
    25. ⲛⲁϩⲣⲛ̄ ⲧⲉϥⲙⲁⲁⲩ
      • in the presence of his mother
      • ⲛⲁϩⲣⲁⲥ
      • in her presence
    26. ϩⲓⲧⲙ̄ ⲡⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓⲛ
      • through the light
      • ϩⲓⲧⲟⲟⲧϥ̄
      • through it
    27. ϩⲁϩⲧⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲙⲣⲱ
      • near the harbor
      • ϩⲁϩⲧⲏⲥ
      • near it
    28. ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲃⲏⲙⲁ
      • onto the platform
      • ⲉϫⲱϥ
      • onto it
    29. ⲙ̄ ⲡⲙⲟⲟⲩ
      • in the water
      • ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ
      • in it
    30. ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲡϣⲁ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ
      • after that festival
      • ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲱϥ
      • after it
    1. ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲓⲱⲱⲛ
      • away from us
    2. ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲓ
      • with me
    3. ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧ-ⲧⲏⲩⲧⲛ̄
      • from among you (pl.)
    4. ⲟⲩⲃⲏⲓ
      • against me
    5. ⲉⲧⲃⲏⲏⲧⲛ̄
      • because of us
    6. ϩⲁϩⲧⲏⲛ
      • near us
    7. ⲉϩⲣⲁⲓ ⲉϫⲱⲛ
      • down upon us
    8. ⲟⲩⲃⲉ-ⲧⲏⲩⲧⲛ̄
      • against you (pl.)
    9. ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲏⲧⲛ̄
      • with you (pl.)
    10. ⲉⲡⲉⲥⲏⲧ ⲉϫⲱⲓ
      • down onto me
    11. ⲛ̄ⲛⲁϩⲣⲁⲓ
      • in my presence
    12. ⲉⲧⲃⲏⲏⲧⲕ̄
      • because of you (ms. sg.)
    13. ⲛⲁϩⲣⲉ
      • in your (fm. sg.) presence
    14. ϩⲓⲱⲕ
      • on you (ms. sg.)
    15. ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲛ
      • with us
    1. ⲁ-ⲡⲙⲟⲩ ϣⲱⲡⲉ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲕⲟⲥⲙⲟⲥ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲓⲧⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲛⲛⲟⲃⲉ.
      • Death came into the world through our sins.
    2. ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲛⲁⲓ ⲇⲉ ⲁϥⲙⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲡⲣ̄ⲣⲟ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
      • After these things, that king died.
    3. ⲁ-ⲡϣⲏⲣⲉ ϩⲉ ⲉⲡⲉⲥⲏⲧ ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲕⲁϩ.
      • The boy fell down onto the ground.
    4. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲁ-ⲛⲉⲓϩⲓⲥⲉ ϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲓ?
      • Why have these afflictions befallen me?
    5. ⲁϥⲛ̄ⲕⲟⲧⲕ̄ ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϭⲗⲟϭ, ⲁϥⲣⲓⲙⲉ.
      • He lay down on the bed and wept.
    6. ⲁ-ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ϩⲱⲛ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲉ ⲡϯⲙⲉ ⲉⲧ ϩⲓϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲟⲟⲩ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
      • The men approached the village which was / is on that mountain.
    7. ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲥ ⲇⲉ ⲁⲩϩⲉ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲩϣⲏⲣⲉ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲥⲩⲛⲁⲅⲱⲅⲏ.
      • Afterwards, they found their son in the synagogue.
    8. ⲁⲩⲙⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲓⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ ϩⲁ ⲟⲩϩⲕⲟ.
      • The men of this city died of a famine.
    9. ⲁ-ⲟⲩϣⲁ ϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϩⲟⲟⲩ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
      • A festival happened here on that day.
    10. ⲁⲛϩⲓⲥⲉ ϩⲓⲧⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϩⲕⲟ ⲁⲩⲱ ⲁⲛⲧⲱⲟⲩⲛ, ⲁⲛⲃⲱⲕ ⲉ ⲕⲉϯⲙⲉ.
      • We grew weary through the famine, and arose and went to another village.
    11. ⲁϥϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲛ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲛ̄ϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ.
      • He spoke with us about the books which were / are in the city.
    12. ⲁⲓϩⲓⲥⲉ, ⲁⲓⲛ̄ⲕⲟⲧⲕ̄, ⲁⲓϣⲗⲏⲗ ⲉ ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲛⲉⲓϣⲁϫⲉ.
      • I became weary, I lay down, and I prayed to God about these things.
    13. ⲁϥϩⲱⲛ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲡⲉϩⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡϣⲁ.
      • The day of the festival drew near.
    14. ⲁ-ⲡϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ⲙⲟⲩ ϩⲓⲣⲙ̄ ⲡⲣⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉϥⲣⲓ.
      • The monk died at the doorway of his cell.
    15. ⲁⲩϩⲕⲟ ⲁⲩⲱ ⲁⲩⲉⲓ ⲉⲡⲁϩⲟⲩ ⲉ ⲡϯⲙⲉ.
      • They became hungry and they came back to the village.
    16. ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲥ ⲇⲉ ⲁ-ⲧⲉⲛⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ ϩⲉ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲓⲧⲟⲟⲧϥ̄.
      • Afterwards, our city perished by means of it / him.
    17. ⲁϥⲧⲱⲟⲩⲛ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲡϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲓ ⲡⲕⲁϩ, ⲁϥⲡⲱⲧ ϣⲁ ⲡⲉϥⲉⲓⲱⲧ.
      • The boy arose from the ground and ran to his father.
    18. ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲛⲉⲓϣⲁϫⲉ ⲁ-ⲡⲉⲛϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ ⲛ̄ⲕⲟⲧⲕ̄.
      • After these things, our Lord died.
    19. ⲁⲥϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲇⲉ ⲁⲥϩⲉ ⲉ ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲃ ϩⲁ ⲡⲉϭⲗⲟϭ.
      • It happened that she found the gold under the bed.
    20. ⲁ-ⲛⲉϫⲏⲩ ϩⲱⲛ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲉ ⲧⲉⲙⲣⲱ.
      • The boats approached the harbor.

Lesson 10

10.1 The Direct Object. The direct object of a transitive verb is usually introduced with the preposition ⲛ̄ (ⲙ̄, ⲙ̄ⲙⲟ⸗):

ⲁϥⲕⲱⲧ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲏⲓ.
He built a house.
ⲁϥⲕⲱⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ.
He built it.

Many verbs, especially those denoting perception, employ :

ⲁⲛⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲡⲉϥϩⲣⲟⲟⲩ.
We heard his voice.
ⲁⲛⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉⲣⲟϥ.
We heard it.

Occasionally other prepositions assume this function, as for example ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ in

ⲁϥϣⲓⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲧⲉϥⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ.
He looked for his wife.
ⲁϥϣⲓⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲥ.
He looked for her.

The appropriate preposition for each transitive verb will be given in the lesson vocabularies when a verb is introduced.

10.2 The Indirect Object (Dative). An indirect object, if present, is introduced with the preposition ⲛ̄ (ⲛⲁ⸗, inflected like ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁ⸗ in §9.1):

ⲁⲓϯ ⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ.
I gave the book to the man.
ⲁⲓϯ ⲛⲁϥ ⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ.
I gave him the book.
ⲁⲓϯ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ ⲛⲁϥ.
I gave it to him.

It is unfortunate that the prenominal forms of the most frequent direct and indirect object markers are the same (ⲛ̄, ⲙ̄ before and ). In general the direct object precedes the indirect object unless the direct object is nominal and the indirect object is pronominal. In the latter case either order is correct, but there is a preference for placing the indirect object first. The preposition (ⲉⲣⲟ⸗) also often marks what Greek and English regard as an indirect object (dative).

10.3 The Negative of the First Perfect. The negative forms of the First Perfect are not formally related to the positive forms:

ⲙ̄ⲡⲓⲃⲱⲕI did not go
ⲙ̄ⲡⲉⲕⲃⲱⲕyou (m.s.) did not go
ⲙ̄ⲡⲉⲃⲱⲕyou (f.s.) did not go
ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥⲃⲱⲕhe did not go
ⲙ̄ⲡⲉⲥⲃⲱⲕshe did not go
ⲙ̄ⲡⲉⲛⲃⲱⲕwe did not go
ⲙ̄ⲡⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲃⲱⲕyou (pl.) did not go
ⲙ̄ⲡⲟⲩⲃⲱⲕthey did not go

With a nominal subject: ⲙ̄ⲡⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲃⲱⲕ the man did not go.

Variant spellings such as ⲙ̄ⲡⲕ̄-, ⲙ̄ⲡϥ̄-, and ⲙ̄ⲡⲛ̄- are not uncommon.

10.4 As noted in Lesson 9, many prepositions consist of a simple preposition compounded with a noun. The nouns occurring in these expressions belong to a special group which take pronominal suffixes to indicate possession. We shall deal with the more important of these individually in later lessons, but for the moment note ⲧⲟⲟⲧ⸗, the pre-suffixal form of ⲧⲱⲣⲉ (hand). The absolute form ⲧⲱⲣⲉ survives only in the special meanings "handle, tool, spade" and in some compound verbal expressions (see Glossary); in the sense of "hand" it has been replaced by ϭⲓϫ. Prepositions compounded with ⲧⲟⲟⲧ⸗, such as ϩⲓⲧⲟⲟⲧ⸗, ⲉⲧⲟⲟⲧ⸗, ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲟⲧ⸗, often employ a construction with an anticipatory pronominal object before the real nominal object, the latter being introduced by the particle ⲛ̄ (ⲙ̄):

ϩⲓⲧⲟⲟⲧϥ̄ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲣ̄ⲣⲟ
by (through the agency of) the king
ⲉⲧⲟⲟⲧⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϥⲥⲛⲏⲩ
to (into the hands of) his brothers
ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲟⲧⲥ̄ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉϥⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ
from (from the hand of) his wife

This same construction is also occasionally found with the other prepositions introduced thus far.

Vocabulary 10

Exercises

  1. ⲁϥϯ ⲛⲁⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩϣⲧⲏⲛ.
    • He gave me a tunic.
  2. ⲁⲓϯ ⲛⲁϥ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲁϫⲟⲓ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
    • I sold him my boat.
  3. ⲁⲓϯ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲃ ⲉⲧⲟⲟⲧϥ̄.
    • I gave the gold to him.
  4. ⲁⲛϯ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
    • We fought with those men.
  5. ⲁⲩϯ ⲟⲩⲃⲏⲛ.
    • They fought against us.
  6. ⲁϥϯ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲃ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥϣⲏⲣⲉ.
    • He gave the gold to his son.
  7. ⲁⲩϥⲓ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲱⲛⲉ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲓⲣⲱϥ.
    • They lifted the stone off of him.
  8. ⲁϥϥⲓ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲉϩⲣⲁⲓ.
    • He lifted up his son.
  9. ⲙ̄ⲡⲉⲛϥⲓ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
    • We did not agree with them.
  10. ⲁϥϥⲓ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥϭⲗⲟϭ, ⲁϥⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
    • He lifted up his bed and went away.
  11. ⲁⲩⲕⲱⲧ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲣ̄ⲡⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
    • They built a temple there.
  12. ⲙ̄ⲡⲟⲩⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲡⲉⲩϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ.
    • They did not obey their master.
  13. ⲁⲓⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲡⲉϩⲣⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲟⲩⲏⲏⲃ.
    • I heard the voice of the priest.
  14. ⲙ̄ⲡⲓⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲡⲉⲥⲙⲟⲩ.
    • I did not hear about her death.
  15. ⲁⲛⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲩϫⲟⲓ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
    • We saw a boat there.
  16. ⲁⲩϣⲓⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲓ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲁⲅⲟⲣⲁ.
    • They sought me in the marketplace.
  17. ⲁⲛϭⲓⲛⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲕⲣⲟ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲡⲉⲛⲥⲁϩ.
    • We found him on the shore with our teacher.
  18. ⲁⲓϣⲓⲛⲉ ⲉⲣⲟϥ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲉϥⲣⲓ.
    • I visited him in his cell.
  19. ⲁϥⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲩⲁⲅⲅⲉⲗⲟⲥ.
    • He saw an angel.
  20. ⲁⲓϫⲓ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲟⲧϥ̄ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ.
    • I received them from my father.
  21. ⲁⲩϫⲓ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲟⲧ.
    • They took it from me.
  22. ⲁⲛϯ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲥ ⲉⲧⲟⲟⲧⲉ.
    • We entrusted her to you (fm. sg.).
  23. ⲁϥϭⲓⲛⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ ϩⲁ ⲡⲉϥϭⲗⲟϭ.
    • He found it under his bed.
  24. ⲡⲉϥⲉⲓⲱⲧ ⲇⲉ ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥⲃⲱⲕ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ.
    • His father did not enter.
  25. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ⲡⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲕⲟⲧⲕ̄?
    • Why didn't you (pl.) fall asleep?
  26. ⲁⲛϥⲓ ϩⲁ ⲛ̄ϩⲓⲥⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
    • We tolerated those afflictions.
  27. ⲙ̄ⲡⲉⲥϩⲱⲛ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲉ ⲡⲧⲁⲫⲟⲥ.
    • She did not approach the tomb.
  28. ⲙ̄ⲡⲓϯ ⲙ̄ ⲡϩⲟⲉⲓⲧⲉ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
    • I did not sell the cloak.
  29. ⲙ̄ⲡⲓϯ ⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲓϣⲧⲏⲛ.
    • I did not give you (fm. sg.) this tunic.
  30. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ⲡⲉⲉⲓ ϣⲁⲣⲟⲓ?
    • Why didn't you (fm. sg.) come to me?
  31. ⲙ̄ⲡⲉⲛϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
    • We did not speak with them.
  32. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲁⲩϯ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲏⲧⲛ̄?
    • Why did they fight with you (pl.)?
  33. ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥϩⲉ ⲉⲣⲟⲛ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
    • He did not find us there.
  34. ⲙ̄ⲡⲟⲩⲁⲗⲉ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲩϫⲟⲓ.
    • They did not climb onto their boat.
  35. ⲙ̄ⲡⲉⲧⲛ̄ϫⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲓⲉⲛⲧⲟⲗⲏ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲟⲧⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲉⲓⲟⲧⲉ.
    • You (pl.) did not receive these commandments from your fathers / ancestors.
  36. ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥⲧⲱⲟⲩⲛ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲓ ⲡⲕⲁϩ.
    • He did not arise from the ground.
  37. ⲁϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲛⲉⲩϩⲣⲟⲟⲩ, ⲁϥⲡⲱⲧ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
    • He heard their voices and fled.
  38. ⲁⲩϥⲓ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲡⲙⲏⲏϣⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲡⲉⲡⲓⲥⲕⲟⲡⲟⲥ.
    • The crowd agreed with the bishop.
  39. ⲙ̄ⲡⲉⲛⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲛⲉϥϣⲁϫⲉ.
    • We did not hear his words.
  40. ⲁϥϫⲓ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲁϩⲟⲉⲓⲧⲉ.
    • He took my cloak.
  41. ⲙ̄ⲡⲉ-ⲡⲉϥⲙⲁⲑⲏⲧⲏⲥ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲛⲁϥ.
    • His disciple did not obey him.
  42. ⲙ̄ⲡⲉ-ⲡⲁϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲉⲓ ⲉⲡⲁϩⲟⲩ.
    • My son did not come back.
  43. ⲁⲓⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲛⲁⲓ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲟⲧϥ̄ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲁⲥⲟⲛ.
    • I heard about these things from my brother.
  44. ⲁϥϯ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉϥⲙⲁⲁⲩ ⲉⲧⲟⲟⲧⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϥⲙⲁⲑⲏⲧⲏⲥ.
    • He entrusted his mother to his disciples.
  45. ⲁⲩϭⲓⲛⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲙⲏⲧⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲙⲏⲏϣⲉ.
    • They found him in the midst of the crowd.
  46. ⲁ-ⲡϩⲁⲙϣⲉ ⲕⲱⲧ ⲛⲁⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲏⲓ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
    • The carpenter built us a house there.
  47. ⲙⲉϣⲁⲕ ⲁ-ⲡⲟⲩϩⲁⲓ ⲙⲟⲩ.
    • Perhaps your (fm. sg.) husband has died.
  48. ⲁⲓⲛⲁⲩ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲧⲉϥϭⲟⲙ.
    • I saw the glory of the Lord and his power.
  49. ⲁⲩⲡⲱⲧ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲛ ⲉ ⲧⲟⲣⲓⲛⲏ.
    • They fled with us to the hill-country.
  50. ⲁϥϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲓ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲡⲉⲩⲁⲅⲅⲉⲗⲓⲟⲛ.
    • He spoke with me about the gospel.

Lesson 11

11.1 The Forms of the Infinitive. The nominal or pronominal object of many transitive verbs may be suffixed directly to the infinitive without the use of a prepositional object marker, as in

ⲁⲓϭⲓⲛⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ.
ⲁⲓϭⲛ̄-ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ.
I found my father.
ⲁⲓϭⲓⲛⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ.
ⲁⲓϭⲛ̄ⲧϥ̄.
I found him.

Infinitives that allow this construction have three distinct forms: (1) the normal (absolute) dictionary form (ϭⲓⲛⲉ), (2) the prenominal form (ϭⲛ̄-; note the conventional use of the single hyphen), and (3) the prepronominal form (ϭⲛ̄ⲧ⸗). For infinitives of some patterns these three forms are more or less predictable; for others there is much irregularity. We shall deal with the most important patterns individually in subsequent lessons. The forms of the pronouns to be suffixed to a given infinitive are very much the same as those suffixed to the prepronominal forms of the prepositions as given in §9.1. Other examples will be given as required.

11.2 Infinitives of the pattern ϫⲓ (i.e. consonant + ). Infinitives of this pattern show some irregularities, but three of these verbs (ϥⲓ, ϯ, ϫⲓ) are especially frequent and their forms should be learned:

ϯϯ-ⲧⲁⲁ⸗to give
ϫⲓϫⲓ-ϫⲓⲧ⸗to take
ϥⲓϥⲓ-ϥⲓⲧ⸗to raise, carry
ϣⲓϣⲓ-ϣⲓⲧ⸗to measure

The verbs ⲥⲓ (to become sated) and ⲉⲓ (to come) are intransitive and do not take direct objects. ϥⲓ, ϣⲓ, and ⲥⲓ may also be spelled as ϥⲉⲓ, ϣⲉⲓ, and ⲥⲉⲓ; the spelling ⲧⲉⲓ for ϯ is rare.

Object pronouns are attached to these verbs as follows:

ϫⲓⲧ
ϫⲓⲧⲕ̄
ϫⲓⲧⲉ
ϫⲓⲧϥ̄
ϫⲓⲧⲥ̄
ϫⲓⲧⲛ̄
ϫⲓ-ⲧⲏⲩⲧⲛ̄
ϫⲓⲧⲟⲩ
ⲧⲁⲁⲧ
ⲧⲁⲁⲕ
ⲧⲁⲁⲧⲉ
ⲧⲁⲁϥ
ⲧⲁⲁⲥ
ⲧⲁⲁⲛ
ϯ-ⲧⲏⲩⲧⲛ̄
ⲧⲁⲁⲩ

Note that ⲧⲏⲩⲧⲛ̄ (2nd pers. pl.) is attached to the prenominal form of the infinitive; the prepronominal form is also found: ϫⲓⲧ-ⲧⲏⲩⲧⲛ̄.

Vocabulary 11

Exercises

    1. ⲁⲩⲧⲁⲁⲧ ⲉⲧⲟⲟⲧⲉ.
      • They entrusted me to you (fm. sg.).
    2. ⲁⲛϣⲓⲧⲥ̄ ⲛⲁⲩ.
      • We measured it out to them.
    3. ⲁⲓϫⲓⲧϥ̄ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲟⲧⲟⲩ.
      • I received it from them.
    4. ⲁⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲁϥ ⲛⲁⲛ.
      • You (pl.) gave it to us.
    5. ⲁⲩϫⲓⲧⲟⲩ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧⲥ̄.
      • They took them out of it. / They received some of it.
    6. ⲁⲕϥⲓⲧ ⲉϩⲣⲁⲓ.
      • You (ms. sg.) lifted me up.
    7. ⲁⲓϣⲓⲧⲟⲩ ⲛⲏⲧⲛ̄.
      • I measured them out to you (pl.).
    8. ⲁⲓⲧⲁⲁⲩ ⲛⲁⲥ.
      • I gave them to her.
    9. ⲁϥϥⲓ-ⲧⲏⲩⲧⲛ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
      • He carried you (pl.) away / out.
    10. ⲁⲩⲧⲁⲁⲧⲉ ⲉⲧⲟⲟⲧ.
      • They entrusted you (fm. sg.) to me.
    1. ⲁⲓϯ-ⲡⲟⲉⲓⲕ ⲛⲁⲥ.
      • I gave the bread to her.
      • ⲁⲓⲧⲁⲁϥ ⲛⲁⲥ
      • I gave it to her.
    2. ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥϯ-ⲡϩⲁⲧ ⲛⲁⲓ.
      • He did not give the money to me.
      • ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥⲧⲁⲁϥ ⲛⲁⲓ
      • He did not give it to me.
    3. ⲁⲛϯ-ⲛ̄ϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧⲟⲟⲧϥ̄.
      • We entrusted the books to him.
      • ⲁⲛⲧⲁⲁⲩ ⲉⲧⲟⲟⲧϥ̄
      • We entrusted them to him.
    4. ⲁϥϯ-ⲡⲉϥⲏⲓ ⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
      • He sold them his house.
      • ⲁϥⲧⲁⲁϥ ⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ
      • He sold it to them.
    5. ⲁⲥϯ-ⲧⲉϣⲧⲏⲛ ⲛⲁⲛ.
      • She gave us the tunic.
      • ⲁⲥⲧⲁⲁⲥ ⲛⲁⲛ
      • She gave it to us.
    6. ⲁⲛϫⲓ-ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲃ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲟⲧⲟⲩ.
      • We received the gold from them.
      • ⲁⲛϫⲓⲧϥ̄ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲟⲧⲟⲩ
      • We received it from them.
    7. ⲁⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ϫⲓ-ⲧⲉⲓⲉⲓⲣⲏⲛⲏ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲓⲧⲟⲟⲧϥ̄.
      • You (pl.) received this peace through him (i.e., through his agency).
      • ⲁⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ϫⲓⲧⲥ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲓⲧⲟⲟⲧϥ̄
      • You received it through him.
    8. ⲁⲩϣⲓ-ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏ.
      • They measured the road.
      • ⲁⲩϣⲓⲧⲥ̄
      • They measured it.
    9. ⲁⲓϣⲓ-ⲡⲟⲉⲓⲕ ⲛⲁⲩ.
      • I measured out the bread to them.
      • ⲁⲓϣⲓⲧϥ̄ ⲛⲁⲩ
      • I measured it out to them.
    10. ⲁⲕϣⲓ-ⲡϩⲁⲧ ⲛⲁⲓ.
      • You (ms. sg.) measured out the money to me. / You weighed the silver for me.
      • ⲁⲕϣⲓⲧϥ̄ ⲛⲁⲓ
      • You measured it out to me.
    11. ⲁϥϥⲓ-ⲡⲱⲛⲉ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
      • He lifted away the stone.
      • ⲁϥϥⲓⲧϥ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ
      • He lifted it away.
    12. ⲁϥϥⲓ-ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲃ, ⲁϥⲡⲱⲧ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
      • He picked up the gold and ran away.
      • ⲁϥϥⲓⲧϥ̄
      • He picked it up and ran away.
    13. ⲁⲥϣⲓ ⲛⲁⲓ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲣⲡ̄.
      • She measured out the wine to me.
      • ⲁⲥϣⲓⲧϥ̄ ⲛⲁⲓ
      • She measured it out to me.
    14. ⲁⲣϫⲓ-ⲡϩⲟⲉⲓⲧⲉ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲁⲏⲓ.
      • You (fm. sg.) took the cloak from my house.
      • ⲁⲣϫⲓⲧϥ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲁⲏⲓ
      • You took it from my house.
    1. ⲡϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲛ̄ⲥⲱϥ
      • the boy who is behind him
    2. ⲡⲙⲟⲟⲩ ⲉⲧ ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧϥ̄
      • the water which is in it
    3. ⲡⲉϣⲃⲏⲣ ⲉⲧ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁϥ
      • the friend who is with him
    4. ⲛⲉⲧ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲥⲩⲛⲁⲅⲱⲅⲏ
      • the ones (i.e., people) who are in the synagogue
    5. ⲧⲁⲥⲱⲛⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲥϣⲃⲉⲉⲣⲉ
      • my sister and her (female) friend
    6. ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲃ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲡϩⲁⲧ
      • the gold and the silver
    7. ⲡⲉϩⲟⲟⲩ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲩϣⲏ
      • the day and the night
    8. ϩⲁ ⲡⲉⲓϣⲱⲛⲉ
      • under this illness
    9. ⲉ ⲡⲉⲓϣⲓ
      • to this measure
    10. ⲡϣⲓ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲱⲛⲉ
      • the weight of this stone
    11. ⲡϣⲱⲥ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϥϣⲃⲉⲉⲣ
      • the shepherd and his companions
    12. ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲡⲉⲥⲙⲓⲥⲉ
      • after her labor / giving birth
    13. ⲧⲉϣⲧⲏⲛ ⲉⲧ ϩⲓϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϭⲗⲟϭ
      • the tunic which is on the bed
    14. ⲡϣⲱⲛⲉ ⲉⲧ ϩⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲥⲟⲟⲩ
      • the illness which is among the sheep
    15. ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲟⲧϥ̄ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲉⲓⲱⲧ
      • from his father
    16. ⲡϣⲓ ⲙ̄ ⲡϩⲁⲧ
      • the weight of the silver
    17. ⲡϩⲟⲉⲓⲧⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲁϣⲃⲏⲣ
      • my friend's cloak
    18. ⲟⲩⲙⲓⲥⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲡⲉϥⲏⲓ
      • an offspring of his house
    19. ⲉⲧⲟⲟⲧⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲁϣⲃⲉⲉⲣ
      • to my companions
    20. ⲡⲉϩⲣⲟⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲁⲙⲁⲁⲩ
      • the voice of my mother
    21. ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲕⲁⲕⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲩϣⲏ
      • in the darkness of the night
    22. ⲟⲩⲃⲉ ⲛⲉⲩϣⲁϫⲉ
      • against their words
    23. ϩⲓⲧⲟⲟⲧϥ̄ ⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ
      • through the Lord
    24. ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲡϣⲁ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ
      • after that festival
    25. ⲡⲣⲁⲛ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓϣⲱⲛⲉ
      • the name of this illness
    26. ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧ ϩⲁϩⲧⲏϥ
      • the men who are with him
    27. ϩⲛ̄ ϩⲉⲛⲙⲁⲉⲓⲛ
      • in signs / with miracles
    28. ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲥⲏϥⲉ
      • with a sword
    1. ⲁⲥϣⲱⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲧⲉϥⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ ⲉⲙⲁⲧⲉ.
      • His wife became very ill.
    2. ⲁⲓⲕⲱ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲃ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲡϩⲁⲧ ⲉϫⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲧⲣⲁⲡⲉⲍⲁ.
      • I set the gold and the silver on the table.
    3. ⲁⲛⲕⲱ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲛϣⲃⲉⲉⲣ ⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲛ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡϯⲙⲉ, ⲁⲛⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲑⲏ ⲉ ⲡⲧⲟⲟⲩ.
      • We abandoned our companions in the village and went ahead to the monastery.
    4. ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲥ ⲇⲉ ⲁϥϣⲱⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲡϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ, ⲁϥⲙⲟⲩ.
      • Afterwards, the old man became ill and died.
    5. ⲁϥⲣⲁϣⲉ ⲉⲙⲁⲧⲉ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲓ ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲙⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲣ̄ⲣⲟ.
      • He rejoiced exceedingly with me over the death of the king.
    6. ⲁϥⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ ⲉⲙⲁⲧⲉ.
      • He loved that woman very much.
    7. ⲁ-ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲛⲟⲙⲟⲥ ⲉⲣⲟⲟⲩ.
      • God sent his law to them.
    8. ⲁϥⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲡⲉⲡⲓⲥⲕⲟⲡⲟⲥ ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲡⲙⲟⲛⲁⲭⲟⲥ.
      • The bishop sent for the monk.
    9. ⲁⲓϣⲓ ⲛⲁⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲟⲉⲓⲕ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲡⲏⲣⲡ̄.
      • I measured out the bread and the wine to them.
    10. ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲁⲩϣⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲥⲱϣⲉ.
      • The men measured the field.
    11. ⲙⲛ̄-ϣⲓ ϩⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϥϣⲁϫⲉ.
      • There is no moderation in his words.
    12. ⲁⲩⲥⲓ, ⲁⲩⲧⲱⲟⲩⲛ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲓ ⲧⲉⲧⲣⲁⲡⲉⲍⲁ, ⲁⲩⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
      • They became filled, they got up from the table, and they left.
    13. ⲁϥⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϩⲓⲟⲙⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲩϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡϯⲙⲉ.
      • He sent the women and their children out of the village.
    14. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ⲡⲉ-ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ ⲕⲱ ⲛⲏⲧⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲃⲉ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ?
      • Why didn't God forgive you (pl.) your sins?
    15. ⲁⲛⲥⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϥϣⲁϫⲉ ⲁⲩⲱ ⲁⲛⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
      • We became sated with his words and we sent him away.
    16. ⲁⲛⲣⲁϣⲉ ⲉϩⲣⲁⲓ ⲉϫⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲛϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ.
      • We rejoiced over the words of our Lord.
    17. ⲁϥⲉⲓⲛⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲉⲣⲛ̄ ⲧⲣⲓ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲙⲟⲛⲁⲭⲟⲥ.
      • He brought his son to the entrance of the monk's cell.
    18. ⲁϥⲉⲓⲛⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡϩⲁⲧ ϣⲁⲣⲟⲛ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲩϣⲏ.
      • He brought the silver to us in the night.
    19. ⲁⲥⲙⲓⲥⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲥϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡϯⲙⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
      • She bore her son in that village.
    20. ⲙ̄ⲡⲉⲥⲙⲓⲥⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁ.
      • She did not bear him here.
    21. ⲁ-ⲡϩⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ ⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧϣⲉⲉⲣⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ.
      • The (male) slave loved his master's daughter.
    22. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ⲡⲉⲉⲓⲛⲉ ⲛⲁⲓ ⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ?
      • Why didn't you (fm. sg.) bring me the book?
    23. ⲁⲩⲉⲓⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϥⲉⲛⲧⲟⲗⲏ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
      • They published his commandments.
    24. ⲁⲩⲉⲓⲛⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲓ ⲛⲁϩⲣⲁϥ.
      • They brought me into his presence.
    25. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲁⲕⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲓ?
      • Why have you sent for me?

Lesson 12

12.1 The relative form of the First Perfect. When the First Perfect is used in relative clauses, it combines with the relative pronoun into a single unit.

ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲓⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄which I heard
ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲕⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄etc.
ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲣⲉⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲛⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲉⲛⲧⲁ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄

These forms are very frequently spelled with ⲛ̄ for initial ⲉⲛ-, as ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲓ-, ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲕ-, etc.

The relative pronoun ⲉⲛⲧ- of the preceding paradigm and ⲉⲧ, which was introduced in §3.1, cannot be preceded directly by prepositions or direct object markers. The real syntactic function of the relative pronoun within the relative clause must be expressed by a resumptive pronoun. The general construction is most clearly understood by "Copticizing" a few English examples:

the man who went →
the man who he went
ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲃⲱⲕ
the man whom I saw →
the man who I saw him
ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲓⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲣⲟϥ
the man to whom I gave the money →
the man who I gave the money to him
ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲓϯ-ⲡϩⲁⲧ ⲛⲁϥ
the boat into which we climbed →
the boat which we climbed into it
ⲡϫⲟⲓ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲛⲁⲗⲉ ⲉⲣⲟϥ
the sound which they heard →
the sound which they heard it
ⲡⲉϩⲣⲟⲟⲩ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉⲣⲟϥ

This use of resumptive pronouns is required in Coptic in all but a few instances which will be mentioned later on. Similar constructions with ⲉⲧ will be treated in Lesson 19.

When a relative clause contains more than one verb, the relative pronoun need not be repeated:

ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲧⲱⲟⲩⲛ ⲁⲩⲱ ⲁϥⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ
the man who arose and left

12.2 The relative pronoun has the form ⲉⲧⲉ before the negative First Perfect:

ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧⲉ ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥⲡⲱⲧ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ
the man who did not flee
ⲛ̄ϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧⲉ ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥϭⲓⲛⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲟⲩ
the books which he did not find

12.3 As mentioned in §3.1, all relative clauses in Coptic may be substantivized by prefixing the appropriate form of the definite article. Resumptive pronouns are required. Study the following examples carefully:

the one who (or: he who) went
ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲃⲱⲕ
the one (m.) whom they sent
ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ
the one (m.) to whom I gave the money
ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁⲓϯ-ⲡϩⲁⲧ ⲛⲁϥ
that (m.) which I took from you
ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁⲓϫⲓⲧϥ̄ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲟⲧⲕ̄
those who took it (m.)
ⲛⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩϫⲓⲧϥ̄
the one (f.) whom they entrusted to us
ⲧⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩⲧⲁⲁⲥ ⲉⲧⲟⲟⲧⲛ̄

12.4 Infinitives (cont.). With the exception of the verbs treated in §9.2, monosyllabic infinitives of the pattern consonant + vowel are relatively uncommon and do not constitute any sort of unified class. Some of these verbs are very important, however, and their forms should be learned:

ⲥⲱⲥⲉ-ⲥⲟⲟ⸗to drink
ⲕⲱⲕⲁ-ⲕⲁⲁ⸗to put, place
ⲉⲓⲱⲉⲓⲁ-ⲉⲓⲁⲁ⸗to wash
ϫⲱϫⲉ-ϫⲟⲟ⸗to say
ⲙⲉⲙⲉⲣⲉ-ⲙⲉⲣⲓⲧ⸗to love

Some verbs of this type are intransitive and do not take direct objects: e.g. ⲙⲟⲩ (to die), ⲛⲁ (to pity), ϣⲁ (to rise: of the sun etc.), ϩⲉ (to fall), ϭⲱ (to remain).

12.5 When introducing a direct quotation, the verb ϫⲱ requires a "dummy" object (it: ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲥ, -ⲥ) followed by the conjunction ϫⲉ, as in

ⲁϥϫⲟⲟⲥ ϫⲉ ⲙ̄ⲡⲓⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲣⲟϥ.
He said, "I have not seen him."

With this particular verb the alternate object form ϫⲱ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲥ is not permitted in the First Perfect. ϫⲱ may, of course, have a real direct object otherwise:

ⲙ̄ⲡⲓϫⲉ-ⲛⲁⲓ.
I did not say these things.

Vocabulary 12

Exercises

    1. ⲡϣⲁ ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ
      • the rising / festival which happened there
    2. ⲡⲉⲑⲣⲟⲛⲟⲥ ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥϩⲙⲟⲟⲥ ⲉϫⲱϥ
      • the throne which he sat upon
    3. ⲡⲉⲓⲱ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲓⲁⲗⲉ ⲉϫⲱϥ
      • the donkey which I mounted
    4. ⲡϩⲁⲧ ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲓⲧⲁⲁϥ ⲛⲉ
      • the money which I gave you (fm. sg.)
    5. ⲛⲉϩⲧⲱⲱⲣ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲛϫⲓⲧⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲟⲧⲕ̄
      • the horses which we received from you (ms. sg.)
    6. ⲛ̄ϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩⲙⲟⲟϣⲉ ⲛ̄ⲥⲱϥ
      • the children who walked behind him
    7. ⲧϣⲉⲉⲣⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲥϣⲱⲛⲉ
      • the girl who fell ill
    8. ⲡⲏⲣⲡ̄ ⲉⲛⲧⲁ-ⲡϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ⲥⲟⲟϥ
      • the wine which the monk drank
    9. ⲧⲉϣⲧⲏⲛ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲥⲉⲓⲁⲁⲥ
      • the tunic which she washed
    10. ⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥϫⲟⲟⲩ
      • the words he said
    11. ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲛⲛⲁ ϩⲁⲣⲟⲟⲩ
      • the men we pitied
    12. ⲧⲉⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲥⲱ ⲁⲩⲱ ⲁⲥⲙⲓⲥⲉ
      • the woman who conceived and gave birth
    13. ⲡⲙⲁ ⲉⲛⲧⲁ-ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲛⲁⲭⲟⲥ ϭⲱ ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧϥ̄
      • the place in which the monks stopped
    14. ⲡⲉϣⲃⲏⲣ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩϭⲱ ⲉⲣⲟϥ
      • the companion they waited for
    15. ⲡϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ϭⲱ ⲉⲣⲟϥ
      • the monk who you (pl.) waited for
    16. ⲡⲉϩⲧⲟ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲕⲧⲁⲁϥ ⲛⲁⲓ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ
      • the horse you (ms. sg.) sold me
    17. ⲡϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲣⲕⲁⲁϥ ⲉϫⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲧⲣⲁⲡⲉⲍⲁ
      • the book which you (fm. sg.) set on the table
    18. ⲡⲁⲡⲟⲧ ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲓⲥⲱ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧϥ̄
      • the cup from which I drank
    19. ⲧⲉⲣⲱⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥⲥⲱ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧⲥ̄
      • the milk he drank some of / the milk from which he drank
    20. ⲛⲉϣⲃⲉⲉⲣ ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲛⲕⲁⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲛ
      • the friends who we abandoned
    21. ⲡϣⲁϫⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲣⲁϣⲉ ⲉϫⲱϥ
      • the speech / saying over which he rejoiced
    22. ⲧⲉⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲥⲉⲓⲁ-ⲛⲉϥⲟⲩⲉⲣⲏⲧⲉ
      • the woman who washed his feet
    23. ⲡⲥⲱ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲓⲥⲓ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ
      • the drink which I became filled with
    24. ⲡϩⲁⲧ ⲉⲛⲧⲁ-ⲡⲉⲛϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ ϣⲓⲧϥ̄ ⲛⲏⲧⲛ̄
      • the money which our master measured out to you (pl.)
    25. ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲕⲕⲱ ⲛⲁϥ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϥⲛⲟⲃⲉ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ
      • the man whose sins you (ms. sg.) forgave
    26. ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩⲉⲓ ϣⲁⲣⲟⲕ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲩϣⲏ
      • the men who came to you (ms. sg.) in the night
    27. ⲛⲉⲥⲛⲏⲩ ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲙⲉⲣⲓⲧⲟⲩ
      • the brothers who he loved
    28. ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲕⲛⲁⲩ ⲉ ⲡⲉϥϩⲟ
      • the man whose face you (ms. sg.) saw
    29. ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁ-ⲡⲉⲡⲓⲥⲕⲟⲡⲟⲥ ϣⲗⲏⲗ ⲉϫⲱⲟⲩ
      • the men for whom the bishop prayed
    30. ⲡⲙⲁⲑⲏⲧⲏⲥ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩⲡⲱⲧ ⲛ̄ⲥⲱϥ
      • the disciple who they pursued
    1. ⲛⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩϭⲱ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡϯⲙⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ
      • the ones (i.e., the people) who stopped in that village
    2. ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲥⲱ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲁⲡⲟⲧ
      • the one (i.e., the man) who drank from this cup
    3. ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲛⲁ ⲛⲁⲓ ⲁⲩⲱ ⲁϥϯ ⲛⲁⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓⲕ
      • the one (i.e., the man) who pitied me and gave me a piece of bread
    4. ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥϫⲉ-ⲛⲉⲓϣⲁϫⲉ
      • the one (i.e., the man) who spoke these words
    5. ⲧⲉⲛⲧⲁⲥⲱ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲓ
      • the one (i.e., the woman) who conceived me
    6. ⲛⲉⲛⲧⲁⲛϭⲱ ⲉⲣⲟⲟⲩ
      • the ones (i.e., the people) who we waited for
    7. ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲥⲉ-ⲡⲉⲣⲱⲧⲉ
      • the one (i.e., the man) who drank the milk
    8. ⲛⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲉ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ
      • the ones (i.e., the people) who went away to the city
    9. ⲛⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩϩⲱⲛ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲉⲣⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲏⲓ
      • the ones (i.e., the people) who approached the entrance of his house
    10. ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲓ ϣⲁⲣⲱⲧⲛ̄
      • the one (i.e., the man) who sent me to you (pl.)
    11. ⲧⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲙⲉⲣⲓⲧⲥ̄
      • the one (i.e., woman) who he loved
    12. ⲛⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩⲉⲓⲁ-ⲛⲉⲩϩⲟⲉⲓⲧⲉ
      • the ones (i.e., the people) whose cloaks they washed / the ones (i.e., the people) who washed their cloaks
    13. ⲛⲉⲧⲉ ⲙ̄ⲡⲟⲩⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲡϣⲁϫⲉ
      • the ones (i.e., the people) who did not hear the speech
    14. ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁⲓϫⲟⲟϥ ⲛⲏⲧⲛ̄
      • the thing which I said to you (pl.)
    15. ⲛⲉⲧⲉ ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲟⲩ
      • the ones (i.e., the people) who he did not send
    16. ⲛⲉⲧⲉ ⲙ̄ⲡⲟⲩⲉⲓⲛⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲟⲩ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ
      • the ones (i.e., the people) who did not publish them / the things which they did not publish
    1. ⲁⲥⲉⲓⲱ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥϩⲟ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϥⲙⲁⲁϫⲉ.
      • She washed his face and his ears.
    2. ⲁϥϫⲟⲟⲥ ϫⲉ ⲙ̄ⲡⲓⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲣⲟϥ.
      • He said, "I have not seen him / it."
    3. ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲛⲁⲓ ⲇⲉ ⲁⲥⲱ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲧⲉⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ.
      • After these things, the woman conceived.
    4. ⲁϥⲣⲓⲙⲉ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲛⲉϥϣⲃⲉⲉⲣ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩⲙⲟⲩ ϩⲓ ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏ.
      • He wept over his companions who died on the road.
    5. ⲡϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ⲇⲉ ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥⲥⲱ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲣⲡ̄.
      • The monk did not drink any of the wine.
    6. ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲡϣⲁ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲣⲏ ⲁⲛⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
      • After the rising of the sun, we left.
    7. ⲁ-ⲧϣⲉⲉⲣⲉ ⲉⲓⲱ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲥϥⲱ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲙⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲉⲣⲟ.
      • The girl washed her hair in the water of the river.
    8. ⲁ-ⲡⲣⲏ ⲉⲓ ⲉϩⲣⲁⲓ ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲟⲟⲩ.
      • The sun came up over the mountain.
    9. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ⲡⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲉⲓⲁ-ⲛⲉⲧⲛ̄ϩⲟ?
      • Why didn't you (pl.) wash your faces?
    10. ⲁⲩϫⲟⲟⲥ ⲛⲁⲛ ϫⲉ ⲙ̄ⲡⲉⲛϫⲓⲧϥ̄.
      • They said to us, "We did not take it."
    11. ⲁⲛϭⲱ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲩϣⲏ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
      • We stayed with them in that night.
    12. ⲁϥϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲛ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲛⲉϥⲥⲛⲏⲩ ⲉⲧⲉ ⲙ̄ⲡⲟⲩⲉⲓ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁϥ.
      • He spoke with us about his brothers who had not come with him.
    13. ⲁ-ⲡⲣⲏ ϣⲁ ⲁⲩⲱ ⲁⲛⲧⲱⲟⲩⲛ, ⲁⲛⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
      • The sun rose, and we got up and went out.
    14. ⲁⲓⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲛⲉⲓϣⲁϫⲉ ϩⲛ̄ ⲛⲁⲙⲁⲁϫⲉ.
      • I heard these words in / with my ears.

Lesson 13

13.1 The Temporal. A special conjugation is used to express a subordinate temporal clause (English "when" with a simple past or pluperfect verb), as in

ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲓⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲣⲟϥ, ⲁⲓⲡⲱⲧ ϣⲁⲣⲟϥ.
When I saw him, I ran to him.
ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉϥϫⲱⲕ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥϩⲱⲃ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ, ⲁϥⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
When he had completed his work, he left.

The full inflection of this form, called the Temporal Conjugation, is as follows:

ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲓⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄when I heard
ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉⲕⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄etc.
ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉⲥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲟⲩⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
when the man heard

Alternate spellings, such as ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉⲓ-, ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲕ̄-, ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣϥ̄-, are common.

The Temporal is negated by prefixing -ⲧⲙ̄- to the infinitive:

ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲓⲧⲙ̄ϭⲓⲛⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ
when I did not find him

With a nominal subject, -ⲧⲙ̄- usually remains with the verbal prefix:

ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉⲧⲙ̄-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲟⲩⲱϣⲃ̄
when the man did not answer

A Temporal clause usually stands before the main clause, but occurrences after the main clause are not rare:

ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲓⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲛⲉϥϣⲁϫⲉ, ⲁⲓⲣⲓⲙⲉ.
ⲁⲓⲣⲓⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲓⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲛⲉϥϣⲁϫⲉ.
I wept when I heard his words.

When a Temporal clause is continued with a second verb, the Temporal prefix is not repeated and the First Perfect is used:

ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲓⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲡⲉϥϩⲣⲟⲟⲩ ⲁⲩⲱ ⲁⲓⲛⲁⲩ ⲉ ⲡⲉϥϩⲟ...
when I heard his voice and saw his face...

13.2 Relative clauses with ⲡⲉ, ⲧⲉ, ⲛⲉ. Contrast the two sentences:

ⲁ-ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ ⲕⲁⲁⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
My father left me there.
ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ ⲡⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲕⲁⲁⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
It was my father who left me there.

The second sentence, known in English as a type of cleft sentence ("it was ... that/who ..."), singles out the subject ("my father and no one else") as the actor, while the first sentence merely describes a past action with no special emphasis. The Coptic correspondent of the English cleft sentence employs ⲡⲉ, ⲧⲉ, ⲛⲉ followed by the relative form of the verb. ⲡⲉ, ⲧⲉ, ⲛⲉ usually combine with the relative form to produce ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁⲓ-, ⲛⲉⲛⲧⲁⲕ-, etc.:

ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲕⲁⲁⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.

This form should not be confused with the nominalized relative ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁⲓⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ etc., which consists of the definite article plus the relative form (see §12.3). Contrast

ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲕⲁⲁⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
It was my father who left me there.
ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲕⲁⲁⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
My father is the one who left me there.

The second sentence is a normal ⲡⲉ sentence: ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ is the subject, ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲕⲁⲁⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ is the predicate.

The cleft sentence with ⲡⲉ is a favorite one with the interrogative pronouns:

ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲕ?
Who sent you?
Who was it that sent you?
ⲟⲩ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁⲕⲧⲁⲁϥ ⲛⲁⲩ?
What did you give to them?
What was it that you gave to them?

Note that in this case the English cleft sentence pattern ("who was it that") is slightly different from the one given above.

13.3 The preposition is used before an infinitive to express purpose:

ⲁⲓⲉⲓ ⲉ ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲕ.
I have come to speak with you.

The subject of the infinitive in this construction is usually the same as that of the main verb, but some laxness occurs, as in

ⲁϥⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲓ ⲉ ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲕ.
He sent me to speak with you.

13.4 Coptic has no real passive conjugations. The passive is expressed by using the 3rd pers. pl. of the active form in an indefinite sense:

ⲁⲩⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲓ ϣⲁⲣⲟⲕ.
I have been sent to you.

That such expressions are to be taken in a passive sense is most evident (1) when there is no clear reference for the pronoun "they", or (2) when an agent is added, usually with ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲓⲧⲛ̄, as in

ⲁⲩⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲓ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲓⲧⲙ̄ ⲡⲣ̄ⲣⲟ.
I have been sent by the king.

13.5 Infinitives (continued). Transitive infinitives of the pattern ⲕⲱⲧ have the following forms:

ⲕⲱⲧⲕⲉⲧ-ⲕⲟⲧ⸗to build
ϫⲱⲕϫⲉⲕ-ϫⲟⲕ⸗to complete
ϩⲱⲡϩⲉⲡ-ϩⲟⲡ⸗to hide, to conceal
ⲱⲡⲉⲡ-ⲟⲡ⸗to count

Transitive verbs of this pattern are quite common.

Vocabulary 13

Greek nouns:

Proper names:

Exercises

    1. ⲡⲁⲡⲟⲧ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲓϣⲟⲡϥ̄ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲟⲧϥ̄
      • the cup which I accepted from him / the cup from which I received it
    2. ⲡⲃⲏⲙⲁ ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲧⲱⲟⲩⲛ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲓⲱⲱϥ
      • the platform from which he arose
    3. ⲡϩⲱⲃ ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥϫⲱⲕ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ
      • the work which he completed
    4. ⲡⲏⲓ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩⲕⲟⲧϥ̄ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ
      • the house which was built there / the house which they built there
    5. ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲃ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲛϩⲟⲡϥ̄ ϩⲁ ⲡⲱⲛⲉ
      • the gold which we hid under the stone
    6. ⲡⲱⲛⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥϩⲉ ⲉⲡⲉⲥⲏⲧ ⲉϫⲛ̄ ⲛⲁⲟⲩⲉⲣⲏⲧⲉ
      • the stone which fell down onto my feet
    7. ⲧⲡⲩⲗⲏ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲓⲧⲟⲟⲧⲥ̄
      • the gate through which they went
    8. ⲡϩⲱⲃ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲕϣⲁϫⲉ ϩⲁⲣⲟϥ
      • the task which you (ms. sg.) spoke about
    9. ⲧⲉⲭⲏⲣⲁ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲓϯ ⲛⲁⲥ ⲙ̄ ⲡϩⲁⲧ
      • the widow to whom I gave the money
    10. ⲡϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩϩⲱⲛ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲉ ⲧⲉϥⲣⲓ
      • The monk whose cell they approached
    1. ⲁⲓⲃⲱⲕ ⲉ ⲣⲁⲕⲟⲧⲉ ⲉ ⲛⲁⲩ ⲉ ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ.
      • I went to Alexandria to see my father.
    2. ⲁⲩⲉⲓ ⲉ ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲓ.
      • They came to speak with me.
    3. ⲁϥⲃⲱⲕ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲓⲉⲣⲟ ⲉ ⲉⲓⲁ-ⲛⲉϥϩⲟⲉⲓⲧⲉ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
      • He went to the river to wash his clothes.
    4. ⲁⲓϩⲙⲟⲟⲥ ⲉ ⲥⲱ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲣⲱⲧⲉ ⲁⲩⲱ ⲉ ⲟⲩⲱⲙ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲁϥ.
      • I sat down to drink the milk and to eat the meat.
    5. ⲁⲩⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲓ ⲉ ⲉⲓⲛⲉ ⲛⲁⲕ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ.
      • I was sent to bring you (ms. sg.) this book. / They sent me to bring you this book.
    6. ⲁϥⲉⲓⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲙⲟⲟⲩ ⲉ ⲉⲓⲁ-ⲛⲉϥⲟⲩⲉⲣⲏⲧⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ.
      • He brought water in which to wash his feet.
    7. ⲁϥⲧⲱⲟⲩⲛ ⲉ ⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲡⲁϩⲟⲩ ⲉ ⲑⲓ̄ⲗ̄ⲏ̄ⲙ̄.
      • He got up to go back to Jerusalem.
    8. ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥϫⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓϩⲱⲃ?
      • Who finished this task?
    9. ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩϩⲟⲡϥ̄ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲓ?
      • Who hid him in the house? / Who did they hide in the house? / Who was hidden in the house?
    10. ⲛⲉⲓⲉⲛⲧⲟⲗⲟⲟⲩⲉ ⲛⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩⲃⲟⲗⲟⲩ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
      • It was these commandments which were annulled. / It was these commandments which they annulled.
    11. ⲧⲉⲭⲏⲣⲁ ⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲩϯ ⲛⲁⲥ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲟⲉⲓⲕ.
      • It was the widow who was given the bread. / It was the widow who they gave the bread to.
    12. ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲃⲱⲗ ⲛⲏⲧⲛ̄ ⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ?
      • Who interpreted the book for you (pl.)?
    13. ⲛ̄ⲧⲟϥ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲧⲱⲙ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲩⲗⲏ.
      • It was he who closed the gate.
    14. ⲛⲁⲓ ⲛⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲓϣⲟⲡϥ̄ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲟⲧⲟⲩ.
      • It was these (persons) from whom I received it.
    15. ⲛⲉⲩϩⲟⲟⲣ ⲛⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩⲟⲩⲟⲙϥ̄.
      • It was the dogs who ate him / it.
    16. ⲡⲉⲭⲣⲓⲥⲧⲟⲥ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲟⲩⲱⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲁⲃⲁⲗ.
      • It was the Christ who opened my eyes.
    17. ⲛⲓⲙ ⲛⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩⲟⲡⲟⲩ ⲉ ⲡϯⲙⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ?
      • Who ascribed them to that village? / Who was ascribed to that village?
    18. ⲡⲥⲁϩ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲧⲁⲁⲩ ⲛⲁⲓ.
      • It was the teacher who gave them to me.
    19. ⲡⲉⲓⲁⲥⲡⲁⲥⲙⲟⲥ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁ-ⲡⲁⲅⲅⲉⲗⲟⲥ ϫⲟⲟϥ ⲛⲁⲥ.
      • It was this greeting which the angel spoke to her.
    20. ⲟⲩ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁⲕϣⲟⲡϥ̄ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲁⲅⲟⲣⲁ?
      • What did you (ms. sg.) buy in the market?
    21. ⲡⲉⲓⲣ̄ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲩⲕⲟⲧϥ̄ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲛⲉⲛⲉⲓⲟⲧⲉ.
      • It was this temple which our ancestors built.
    22. ⲡⲉⲓⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁⲥϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁϥ.
      • It was this man who she spoke with.
    1. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲙⲟⲛⲁⲭⲟⲥ ϫⲱⲕ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥϩⲱⲃ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ, ⲁϥⲧⲱⲟⲩⲛ, ⲁϥⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
      • When the monk finished his task, he got up and went away.
    2. ⲁⲛϭⲱ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁϥ ϣⲁ ⲡϣⲁ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲣⲏ.
      • We stayed with him until sunrise.
    3. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲣⲏ ϣⲁ, ⲁⲛⲁⲗⲉ ⲉϫⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲛϩⲧⲱⲱⲣ ⲁⲩⲱ ⲁⲛⲡⲱⲧ ⲛ̄ⲥⲱϥ.
      • When the sun rose, we mounted our horses and pursued him.
    4. ⲁⲩⲟⲡϥ̄ ⲉ ⲡⲏⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲇⲁⲩⲉⲓⲇ.
      • He was ascribed to the house of David. / They ascribed him to the house of David.
    5. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉⲥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲛⲁⲓ, ⲁⲥϫⲓ-ⲡⲉⲥϣⲏⲣⲉ, ⲁⲥϩⲟⲡϥ̄.
      • When she heard these things, she took her son and hid him.
    6. ⲁⲩⲧⲱⲙ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲙ̄ⲡⲩⲗⲏ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ.
      • The men closed the gates of the city.
    7. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲓⲉⲡ-ⲡϩⲁⲧ, ⲁⲓⲧⲁⲁϥ ⲛⲁⲩ.
      • When I counted the silver, I gave it to them.
    8. ⲙ̄ⲡⲟⲩⲱⲡ ⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲛϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ.
      • They did not esteem the words of our Lord.
    9. ⲁⲥϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲇⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲟⲩⲟⲩⲱⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲩⲗⲏ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ, ⲁ-ⲡⲗⲁⲟⲥ ⲡⲱⲧ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲓⲧⲟⲟⲧⲥ̄.
      • It happened that when the gate of the city was opened, the people ran out through it. / It happened that when they opened the gate of the city, the people ran out through it.
    10. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲓⲃⲱⲕ, ⲁⲓϫⲓ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲛⲟⲩϩ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲓ.
      • When I went, I took the rope with me.
    11. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥϫⲟⲟⲩ, ⲁⲛⲣⲁϣⲉ ⲉⲙⲁⲧⲉ.
      • When we heard the words which he spoke, we rejoiced very much.
    12. ⲁϥⲟⲡⲛ̄ ⲉ ⲡⲗⲁⲟⲥ ⲛ̄ ⲑⲓ̄ⲗ̄ⲏ̄ⲙ̄.
      • He ascribed us to the people of Jerusalem.
    13. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲟⲩⲧⲙ̄ϭⲓⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲛϩⲟⲡⲟⲩ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲓ, ⲁⲩⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
      • When they did not find the books which we hid in the house, they went away.
    14. ⲁ-ⲛⲉⲩϩⲟⲟⲣ ⲟⲩⲱⲙ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲁϥ.
      • The dogs ate the meat.
    15. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉϥϩⲉ ⲉⲣⲟⲟⲩ, ⲁϥⲃⲱⲗ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲩⲛⲟⲩϩ.
      • When he found them, he untied their ropes.
    16. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲓⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲣⲟϥ, ⲁⲓⲛⲁ ϩⲁⲣⲟϥ.
      • When I saw him, I pitied him.
    17. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉϥϫⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲓϣⲁϫⲉ, ⲁϥⲧⲱⲙ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϥⲃⲁⲗ, ⲁϥⲙⲟⲩ.
      • When he finished these words, he closed his eyes and died.
    18. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉϥⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲣⲟⲟⲩ, ⲁϥϫⲟⲟⲥ ⲛⲁⲩ ϫⲉ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲁⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲉⲓ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁ?
      • When he saw them, he said to them, "Why have you (pl.) come here?"
    19. ⲁ-ⲡⲉⲩϩⲟⲣ ⲟⲩⲱⲛ ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲧⲥⲁⲣⲝ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲱ.
      • The dog gnawed at the flesh of the donkey.
    20. ⲁⲥϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲇⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲛⲁⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲥⲙⲓⲥⲉ ϩⲱⲛ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ, ⲁⲥⲃⲱⲕ ⲉ ⲡⲏⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲥⲙⲁⲁⲩ.
      • It happened that, when the time of her labor drew near, she went to her mother's house.
    21. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲟⲩⲛⲁⲩ ⲉ ⲡⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓⲛ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥϩⲟ ⲁⲩⲱ ⲁⲩⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲛⲉϥϣⲁϫⲉ, ⲁⲩϩⲉ ⲉ ⲡⲕⲁϩ, ⲁⲩϩⲉⲡ-ⲛⲉⲩϩⲟ.
      • When they saw the light of / in his face and heard his words, they fell to the ground and hid their faces.
    22. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲁⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲃⲱⲗ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲛⲧⲟⲗⲏ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲉⲓⲟⲧⲉ?
      • Why have you (pl.) annulled the commandments of your ancestors?
    23. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉⲥⲧⲙ̄ϩⲉ ⲉ ⲧⲉⲥϣⲉⲉⲣⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ, ⲁⲥⲣⲓⲙⲉ.
      • When she did not find her daughter there, she wept.
    24. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉϥⲧⲙ̄ⲟⲩⲱⲛ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲣⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉϥⲣⲓ, ⲁⲓⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
      • When he did not open the door of his cell, I went away.

Lesson 14

14.1 The Second Perfect. As we shall see in subsequent lessons, each "first" tense in Coptic has a counterpart called a second tense, the use of which places a special emphasis on some element of the sentence other than the verb, usually an adverbial phrase. Contrast the following:

First Perfect:

ⲁ-ⲡⲁⲓ ϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲉⲧⲃⲏⲏⲧⲕ̄.
This happened because of you.

Second Perfect:

ⲛ̄ⲧⲁ-ⲡⲁⲓ ϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲉⲧⲃⲏⲏⲧⲕ̄.
It was because of you that this happened.

As our translation indicates, the English cleft sentence is a handy way to render Coptic sentences with second tense verbal forms. Except for the special uses taken up below, the use of a second tense is not obligatory but depends on what the writer chooses to emphasize.

The Second Perfect has the same inflectional forms as the Relative of the First Perfect, but usually without the initial : ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲓⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄, ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲕⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄, etc.

When phrases containing interrogative pronouns or adverbs are placed after the verb, a second tense is regularly used, but exceptions are not rare:

ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲕⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ?
Why did you send him?
ⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥⲉⲓⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲓⲉⲡⲓⲥⲧⲟⲗⲏ ⲉ ⲛⲓⲙ?
To whom did he bring this letter?

But if the interrogative phrase is placed first, as is usually the case with ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ, the first tense is used:

ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲁⲕⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ?

14.2 Further remarks on interrogative pronouns and adverbs. The interrogative pronouns ⲛⲓⲙ (who?) and ⲟⲩ (what?) may be used as subjects or objects of verbs and as objects of prepositions. When they are used as the subject of a verb, the verb is normally in the second tense form:

ⲛ̄ⲧⲁ-ⲟⲩ ϣⲱⲡⲉ?
What happened?
ⲛ̄ⲧⲁ-ⲛⲓⲙ ⲃⲱⲕ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ?
Who went in?

Examples of object usage, again regularly with the second tense:

ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲕⲛⲁⲩ ⲉ ⲛⲓⲙ?
Whom did you see?
ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲕⲧⲁⲁϥ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲓⲙ?
To whom did you give it?
ⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥⲕⲁ-ⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ?
What did he put there?

The construction introduced in §13.2 is used much more frequently than the preceding:

ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲃⲱⲕ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ?
ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁⲕⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲣⲟϥ?

The interrogative adverbs ⲧⲱⲛ (where?), ⲉ ⲧⲱⲛ (whither?), ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲧⲱⲛ (whence?), and ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲁⲩ (or ⲧⲛⲁⲩ, when?) occur regularly in post-verbal position with a second tense:

ⲛ̄ⲧⲁ-ⲡⲉⲕⲉⲓⲱⲧ ⲃⲱⲕ ⲉ ⲧⲱⲛ?
Where did your father go?
ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲩⲙⲟⲩ ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲁⲩ?
When did they die?

14.3 Infinitives (continued). In infinitives of the type ⲕⲱⲧ the is modified to ⲟⲩ when the initial consonant is or :

ⲙⲟⲩⲣⲙⲉⲣ-ⲙⲟⲣ⸗to bind
ⲙⲟⲩⲛto remain

The of the presuffixal form is regularly replaced by before stem final ϩ and (usually) ϣ:

ⲟⲩⲱϩⲟⲩⲉϩ-ⲟⲩⲁϩ⸗to put, place
ⲟⲩⲱϣⲟⲩⲉϣ-ⲟⲩⲁϣ⸗to want, desire
ⲙⲟⲩϩⲙⲉϩ-ⲙⲁϩ⸗to fill

Vocabulary 14

Greek nouns:

Exercises

  1. ⲙ̄ⲡⲟⲩⲟⲩⲱϣ ⲉ ϩⲱⲛ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲉⲣⲟⲛ.
    • They did not wish to approach us.
  2. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁ-ⲡⲉⲕⲉⲓⲱⲧ ⲙⲟⲩ ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲁⲩ?
    • When did your (ms. sg.) father die?
  3. ⲁⲥϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲇⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲓϫⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲁϩⲱⲃ, ⲁⲓⲧⲱⲟⲩⲛ, ⲁⲓⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
    • It happened that when I finished my task, I got up and left.
  4. ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩⲛⲟϫϥ̄ ⲉ ⲡⲉϣⲧⲉⲕⲟ? ⲡⲉⲛⲥⲁϩ ⲡⲉ.
    • Who did they cast into prison? It was our teacher.
  5. ⲁ-ⲙ̄ⲡⲏⲩⲉ ⲙⲟⲩϩ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓⲛ.
    • The skies filled with light.
  6. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥⲉⲓ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲓⲕⲟⲥⲙⲟⲥ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲟⲩⲱϣ.
    • It was of his own volition that he came into this world.
  7. ⲁⲓⲃⲱⲗ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲥⲛⲁⲩϩ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩⲙⲉⲣ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧⲟⲩ.
    • I unfastened the fetters in which the man was bound.
  8. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲕϯ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲥⲭⲏⲙⲁ ϩⲓⲱⲱⲕ ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲁⲩ?
    • When did you (ms. sg.) put on the (monastic) habit?
  9. ⲛⲁⲓ ⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϩⲟⲟⲩ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
    • These are the things which happened on that day.
  10. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲕⲟⲩⲱϩ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲓⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ ⲧⲛⲁⲩ?
    • When did you (ms. sg.) settle in this city?
  11. ⲁⲥϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲇⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉⲥϩⲉ ⲉⲣⲟϥ, ⲁⲥϥⲓⲧϥ̄, ⲁⲥⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁϥ.
    • It happened that when she found it, she picked it up, and she went away with it.
  12. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲣϩⲟⲡⲟⲩ ⲧⲱⲛ?
    • Where did you (fm. sg.) hide them?
  13. ⲁⲩⲙⲟⲣⲧ̄ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲁⲟⲩⲉⲣⲏⲧⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛⲁϭⲓϫ ⲁⲩⲱ ⲁⲩⲕⲁⲁⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ ϩⲓ ⲡⲉⲕⲣⲟ.
    • They bound my feet and hands and left me there on the shore.
  14. ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ϣⲉⲡ-ⲛⲁⲓ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲟⲧϥ̄?
    • From whom did you (pl.) receive these (things)?
  15. ⲡⲁⲓ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲙⲟⲩ ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲟⲩⲁϣϥ̄.
    • This is the death which he wanted.
  16. ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥⲟⲩⲱϩ ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡϩⲁⲧ ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲧⲁⲁϥ ⲛⲁⲩ.
    • He did not add to the money which he gave them.
  17. ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲛⲁⲓ ⲇⲉ ⲁϥⲙⲟⲩϩ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲁϣⲉ.
    • After these things, he was filled with joy.
  18. ⲁ-ⲧⲉⲕⲕⲗⲏⲥⲓⲁ ⲙⲟⲩϩ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϩⲣⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲙⲏⲏϣⲉ.
    • The church filled with the voices of the crowd.
  19. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁ-ⲛⲓⲙ ⲕⲁⲁϥ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϣⲧⲉⲕⲟ?
    • Who put him in prison?
  20. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲉϫ-ⲛⲉⲓϩⲟⲉⲓⲧⲉ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ?
    • Why did you (pl.) throw away these garments?
  21. ⲁ-ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲙⲟⲩⲣ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲙⲟⲛⲁⲭⲟⲥ ⲉ ⲡⲉϩⲧⲟ.
    • The men tied the monk to the horse.
  22. ⲁ-ⲛⲉϥⲃⲁⲗ ⲙⲟⲩϩ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲙ̄ⲉⲓⲏ.
    • His eyes filled with tears.
  23. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥⲟⲩⲱϣ ⲉ ⲛⲁⲩ ⲉ ⲛⲓⲙ?
    • Who did he want to see?
  24. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁ-ⲛⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲉⲓⲟⲧⲉ ϩⲉ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲛⲉⲩⲛⲟⲃⲉ.
    • It was because of their sins that your (pl.) ancestors perished.
  25. ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲥ ⲇⲉ ⲁⲛⲉⲓ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲉ ⲧⲥⲩⲛⲁⲅⲱⲅⲏ.
    • Afterwards, we came in to the synagogue.
  26. ⲁ-ⲡⲉⲩϫⲟⲓ ⲙⲟⲩϩ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲟⲟⲩ.
    • Their boat filled with water.
  27. ⲟⲩ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁⲕⲟⲩⲟⲙϥ̄ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲟⲟⲩ?
    • What did you (ms. sg.) eat today?
  28. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲓⲧⲱⲙ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲣⲟ, ⲁⲓϩⲙⲟⲟⲥ ⲁⲩⲱ ⲁⲓⲱⲡ ⲙ̄ ⲡϩⲁⲧ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩⲧⲁⲁϥ ⲛⲁⲓ.
    • When I closed the door, I sat down and counted the money which was given to me.
  29. ⲁ-ⲛⲉⲩϩⲟⲟⲣ ⲟⲩⲱⲙ ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲛⲉϥⲟⲩⲉⲣⲏⲧⲉ.
    • The dogs gnawed at his feet.
  30. ⲡⲁⲓ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲱⲛⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩⲛⲟϫϥ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
    • This is the stone which was discarded.
  31. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁ-ⲡϣⲁ ϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲁⲩ?
    • When did the festival happen?
  32. ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲃⲱⲗ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲓⲥⲛⲁⲩϩ?
    • Who undid these fetters?
  33. ⲁ-ⲡⲉⲡⲓⲥⲕⲟⲡⲟⲥ ⲙⲟⲣⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲥⲭⲏⲙⲁ.
    • The bishop accepted us into monkhood.
  34. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲛⲕⲁ-ⲡⲉⲛϯⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲛ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲡⲉϩⲕⲟ.
    • It was because of the famine that we abandoned our village.
  35. ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲟⲩⲁϩⲕ̄ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁ?
    • Who put you (ms. sg.) here?
  36. ⲁⲥⲟⲩⲉϩ-ⲧⲉⲥϣⲉⲉⲣⲉ ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϭⲗⲟϭ.
    • She put her daughter on the bed.
  37. ⲁ-ⲛⲉϥϣⲁϫⲉ ⲙⲁϩⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲁϣⲉ.
    • His words filled them with joy.
  38. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁ-ⲛⲉⲓϩⲓⲥⲉ ϩⲉ ⲉϫⲱⲛ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ?
    • Why have these afflictions befallen us?
  39. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲩⲟⲩⲱⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲩⲗⲏ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲁⲩ?
    • When was the gate of the city opened?
  40. ⲟⲩ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲕ ϩⲓⲣⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲩⲗⲏ?
    • What happened to you (ms. sg.) in the gateway?
  41. ⲁⲓⲛⲟⲩϫⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲛⲟⲩϩ ⲉⲡⲉⲥⲏⲧ ⲉ ⲡⲕⲁϩ.
    • I threw the rope down to the ground.
  42. ⲙ̄ⲡⲟⲩⲟⲩⲉϣ-ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲛⲁϣⲁϫⲉ.
    • They did not want to hear my words.
  43. ⲙ̄ⲡⲓⲛⲁⲩ ⲉ ⲧⲉⲭⲏⲣⲁ ϣⲁ ⲡⲟⲟⲩ.
    • I did not see the widow until now.
  44. ⲁⲓⲟⲩⲱϣ ⲉ ⲛ̄ⲕⲟⲧⲕ̄.
    • I wanted to go to sleep.

Lesson 15

15.1 Adjectives. Although there is some debate over the existence of adjectives as a grammatical category in Coptic, it is nevertheless convenient to retain the designation for the words treated in this lesson. Most attributive adjectives may either precede or follow the noun they modify, joined to the noun with a linking particle ⲛ̄ (ⲙ̄). The noun and adjective form a close unit; any article, possessive adjective, or demonstrative stands before the whole unit:

ⲟⲩⲛⲟϭ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ
ⲟⲩⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲟϭ
a large city
ⲡⲁⲙⲉⲣⲓⲧ ⲛ̄ ϣⲏⲣⲉ
ⲡⲁϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲉⲣⲓⲧ
my beloved son
ⲡⲥⲁⲃⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲱⲙⲉ
ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲥⲁⲃⲉ
the wise man

These examples represent the normal attributive adjective construction. There are, however, some restrictions on certain special groups of adjectives:

  1. Several adjectives show a distinct preference for the position before the noun in the given construction. These include ⲛⲟϭ great, ⲕⲟⲩⲓ small, ϣⲏⲙ small, ϣⲟⲣⲡ̄ first, ϩⲁⲉ last, and ⲙⲉⲣⲓⲧ beloved.
  2. A few adjectives may be used after a noun without the linking ⲛ̄. These include ⲁⲥ old, ⲛⲟϭ great, ⲕⲟⲩⲓ small, ϣⲏⲙ small, ⲟⲩⲱⲧ single, ⲟⲩⲱⲃϣ̄ white. With the exception of a few fixed expressions, this construction is rare in standard Sahidic and should not be imitated.

Some adjectives have distinct feminine and plural forms; e.g.

masc.fem.pl.
ⲕⲁⲙⲉⲕⲁⲙⲏblack
ϩⲁⲉϩⲁⲏϩⲁⲉⲉⲩ(ⲉ)last
ⲥⲁⲃⲉⲥⲁⲃⲏⲥⲁⲃⲉⲉⲩ(ⲉ)wise
ϭⲁⲗⲉϭⲁⲗⲉⲉⲩ(ⲉ)lame
ⲙⲉⲣⲓⲧⲙⲉⲣⲁⲧⲉbeloved
ϣⲟⲣⲡ̄ϣⲟⲣⲡⲉfirst
ϩⲟⲩⲉⲓⲧϩⲟⲩⲉⲓⲧⲉϩⲟⲩⲁⲧⲉfirst
ϣⲙ̄ⲙⲟϣⲙ̄ⲙⲱϣⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲓalien, foreign

The plurals in -ⲉⲉⲩⲉ also occur as -ⲉⲉⲩ. The fem. forms are used with sing. and plural fem. nouns. The plural forms occur mainly in substantivized usage:

ⲛ̄ⲥⲁⲃⲉⲉⲩⲉ
the wise
ⲛ̄ϩⲟⲩⲁⲧⲉ
the elders, prominent persons (e.g. of a city)

Greek adjectives may appear (1) in the Gk. masc. sing. form with nouns of either gender or number:

ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲁⲅⲁⲑⲟⲥ
the good man
ⲧⲉⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲁⲅⲁⲑⲟⲥ
the good woman

or (2) in the Gk. fem. sing. form if the modified noun refers to a female person:

ⲧⲉⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲁⲅⲁⲑⲏ
the good woman

or (3) in the Gk. neuter form with nouns of either gender if they denote non-humans:

ⲧⲉⲯⲩⲭⲏ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲗⲉⲓⲟⲛ
the perfect spirit

Greek substantivized neuter adjectives are treated as masculine in Coptic:

ⲡⲁⲅⲁⲑⲟⲛ
good, that which is good (τὸ ἀγαθόν)

A noun may be modified by more than one adjective, with various orders:

ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ ϩⲏⲕⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲇⲓⲕⲁⲓⲟⲥ
the righteous poor man
ⲡⲛⲟϭ ⲛ̄ ⲣ̄ⲣⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲇⲓⲕⲁⲓⲟⲥ
the great (and) righteous king

All Coptic adjectives may be substantivized ("one who is..., that which is...") by prefixing the appropriate form of the article:

ⲡⲉⲃⲓⲏⲛ
the poor man
ⲛⲉⲃⲓⲏⲛ
the poor (people)
ⲡⲉⲓϩⲏⲕⲉ
this poor man
ⲧⲉⲓϩⲏⲕⲉ
this poor woman
ⲟⲩⲥⲁⲃⲉ
a wise man
ϩⲉⲛⲥⲁⲃⲉⲉⲩⲉ
wise men

When the first noun in a genitive construction is followed by an adjectival phrase, ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ may optionally be used instead of ⲛ̄ for the genitive:

ⲡϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲛ̄ ϭⲁⲗⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ
the man's crippled child

15.2 Adjectives as predicates are treated exactly like noun predicates. Note the obligatory use of the indefinite article:

ⲟⲩⲁⲅⲁⲑⲟⲥ ⲡⲉ.
He is good.
ⲛ̄ ϩⲉⲛⲁⲅⲁⲑⲟⲥ ⲁⲛ ⲛⲉ.
They are not good.
ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲟⲩⲁⲅⲁⲑⲟⲥ ⲡⲉ.
The man is good.
ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ϩⲉⲛⲇⲓⲕⲁⲓⲟⲥ ⲛⲉ.
The men are just.
ⲟⲩⲛⲟϭ ⲧⲉ ⲧⲉⲓⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ.
This city is large.

15.3 The cardinal numbers from one to five are

masc.fem.
oneⲟⲩⲁⲟⲩⲉⲓ
twoⲥⲛⲁⲩⲥⲛ̄ⲧⲉ
threeϣⲟⲙⲛ̄ⲧϣⲟⲙⲧⲉ
fourϥⲧⲟⲟⲩϥⲧⲟⲉ, ϥⲧⲟ
fiveϯⲟⲩϯⲉ, ϯ

The numbers from three upward stand before the noun with the adjectival ⲛ̄. The noun is in the singular form, as is the definite article when present:

ϣⲟⲙⲛ̄ⲧ ⲛ̄ ϫⲟⲓ
three ships
ⲡϣⲟⲙⲛ̄ⲧ ⲛ̄ ⲣ̄ⲣⲟ
the three kings
ⲧⲉⲓϣⲟⲙⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲟⲙⲡⲉ
these three years

Note the absence of the indefinite article in the indefinite expressions.

The number one is construed in the same way, but the linking ⲛ̄ may be omitted:

(ⲡ)ⲟⲩⲁ ⲣⲱⲙⲉ
(ⲡ)ⲟⲩⲁ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲱⲙⲉ
(the) one man

The number two follows its noun, which is likewise in the singular; no ⲛ̄ is used:

(ⲡ)ⲥⲟⲛ ⲥⲛⲁⲩ
(the) two brothers
(ⲧ)ⲥⲱⲛⲉ ⲥⲛ̄ⲧⲉ
(the) two sisters

Vocabulary 15

Greek adjectives:

And the numbers given in the lesson.

Exercises

    1. ⲟⲩⲭⲏⲣⲁ ⲛ̄ ϩⲏⲕⲉ
      • a poor widow
    2. ⲧⲉⲓⲛⲟϭ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲩⲗⲏ
      • this great gate
    3. ⲟⲩϩⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲓⲥⲧⲟⲥ
      • a faithful slave
    4. ⲟⲩⲣ̄ⲣⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲇⲓⲕⲁⲓⲟⲥ
      • a righteous king
    5. ⲡⲉⲓⲗⲁⲟⲥ ⲛ̄ ⲁⲡⲓⲥⲧⲟⲥ
      • this faithless people
    6. ⲑⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲟⲛⲏⲣⲁ
      • the wicked (female) slave
    7. ⲟⲩⲛⲟϭ ⲛ̄ ϩⲏⲅⲉⲙⲱⲛ
      • a great governor
    8. ⲡⲉⲛⲙⲉⲣⲓⲧ ⲛ̄ ⲉⲓⲱⲧ
      • our beloved father
    9. ⲡⲕⲟⲩⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲃ̄ⲧ
      • the little fish (sg.)
    10. ⲟⲩϭⲁⲗⲉ ⲛ̄ ϩⲏⲕⲉ
      • a miserable cripple / a crippled poor person
    11. ⲟⲩⲕⲟⲩⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲁϥ
      • a little meat
    12. ⲟⲩϩⲗ̄ⲗⲱ ⲛ̄ ⲥⲁⲃⲏ
      • a wise old woman
    13. ⲛⲉϥⲙⲁⲑⲏⲧⲏⲥ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲓⲥⲧⲟⲥ
      • his faithful disciples
    14. ⲡⲉϩⲧⲟ ⲛ̄ ϭⲁⲗⲉ
      • the lame horse
    15. ϩⲉⲛϩⲓⲟⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲉⲃⲓⲏⲛ
      • some poor women
    16. ⲡⲇⲓⲕⲁⲓⲟⲥ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲱⲙⲉ
      • the righteous man
    17. ⲧⲁⲙⲉⲣⲓⲧ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲁⲁⲩ
      • my beloved mother
    18. ⲟⲩⲕⲟⲩⲓ ⲛ̄ ϣⲧⲉⲕⲟ
      • a small prison
    19. ⲛⲉϩⲃⲏⲩⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲟⲛⲏⲣⲟⲛ
      • the wicked works
    20. ⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲥⲁⲃⲉⲉⲩⲉ
      • the words of the wise (people)
    21. ⲡⲉⲓⲛⲟϭ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲟⲙⲟⲥ
      • this great law
    22. ⲡⲥⲁⲃⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲇⲓⲕⲁⲓⲟⲥ
      • the wise righteous man / the righteous wise man
    23. ⲙ̄ⲡⲁⲣⲑⲉⲛⲟⲥ ⲛ̄ ⲥⲁⲃⲏ
      • the wise virgins
    24. ⲛⲉⲛⲙⲉⲣⲁⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ ϣⲏⲣⲉ
      • our beloved children
    25. ⲡⲙⲏⲏϣⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲁⲡⲓⲥⲧⲟⲥ
      • the unbelieving crowd
    26. ⲡⲉϥϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲛ̄ ϭⲁⲗⲉ
      • his crippled son
    27. ⲛ̄ⲣⲙ̄ⲉⲓⲟⲟⲩⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲕⲉ
      • the tears of the poor (people)
    28. ⲙ̄ⲡⲟⲛⲏⲣⲟⲥ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲁⲅⲁⲑⲟⲥ
      • the wicked and the good (people)
    29. ⲟⲩⲉⲃⲓⲏⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲣⲫⲁⲛⲟⲥ
      • a poor orphan
    30. ⲧⲉⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲓⲥⲧⲟⲥ
      • the faithful woman
    1. ϣⲟⲙⲛ̄ⲧ ⲛ̄ ϫⲟⲓ
      • three boats
    2. ϣⲟⲙⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ ϣⲧⲏⲛ
      • three tunics
    3. ⲡⲉⲓϣⲟⲙⲛ̄ⲧ ⲛ̄ ϩⲟⲟⲩ
      • these three days
    4. ϥⲧⲟⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ ϩⲟⲉⲓⲧⲉ
      • four cloaks
    5. ⲡⲉϥⲧⲟⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲟⲟⲩ
      • the four mountains
    6. ϥⲧⲟⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲭⲏⲣⲁ
      • four widows
    7. ⲧⲉⲓϥⲧⲟⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲉⲛⲧⲟⲗⲏ
      • these four commandments
    8. ⲟⲩⲁ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲟⲛⲁⲭⲟⲥ
      • one monk
    9. ⲟⲩⲉⲓ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲩⲗⲏ
      • one gate
    10. ⲥⲛⲁⲩϩ ⲥⲛⲁⲩ
      • two fetters
    11. ⲡⲉϥⲃⲁⲗ ⲥⲛⲁⲩ
      • his two eyes
    12. ⲣⲟⲙⲡⲉ ⲥⲛ̄ⲧⲉ
      • two years
    13. ⲉⲃⲟⲧ ⲥⲛⲁⲩ
      • two months
    14. ⲡⲉⲓϯⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲧ
      • these five months
    15. ϯⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲕⲟⲩⲓ ⲛ̄ ϫⲟⲓ
      • five little boats
    16. ϯⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲁⲅⲁⲑⲟⲥ
      • five good men
    17. ⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ ⲥⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲁⲅⲁⲑⲟⲥ
      • two good women
    18. ⲡⲣ̄ⲣⲟ ⲥⲛⲁⲩ
      • the two kings
    1. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲕⲡⲱϩ ⲉ ⲧⲉⲓⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲁⲩ?
      • When did you (ms. sg.) reach this city?
    2. ⲁⲩⲕⲱⲧ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲕⲟⲩⲓ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
      • A small city was built there.
    3. ⲁⲛⲟⲩⲱϩ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ϥⲧⲟⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲟⲙⲡⲉ.
      • We dwelt there for four years.
    4. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲣϯ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁϥ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ?
      • Why did you (fm. sg.) fight with him?
    5. ⲟⲩ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲣⲁⲛ ⲙ̄ ⲡϯⲙⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲡⲱϩ ⲉⲣⲟϥ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲩϣⲏ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ?
      • What is the name of the village which you (pl.) reached that night?
    6. ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥϣⲓⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲓ?
      • Who was looking for me?
    7. ⲡⲁⲓ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉϩⲣⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲛⲙⲉⲣⲓⲧ ⲛ̄ ϣⲏⲣⲉ.
      • This is the voice of our beloved son.
    8. ⲁⲓϯ ⲙ̄ ⲡϩⲁⲧ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲃⲓⲏⲛ.
      • I gave the money to the poor.
    9. ⲙ̄ⲡⲓⲟⲩⲱϣ ⲉ ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲡϭⲁⲗⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
      • I did not want to speak with that crippled man.
    10. ⲟⲩ ⲡⲉ ⲡϣⲓ ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲡⲱϩ ⲉⲣⲟϥ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲡⲉⲓϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲇⲓⲕⲁⲓⲟⲥ?
      • What is the measure to which this righteous monk has attained?
    11. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲕⲛⲟϫⲟⲩ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲧⲱⲛ?
      • Where did you (ms. sg.) discard them? / From where did you throw them?
    12. ⲁⲓϭⲱ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲩϯⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲣⲟⲙⲡⲉ.
      • I remained in their village for a year.

Lesson 16

16.1 The interrogative pronouns ⲁϣ, ⲟⲩ, and ⲛⲓⲙ may be used adjectivally. This usage is most frequent in certain fixed expressions, the most important of which are

  1. ⲁϣ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲓⲛⲉ (of) what sort? This phrase is used attributively, as in

    ⲟⲩⲁϣ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲓⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ ϫⲟⲓ?
    What sort of ship?

    or predicatively (note obligatory use of indefinite article):

    ⲟⲩⲁϣ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲓⲛⲉ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉⲓⲣⲱⲙⲉ?
    Of what sort is this man?
  2. ⲁϣ ⲛ̄ ϩⲉ (of) what sort? ⲛ̄ ⲁϣ ⲛ̄ ϩⲉ in what way? how?

    ⲟⲩⲁϣ ⲛ̄ ϩⲉ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁⲉⲓⲛ?
    Of what sort is this sign?
    ⲛ̄ ⲁϣ ⲛ̄ ϩⲉ ⲁⲕϭⲓⲛⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ?
    How did you find him?
  3. ϩⲛ̄ ⲁϣ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓϣ? at what time?

Similar use of ⲟⲩ and ⲛⲓⲙ is rarer, e.g. ⲛⲓⲙ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲱⲙⲉ? what man? ⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲓⲛⲉ what sort? In special contexts these same or similar expressions may have an indefinite value: ⲛⲓⲙ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲱⲙⲉ such and such a person, ⲁϣ ⲛ̄ ϯⲙⲉ some village or other, ⲟⲩ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲟⲩ this and that.

16.2 "Each, every" is expressed by ⲛⲓⲙ (not the same word as ⲛⲓⲙ who?) placed after a singular noun with no article: ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛⲓⲙ every man, everyone; ϩⲱⲃ ⲛⲓⲙ everything; ϯⲙⲉ ⲛⲓⲙ every village. Pronominal resumption is usually in the plural:

ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛⲓⲙ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲛⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉⲣⲟⲟⲩ
everything which we heard
ϩⲱⲃ ⲛⲓⲙ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲟⲛⲏⲣⲟⲛ ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲉⲓⲣⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲟⲩ
every evil thing that he did

But resumption in the singular is not rare.

16.3 The indefinite pronouns are ⲟⲩⲟⲛ anyone; ⲗⲁⲁⲩ anyone, anything. These are most frequent in negative contexts as "no one, nothing":

ⲙ̄ⲡⲓⲛⲁⲩ ⲉ ⲟⲩⲟⲛ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
I saw no one there.
ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥϯ-ⲗⲁⲁⲩ ⲛⲁⲓ.
He gave me nothing.

ⲗⲁⲁⲩ also appears with the indefinite article: ⲟⲩⲗⲁⲁⲩ.

ⲗⲁⲁⲩ is often used adjectively:

ⲙ̄ⲡⲉ-ⲗⲁⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲣⲟⲓ.
No man saw me.
ⲙ̄ⲡⲓϣⲉⲡ-ⲗⲁⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲟⲧϥ̄.
I received no book from him.

When (ⲟⲩ)ⲗⲁⲁⲩ or phrases beginning with (ⲟⲩ)ⲗⲁⲁⲩ are direct objects of transitive verbs (i.e. object with ⲙ̄ⲙⲟ⸗), the use of the prenominal form of the infinitive is obligatory in the First Perfect and its negative. Thus ⲙ̄ⲡⲓϣⲱⲡ ⲛ̄ ⲗⲁⲁⲩ... is not permitted in the sentence above.

As a nominal predicate ⲗⲁⲁⲩ means "nothing", even when no negative is formally involved. The indefinite article is obligatory:

ⲁⲛⲅ̄-ⲟⲩⲗⲁⲁⲩ.
I am nothing.
ϩⲉⲛⲗⲁⲁⲩ ⲛⲉ ⲛⲉⲩⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ.
Their gods are nothing.

ⲛ̄ ⲗⲁⲁⲩ or ⲗⲁⲁⲩ alone may be used adverbially in the sense "(not) at all":

ⲙ̄ⲡⲓϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁϥ (ⲛ̄) ⲗⲁⲁⲩ.
I didn't speak with him at all.

Note also the expression ⲟⲩⲟⲛ ⲛⲓⲙ everyone, everybody.

16.4 "All, the whole (of)" is expressed by ⲧⲏⲣ⸗ used in apposition to a preceding noun or pronoun. A resumptive suffix is required:

ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲧⲏⲣⲟⲩ
all the men (lit. the men, all of them)
ⲡⲕⲟⲥⲙⲟⲥ ⲧⲏⲣϥ̄
the whole world, all the world
ⲁⲩⲉⲓ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲧⲏⲣⲟⲩ.
They all came in.

The pronominal suffixes are the same as those used on prepositions and infinitives; the 2nd pers. pl. form is ⲧⲏⲣⲧⲛ̄. The 3rd pers. pl. ⲧⲏⲣⲟⲩ may also be used for 2nd pers. pl. reference.

16.5 The numbers from six to ten:

masc.fem.
sixⲥⲟⲟⲩⲥⲟ, ⲥⲟⲉ
sevenⲥⲁϣϥ̄ⲥⲁϣϥⲉ
eightϣⲙⲟⲩⲛϣⲙⲟⲩⲛⲉ
nineⲯⲓⲧ, ⲯⲓⲥⲯⲓⲧⲉ, ⲯⲓⲥⲉ
tenⲙⲏⲧⲙⲏⲧⲉ

They are used like the numbers three to five in §15.3.

Partitive expressions with numbers employ the preposition ⲛ̄ (ⲙ̄ⲙⲟ⸗):

ⲟⲩⲁ ⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ
one of the men
ϣⲟⲙⲛ̄ⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲟⲩ
three of them
ϣⲟⲙⲛ̄ⲧ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϫⲏⲩ
three of the ships

The number "one", ⲟⲩⲁ (f. ⲟⲩⲉⲓ) is also used as an indefinite pronoun: a certain one, a certain man (or woman), as in

ⲁ-ⲟⲩⲁ ⲃⲱⲕ ϣⲁ ⲡⲁⲣⲭⲓⲉⲡⲓⲥⲕⲟⲡⲟⲥ.
A certain man went to the archbishop.

Vocabulary 16

And the words and expressions treated in the lesson.

Greek words and names:

Exercises

    1. ϩⲟⲉⲓⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲓⲙⲓⲛⲉ
      • some of this sort
    2. ⲥⲟⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲉⲥⲟⲟⲩ
      • six sheep
    3. ⲡϩⲁⲧ ⲧⲏⲣϥ̄
      • all the money
    4. ⲟⲩⲁ ⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ϭⲁⲗⲉⲉⲩⲉ
      • one of the lame
    5. ⲟⲩⲁϣ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲓⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲉⲟⲟⲩ?
      • what sort of glory?
    6. ⲛ̄ ⲥⲁϣϥ̄ ⲛ̄ ϩⲟⲟⲩ
      • for seven days
    7. ⲧⲉⲩϣⲏ ⲧⲏⲣⲥ̄
      • all night / the whole night
    8. ϩⲱⲃ ⲛⲓⲙ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲓϣⲟⲡⲟⲩ
      • everything that I received
    9. ⲟⲩⲥⲏϥⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲓⲙⲓⲛⲉ
      • a sword of this sort
    10. ⲛⲉⲧⲙⲉ ⲧⲏⲣⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲧⲥⲩⲣⲓⲁ
      • all the villages of Syria
    11. ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲙⲧⲟ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲁⲣⲭⲓⲉⲣⲉⲩⲥ
      • in the presence of the high priest
    12. ⲛ̄ ⲑⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲛⲟϭ ⲛ̄ ⲥⲁⲃⲉ
      • like a great wise man
    13. ⲡⲁϩⲁⲧ ⲧⲏⲣϥ̄
      • all my money
    14. ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛⲓⲙ ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲣⲟⲟⲩ
      • every man who he saw
    15. ϣⲟⲙⲧⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲓⲛⲉ
      • three kinds
    16. ⲟⲩⲟⲛ ⲛⲓⲙ ⲉⲧ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲥⲩⲛⲁⲅⲱⲅⲏ
      • everyone who is in the synagogue
    17. ⲡⲛⲟⲙⲟⲥ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲱⲩⲥⲏⲥ ⲧⲏⲣϥ̄
      • the whole law of Moses
    18. ⲥⲟⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲥⲱϣⲉ
      • six fields
    19. ⲧⲉⲓⲙⲏⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲉⲛⲧⲟⲗⲏ
      • these ten commandments
    20. ⲛⲉⲭⲱⲣⲁ ⲧⲏⲣⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲡⲉⲓⲕⲟⲥⲙⲟⲥ
      • all the regions of this world
    21. ⲛ̄ ⲥⲁϣϥⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲟⲙⲡⲉ
      • for seven years
    22. ⲛ̄ ⲑⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩϩⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲓⲥⲧⲟⲥ
      • like a faithful servant
    23. ⲁⲛⲟⲛ ⲧⲏⲣⲛ̄
      • all of us
    24. ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲕⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ ⲧⲏⲣⲟⲩ
      • all the poor of the city
    25. ϩⲛ̄ ⲗⲁⲁⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲁ
      • in any place
    26. ϣⲙⲟⲩⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲟϭ ⲛ̄ ϫⲟⲓ
      • eight big ships
    27. ⲟⲩⲁ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲟⲩ
      • one of them
    28. ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛⲓⲙ ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥϫⲟⲟⲩ
      • every word he spoke
    29. ⲟⲩⲁϣ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲓⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ ϣⲱⲛⲉ?
      • what kind of sickness?
    30. ϣⲱⲥ ⲥⲛⲁⲩ
      • two shepherds
    31. ϩⲓϫⲛ̄ ⲗⲁⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ϩⲓⲏ
      • upon any road
    32. ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲙ̄ⲧⲟ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ
      • in his presence
    33. ⲗⲁⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲕⲁⲣⲡⲟⲥ
      • any fruit
    34. ϥⲧⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲁⲉⲓⲛ
      • four signs
    35. ⲉ ⲁϣ ⲛ̄ ϣⲓ?
      • to what measure?
    36. ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲉϥⲭⲱⲣⲁ ⲁⲩⲱ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥϯⲙⲉ
      • in his region and in his village
    37. ⲛ̄ ϣⲙⲟⲩⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲧ
      • for eight months
    38. ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲛⲟϭ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲁϣⲉ
      • with great rejoicing
    39. ⲟⲩⲁⲣⲭⲓⲉⲣⲉⲩⲥ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲟⲛⲏⲣⲟⲥ
      • a wicked high priest
    40. ⲛⲉⲛϣⲃⲉⲉⲣ ⲧⲏⲣⲟⲩ
      • all our companions
    1. ⲙ̄ⲡⲓⲕⲁ-ⲗⲁⲁⲩ ⲉϫⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲧⲣⲁⲡⲉⲍⲁ.
      • I put nothing on the table.
    2. ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ϩⲟⲉⲓⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲓⲙⲓⲛⲉ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ ⲛⲓⲙ.
      • There are some of this sort in every city.
    3. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲕϭⲓⲛⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲕϩⲁⲡ ⲛ̄ ⲁϣ ⲛ̄ ϩⲉ?
      • How did you (ms. sg.) find your money?
    4. ⲟⲩⲁϣ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲓⲛⲉ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉⲓϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ?
      • What kind is this book?
    5. ϩⲛ̄ ⲁϣ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓϣ ⲁⲥⲙⲓⲥⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲥϣⲏⲣⲉ?
      • At what time did she bear her son?
    6. ⲁⲛⲅ̄-ⲛⲓⲙ ⲁⲛⲟⲕ? ⲁⲛⲅ̄-ⲟⲩⲗⲁⲁⲩ.
      • Who am I? I am nothing.
    7. ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥϯ-ⲟⲩⲗⲁⲁⲩ ⲛⲁⲓ.
      • He gave me nothing.
    8. ⲁⲛⲕⲁ-ⲟⲩⲟⲛ ⲛⲓⲙ ⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲛ.
      • We abandoned everyone.
    9. ϩⲉⲛⲗⲁⲁⲩ ⲛⲉ ⲛⲉⲩϣⲁϫⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲟⲛⲏⲣⲟⲛ.
      • Their wicked words are nothing.
    10. ⲁ-ⲟⲩⲁ ⲉⲓ ϣⲁⲣⲟϥ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲩϣⲏ.
      • Someone came to him in the night.
    11. ⲁⲥϭⲱ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲁ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲥⲥⲩⲅⲅⲉⲛⲏⲥ.
      • She stayed with one of her relatives.
    12. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲣⲉⲓⲣⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲓϩⲉ?
      • Why did you (fm. sg.) act like this?
    13. ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓϣ ⲁ-ⲡⲁⲣⲭⲓⲉⲡⲓⲥⲕⲟⲡⲟⲥ ⲉⲓ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲟⲟⲩ.
      • Once, the archbishop came to our monastery.
    14. ⲁⲩⲉⲓⲛⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲯⲓⲧ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲉⲣⲟϥ.
      • The nine men were brought in to him.
    15. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲩⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲓ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲓⲗⲁⲟⲥ ⲧⲏⲣϥ̄.
      • I was sent to this whole people.
    16. ⲙ̄ⲡⲓⲙⲉⲣⲉ-ⲗⲁⲁⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲙⲁ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
      • I loved no one in that place.
    17. ⲁ-ϩⲟⲉⲓⲛⲉ ϣⲱⲛⲉ ⲉⲙⲁⲧⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓϣ.
      • Some (people) fell very ill on that occasion.
    18. ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥϯ-ⲗⲁⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲉⲓⲕ ⲛⲁⲛ.
      • He gave no bread to us.
    19. ϩⲛ̄ ⲁϣ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓϣ ⲁⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲡⲱϩ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁ?
      • When did you (pl.) reach here?
    20. ⲙⲛ̄-ⲗⲁⲁⲩ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁϥ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
      • There is no one there with him.

Lesson 17

17.1 The Imperative of most verbs is the same as the Infinitive, with no indication of number or gender:

ⲙⲟⲟϣⲉ ⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲓ.
Walk behind me.
ⲙⲉⲣ-ⲡϫⲟⲓ ⲉ ⲡⲱⲛⲉ.
Tie the boat to the rock.
ⲙⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ.
Love the Lord.
ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲛⲁϣⲁϫⲉ.
Listen to my words.

Negation is with the prefix ⲙ̄ⲡⲣ̄-:

ⲙ̄ⲡⲣ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
Don't speak with them.
ⲙ̄ⲡⲣ̄ⲃⲱⲕ ⲉ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ.
Do not go to the city.
ⲙ̄ⲡⲣ̄ⲛ̄ⲕⲟⲧⲕ̄ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁ.
Do not lie down here.

A few verbs have special Imperative forms with prefixed ⲁ-:

ⲛⲁⲩ:ⲁⲛⲁⲩlook, see
ⲟⲩⲱⲛ:ⲁⲩⲱⲛopen
ϫⲱ:ⲁϫⲓ-, ⲁϫⲓ⸗say, speak
ⲉⲓⲛⲉ:ⲁⲛⲓ-, ⲁⲛⲓ⸗bring
ⲉⲓⲣⲉ:ⲁⲣⲓⲣⲉ, ⲁⲣⲓ-, ⲁⲣⲓ⸗do, make

The verb ⲙⲁ, ⲙⲁ-, ⲙⲁⲧ⸗ (or ⲙⲏⲉⲓ⸗) is used as the imperative of ϯ, but ϯ may also be used. The imperative of ⲉⲓ (to come) is expressed by ⲁⲙⲟⲩ, which has distinct feminine and plural forms: f. ⲁⲙⲏ, pl. ⲁⲙⲏⲉⲓⲧⲛ̄.

17.2 The vocative is expressed by using a noun with the definite article or a possessive prefix: ⲡⲣ̄ⲣⲟ O king! ⲡⲁϣⲏⲣⲉ O my son! The Greek vocative particle (Gk. ) may also be used, but not before a designation of God.

17.3 Infinitives of the type ⲙⲓⲥⲉ, with stressed vowel -ⲓ- and final unstressed -ⲉ, have the following prenominal and presuffixal forms:

ⲙⲓⲥⲉⲙⲉⲥ(ⲧ̄)-ⲙⲁⲥⲧ⸗to bear (a child)
ⲉⲓϣⲉⲉϣⲧ̄-ⲁϣⲧ⸗to hang up, suspend

The prenominal forms of many of these verbs occur with or without the final -ⲧ. Several important verbs of this type have irregularities:

ⲉⲓⲣⲉⲣ̄-ⲁⲁ⸗to do, make
ⲉⲓⲛⲉⲛ̄-ⲛ̄ⲧ⸗to bring
ϣⲓⲛⲉϣⲛ̄-ϣⲛ̄ⲧ⸗to seek, inquire
ϭⲓⲛⲉϭⲛ̄-ϭⲛ̄ⲧ⸗to find

The final ⲛ̄ of ⲛ̄-, ϣⲛ̄-, and ϭⲛ̄- may be assimilated to ⲙ̄ before a following or . Note that in ⲛ̄ⲧ⸗, ϣⲛ̄ⲧ⸗ and ϭⲛ̄ⲧ⸗ the syllabic ⲛ̄ is the stressed vowel of the word. ⲣ̄- is often written as ⲉⲣ-. Suffixes are added to these forms regularly: ϭⲛ̄ⲧ, ϭⲛ̄ⲧⲕ̄, ϭⲛ̄ⲧⲉ, ϭⲛ̄ⲧϥ̄, ϭⲛ̄ⲧⲥ̄, ϭⲛ̄ⲧⲛ̄, ϭⲛ̄-ⲧⲏⲩⲧⲛ̄, ϭⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲩ. ⲁⲁ⸗ is inflected like ⲧⲁⲁ⸗ in §11.2.

17.4 There is a certain ambiguity surrounding the terms transitive and intransitive in classifying Coptic verbs. The strictest definition of a transitive verb requires (1) that its direct object be marked with the "preposition" ⲛ̄ (ⲙ̄ⲙⲟ⸗) and (2) that the general equivalence ⲕⲱⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ = ⲕⲟⲧϥ̄ be attested for the verb, i.e. that the verb possess prenominal and presuffixal forms. A less strict definition would require a transitive verb to satisfy either, but not necessariy both, of the above criteria. This is approximately the position adopted by W. E. Crum in his Coptic Dictionary, the standard lexical work in the field. Verbs not satisfying either of these criteria are labeled intransitive or are left unlabeled.

In the present work the designation transitive is extended to include verbs having prenominal and presuffixal forms that correspond exactly in meaning to the infinitive with or ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ (e.g. ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ, ϣⲓⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ). Thus ⲥⲟⲧⲙⲉϥ = ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉⲣⲟϥ and ϣⲛ̄ⲧϥ̄ = ϣⲓⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ⲥⲱϥ are taken as fully equivalent to the criterion ⲕⲱⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ = ⲕⲟⲧϥ̄ above. A verb like ⲁⲙⲁϩⲧⲉ (to seize) is considered transitive because its direct object is marked by ⲙ̄ⲙⲟ⸗, even though it does not have prenominal or presuffixal forms. It seems reasonable, therefore, to extend the designation transitive even further and to include verbs like ⲛⲁⲩ and ⲉⲓⲙⲉ (to understand), both of which normally have an object with , but neither of which has prenominal or presuffixal forms. In other words, as long as there is no lexical contrast requiring the preposition to have the semantic force of a true preposition (for, in regard to), we have generally labeled verbs with -objects as transitive in the glossary of this work. Some subjectiveness remains, however, and one can sympathize with W. E. Crum in his desire to drop the terms transitive and intransitive altogether (op. cit., p. vii).

Vocabulary 17

Greek words:

Exercises

    1. ⲡⲁⲡⲟⲧ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲓϭⲛ̄ⲧϥ̄ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ
      • the cup which I found there
    2. ⲡⲛⲟⲙⲟⲥ ⲉⲛⲧⲁ-ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ ⲧⲁⲁϥ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲱⲩⲥⲏⲥ
      • the law which the Lord gave to Moses
    3. ϩⲱⲃ ⲛⲓⲙ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩⲁⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲑⲏⲧⲏⲥ
      • everything that the disciples did
    4. ⲡϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲥⲙⲁⲥⲧϥ̄
      • the son she bore
    5. ⲡⲉⲡⲛ̄ⲁ̄ ⲛ̄ ⲁⲕⲁⲑⲁⲣⲧⲟⲛ ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲛⲟϫϥ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ
      • the unclean spirit which he cast out
    6. ⲡⲕⲁⲣⲡⲟⲥ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲥⲛ̄ⲧϥ̄ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲥϩⲁⲓ
      • the fruit which she brought her husband
    7. ⲡϫⲁϫⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁ-ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲧⲟⲓ ϣⲛ̄ⲧϥ̄
      • the enemy who the soldiers sought
    8. ⲡϩⲁⲧ ⲉⲧⲉ ⲙ̄ⲡⲉ-ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲧⲟⲓ ϭⲛ̄ⲧϥ̄
      • the money which the soldiers didn't find
    9. ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁⲥⲙⲁⲥⲧϥ̄ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲥϩⲁⲓ
      • the one who bore him for her husband
    10. ⲛⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲩ ϣⲁⲣⲟⲛ
      • the ones who brought them to us / the thing which they brought to us
    11. ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲁⲁϥ
      • the thing which you (pl.) did
    12. ⲛⲉⲛⲧⲁⲛϭⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ
      • the things which we found there
    1. ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲧⲁⲥⲃⲱ.
      • Listen to my teaching.
    2. ⲥⲉ-ⲧⲉⲣⲱⲧⲉ, ⲡⲁϣⲏⲣⲉ.
      • Drink the milk, my son.
    3. ⲛⲁ ⲛⲁⲓ, ⲡⲁϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ.
      • Pity me, my lord.
    4. ⲙ̄ⲡⲣ̄ϫⲟⲟⲥ ⲛ̄ ⲗⲁⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲱⲙⲉ.
      • Don't say it to any man.
    5. ϩⲁⲣⲉϩ ⲉ ⲛⲉⲓⲉⲛⲧⲟⲗⲏ ⲧⲏⲣⲟⲩ.
      • Keep all these commandments.
    6. ϣⲙ̄ϣⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ ⲡⲉⲕⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ.
      • Worship the Lord your (ms. sg.) God.
    7. ⲙ̄ⲡⲣ̄ϭⲱ ⲉⲣⲟⲓ.
      • Don't wait for me.
    8. ⲉⲓⲁ-ⲡⲉⲕϩⲟ.
      • Wash your (ms. sg.) face.
    9. ⲙ̄ⲡⲣ̄ⲃⲱⲕ ⲉ ⲧⲉⲣⲏⲙⲟⲥ.
      • Don't go to the desert.
    10. ϩⲁⲣⲉϩ ⲉ ⲧⲁⲯⲩⲭⲏ, ⲡⲁϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ.
      • Preserve my soul, my lord.
    11. ⲙⲁ-ⲛ̄ⲕⲁ ⲛⲓⲙ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲃⲓⲏⲛ.
      • Give everything to the poor.
    12. ϭⲱ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲓ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲩϣⲏ.
      • Stay with me in the night.
    13. ⲁⲛⲓ-ⲥⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲁⲧⲟⲓ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲕ.
      • Bring six soldiers with you (ms. sg.).
    14. ⲙ̄ⲡⲣ̄ϣⲙ̄ϣⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲣ̄ⲣⲟ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲟⲛⲏⲣⲟⲥ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
      • Do not serve that wicked king.
    15. ⲙⲉⲣ-ⲛⲉϥⲟⲩⲉⲣⲏⲧⲉ ϩⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲓⲥⲛⲁⲩϩ.
      • Bind his feet with these fetters.
    16. ϫⲓⲧϥ̄ ϣⲁ ⲡⲁⲣⲭⲓⲉⲣⲉⲩⲥ.
      • Take him to the high priest.
    17. ⲁⲙⲁϩⲧⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ.
      • Seize him.
    18. ⲁⲛⲁⲩ ⲉ ⲡⲣⲏ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲉ.
      • Look at the sun in the sky.
    19. ⲙⲟⲩⲧⲉ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲕⲥⲟⲛ, ⲡϣⲏⲣⲉ.
      • Summon your (ms. sg.) brother, child.
    20. ϩⲁⲣⲉϩ ⲉⲣⲟⲛ ⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲧⲟⲓ.
      • Guard us from the soldiers.
    21. ⲙ̄ⲡⲣ̄ϭⲱ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲁⲙⲧⲟ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
      • Do not remain in my presence.
    22. ϯ ⲛⲁϥ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲕⲟⲩⲓ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲟⲟⲩ.
      • Give him a little water.
    23. ⲁⲣⲓ-ⲡⲁⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲁϩⲉ.
      • Do this like me.
    24. ⲁⲛⲓ-ⲙⲏⲧ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁ.
      • Bring ten men here.
    25. ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓϣ ⲛⲓⲙ ⲁⲣⲓⲣⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉϥϩⲉ.
      • Always behave like him.
    26. ⲁⲙⲏⲉⲓⲧⲛ̄ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲉ ⲡⲉϥⲣ̄ⲡⲉ.
      • Come (pl.) in to his temple.
    27. ⲁⲙⲏ ϣⲁⲣⲟⲓ, ⲧⲁϣⲉⲉⲣⲉ.
      • Come (fm. sg.) to me, my daughter.
    28. ⲁⲩⲱⲛ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲣⲟ.
      • Open the door.
    29. ⲙ̄ⲡⲣ̄ⲧⲉⲙ-ⲡⲣⲟ.
      • Don't close the door.
    30. ϭⲱ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲓ ⲛ̄ ϣⲙⲟⲩⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲧ.
      • Stay with me for eight months.
    1. ⲙ̄ⲡⲟⲩⲉⲓⲙⲉ ⲉ ⲙ̄ⲡⲁⲣⲁⲃⲟⲗⲏ ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥϫⲟⲟⲩ ⲛⲁⲩ.
      • They did not understand the parables which he spoke to them.
    2. ⲁⲩⲁⲙⲁϩⲧⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲧⲟⲓ, ⲁⲩⲙⲟⲣϥ̄, ⲁⲩⲛⲟϫϥ̄ ⲉ ⲡⲉϣⲧⲉⲕⲟ.
      • The soldiers seized him, bound him, and threw him into the prison.
    3. ⲙ̄ⲡⲟⲩⲉⲓⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲡⲙⲏⲏϣⲉ ϫⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟϥ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉⲭⲣⲓⲥⲧⲟⲥ.
      • The crowd did not understand that he was the Christ.
    4. ⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛⲉ ⲛⲁⲓ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲇⲓⲁⲃⲟⲗⲟⲥ. ⲙ̄ⲡⲣ̄ⲥⲟⲧⲙⲟⲩ.
      • These are the words of the devil. Do not listen to them.
    5. ⲁϥⲉⲓⲙⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓϣ ϫⲉ ⲁ-ⲡⲉϥⲉⲓⲱⲧ ⲙⲟⲩ.
      • He understood at that time that his father had died.
    6. ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥϩⲁⲣⲉϩ ⲉⲣⲱⲧⲛ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ϫⲓϫⲉⲉⲩⲉ?
      • Who preserved you (pl.) from the enemies?
    7. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉⲥⲱ, ⲁⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲥ̄ ⲉ ⲡⲏⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲥⲥⲱⲛⲉ.
      • When she became pregnant, she was brought to her sister's house.
    8. ⲁϥϫⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϩⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥϣⲙ̄ϣⲉ.
      • He finished the days of his service.
    9. ⲁⲩⲙⲟⲩⲧⲉ ⲉⲣⲟⲓ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲣⲁⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲁⲙⲁⲁⲩ.
      • They named me after my mother.
    10. ⲁⲩⲙⲟⲩⲧⲉ ⲉ ⲡⲣⲁⲛ ⲙ̄ ⲡϣⲏⲣⲉ ϫⲉ ⲓ̄ⲥ̄.
      • They named the child Jesus.
    11. ⲁⲓϣⲙ̄ϣⲉ ⲛⲁϥ ⲛ̄ ⲥⲁϣϥⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲟⲙⲡⲉ.
      • I served him for seven years.
    12. ⲟⲩⲗⲁⲁⲩ ⲡⲉ ϩⲱⲃ ⲛⲓⲙ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲕⲁⲁⲩ.
      • Every work you (ms. sg.) have done is nothing.
    13. ⲁ-ⲡⲇⲓⲁⲃⲟⲗⲟⲥ ⲛ̄ⲧϥ̄ ⲉ ⲧⲉⲣⲏⲙⲟⲥ.
      • The devil brought him to the wilderness.
    14. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ⲡⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲉⲓⲙⲉ ⲉ ⲛⲁⲥⲃⲱ?
      • Why didn't you (pl.) understand my teachings?
    15. ⲁⲓⲁⲙⲁϩⲧⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ⲧⲏⲣϥ̄.
      • I memorized the whole book.
    16. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲕⲙⲟⲩⲧⲉ ⲉ ⲛⲓⲙ?
      • Who did you (ms. sg.) summon?
    17. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ϭⲛ̄ⲧ ⲛ̄ ⲁϣ ⲛ̄ ϩⲉ?
      • How did you (pl.) find me?
    18. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲕϭⲙ̄-ⲡⲉⲓϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ⲧⲱⲛ?
      • Where did you (ms. sg.) find this book?
    19. ⲟⲩⲁϣ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲓⲛⲉ ⲧⲉ ⲧⲉⲓⲥⲃⲱ?
      • Of what sort is this teaching?

Lesson 18

18.1 The First Present (Pres. I):

ϯⲣⲓⲙⲉI am weeping
ⲕⲣⲓⲙⲉyou (m.s.) are weeping
ⲧⲉⲣⲓⲙⲉyou (f.s.) are weeping
ϥⲣⲓⲙⲉhe is weeping
ⲥⲣⲓⲙⲉshe is weeping
ⲧⲛ̄ⲣⲓⲙⲉwe are weeping
ⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲣⲓⲙⲉyou (pl.) are weeping
ⲥⲉⲣⲓⲙⲉthey are weeping

With nominal subject:

ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲣⲓⲙⲉ.
The man is weeping.
ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ⲟⲩⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲣⲓⲙⲉ.
A man is weeping.

The prefix of the 2nd pers. fem. sing. also appears as ⲧⲉⲣ- or ⲧⲣ̄-. ⲟⲩⲛ̄ must be used to introduce an indefinite nominal subject.

The First Present usually describes action, activity, or process in progress at the time of speaking. It is therefore equivalent to the English progressive present (am weeping, am writing, etc.) except in those English verbs that do not normally use this form (e.g. think, know, see, hear, understand, wish, hope, believe), where its equivalent is the simple present: ϯⲉⲓⲙⲉ I understand, ϯⲛⲁⲩ I see, etc.

The First Present is negated with ⲛ̄ before the subject pronoun and ⲁⲛ after the verb: ⲛ̄ϯⲣⲓⲙⲉ ⲁⲛ I am not weeping. The second pers. ⲛ̄ⲕⲣⲓⲙⲉ ⲁⲛ usually appears as ⲛⲅ̄ⲣⲓⲙⲉ ⲁⲛ, with for by assimilation to the preceding ⲛ̄ and with a shift of the supralinear stroke: ⲛ̄ⲅⲣⲓⲙⲉ to ⲛⲅ̄ⲣⲓⲙⲉ (i.e. from əng- to nəg-). A similar shift of the stroke occurs in the 3rd pers. sing.: ⲛϥ̄ⲣⲓⲙⲉ ⲁⲛ, ⲛⲥ̄ⲣⲓⲙⲉ ⲁⲛ. ⲛ̄ is optional before a nominal subject: (ⲙ̄) ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲣⲓⲙⲉ ⲁⲛ. An indefinite subject requires the negation ⲙⲛ̄; no ⲁⲛ is used: ⲙⲛ̄-(ⲟⲩ)ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲣⲓⲙⲉ no man (or no one) is weeping. As in the negative of predications of existence, the indefinite article is usually omitted if the negation is felt as general rather than particular.

The infinitives ⲃⲱⲕ and ⲉⲓ are not used in the First Present.

With the sole exception of ⲟⲩⲱϣ (to wish, love), the prenominal and presuffixal forms of the infinitive cannot be used in the First Present. Certain compound verbs are an exception to this rule and will be considered in a later lesson.

The pronominal prefixes of the First Present and its negative are also used before adverbial predicates:

ϯϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲓ.
I am in the house.
ⲛ̄ⲥⲉϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲓ ⲁⲛ.
They are not in the house.

18.2 The First Future (Fut. I) is formed by prefixing ⲛⲁ- to the Infinitive. Inflection is exactly like that of the First Present, including its negative:

ϯⲛⲁⲣⲓⲙⲉ, ⲕⲛⲁⲣⲓⲙⲉ...
Neg.ⲛ̄ϯⲛⲁⲣⲓⲙⲉ ⲁⲛ, ⲛⲅ̄ⲛⲁⲣⲓⲙⲉ ⲁⲛ...
ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛⲁⲣⲓⲙⲉ
Neg.(ⲙ̄) ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛⲁⲣⲓⲙⲉ ⲁⲛ
ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ⲟⲩⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛⲁⲣⲓⲙⲉ
Neg.ⲙⲛ̄-ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛⲁⲣⲓⲙⲉ

The First Future corresponds to the English simple future (I shall write, I shall go) or to the intended (planned) future (I am going to write, going to go). The 2nd pers. pl. commonly appears as ⲧⲉⲧⲛⲁ- for expected ⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲁ-.

18.3 The term intransitive as applied to Coptic verbs requires a further comment (cf. §17.4). Coptic has many intransitive verbs, such as verbs of motion (ⲉⲓ, ⲃⲱⲕ, ⲙⲟⲟϣⲉ) and verbs denoting activities involving no direct object (ⲣⲓⲙⲉ, ⲛ̄ⲕⲟⲧⲕ̄, etc.), whose classification is not problematic. But the intransitive use of verbs that are also transitive requires some attention. In certain situations any transitive verb may be used intransitively: the object may be omitted because it is understood from the context, or the speaker may wish to predicate the action of the verb without reference to any particular object (e.g. we plowed all day as opposed to we plowed the field). This usage is as commonplace in Coptic as it is in English and will not be noted in the vocabularies or final glossary. There is another type of intransitive usage, however, that is quite different. Compare the following:

(1)ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉϥϫⲱⲕ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϥϩⲟⲟⲩ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ
when he had completed his days
(2)ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉ-ⲛⲉϥϩⲟⲟⲩ ϫⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ
when his days were completed

(1) is the normal active transitive use of ϫⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ; (2) involves a change in voice from active to passive (or medio-passive, as a more general term). For speakers of English this medio-passive usage offers no problem since many English verbs have the same ambiguity: he closed the door vs. the door closed; he burned the paper vs. the paper burned. In the vocabularies and final glossary the designation intr. before the meaning of a verb whose transitive meaning is given first will always refer to this medio-passive usage. Of the transitive verbs introduced up to this point, the following have important medio-passive uses:

18.4 Infinitives of the type ⲕⲱⲧⲉ (to turn), with stressed -ⲱ- and final unstressed -ⲉ, have the same prenominal and presuffixal forms as the type ⲕⲱⲧ:

ⲕⲱⲧⲉⲕⲉⲧ-ⲕⲟⲧ⸗to turn

ⲛⲟⲩϫⲉ (to throw), with -ⲟⲩ- for -ⲱ- because of initial (cf. p. xvi) also belongs to this type; the infinitive ⲛⲟⲩϫ mentioned in Voc. 14 is a less frequent variant. Infinitives with -ⲱⲱ- and final -ⲉ have similar forms:

ϣⲱⲱϭⲉϣⲉⲉϭⲉ-ϣⲟⲟϭ⸗to strike, wound

18.5 Greek verbs occur frequently in Coptic texts. These have a single fixed infinitive form resembling the Greek imperative form and are inflected like any other Coptic verb. Examples:

ⲡⲓⲥⲧⲉⲩⲉπιστεύωto believe ()
ⲉⲡⲓⲧⲓⲙⲁἐπιτιμάωto rebuke (ⲛⲁ⸗)
ⲡⲉⲓⲣⲁⲍⲉπειράζωto tempt (ⲙ̄ⲙⲟ⸗)
ⲛⲏⲥⲧⲉⲩⲉνηστεύωto fast
ⲁⲣⲭⲓἄρχωto begin (+ ⲛ̄ + Inf.: to begin to do something)

Vocabulary 18

And the Greek verbs in §18.5 above.

Exercises

  1. ⲁ-ⲡⲉϥϩⲱⲃ ϫⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
    • His work was finished.
  2. ⲥⲉⲛⲁⲙⲟⲩϩ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲁϣⲉ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲛⲉⲛⲯⲩⲭⲏ.
    • Our souls will fill with joy.
  3. ⲛ̄ϯⲡⲓⲥⲧⲉⲩⲉ ⲉⲣⲟⲕ ⲁⲛ.
    • I do not believe you (ms. sg.).
  4. ϯⲛⲁϩⲱⲡ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲁⲉⲓⲉ.
    • I will hide in the desert.
  5. ⲁ-ⲡⲇⲓⲁⲃⲟⲗⲟⲥ ⲡⲉⲓⲣⲁⲍⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ ⲛ̄ ⲥⲁϣϥ̄ ⲛ̄ ϩⲟⲟⲩ.
    • The devil tempted him for seven days.
  6. ⲡⲉⲡⲛ̄ⲁ̄ ⲛ̄ ⲁⲕⲁⲑⲁⲣⲧⲟⲛ ⲟⲩⲱϣ ⲁⲛ ⲉ ⲉⲓ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
    • The unclean spirit does not want to come out.
  7. ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓϣ ⲡⲉⲓⲕⲟⲥⲙⲟⲥ ⲧⲏⲣϥ̄ ⲛⲁⲃⲱⲗ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
    • At that time, this whole world will be scattered.
  8. ⲁ-ⲡⲃⲗ̄ⲗⲉ ϫⲟⲟⲥ ϫⲉ ⲛⲁ ⲛⲁⲓ, ⲡⲁϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ.
    • The blind man said, "Pity me, my lord."
  9. ⲁ-ⲡⲛⲁⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥϣⲙ̄ϣⲉ ϫⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
    • The time of his service finished.
  10. ⲛ̄ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲁⲟⲩⲱϩ ⲁⲛ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲓⲭⲱⲣⲁ.
    • We will not settle in this region.
  11. ϯⲙⲉⲉⲩⲉ ϫⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲕ ⲟⲩⲇⲓⲕⲁⲓⲟⲥ ⲡⲉ.
    • I think that you (ms. sg.) are righteous.
  12. ⲛ̄ⲃⲁⲗ ⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲃⲗ̄ⲗⲉⲩⲉ ⲛⲁⲟⲩⲱⲛ.
    • The eyes of the blind will open.
  13. ⲕⲙⲉⲉⲩⲉ ϫⲉ ⲁⲛⲅ̄-ⲛⲓⲙ?
    • Who do you (ms. sg.) think I am?
  14. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲕⲱⲧⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ ϩⲉⲛⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲓⲙⲓⲛⲉ?
    • Why are you (pl.) consorting with men of this sort?
  15. ⲁ-ⲛⲉϥⲥⲛⲁⲩϩ ⲃⲱⲗ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϥⲟⲩⲉⲣⲏⲧⲉ.
    • His fetters loosened from his feet.
  16. ⲁⲩϩⲱⲡ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲛⲉⲥⲛⲏⲩ ⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲧⲟⲓ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲣ̄ⲣⲟ.
    • The brothers hid from the king's soldiers.
  17. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲕⲉⲡⲓⲧⲓⲙⲁ ⲛⲁⲓ?
    • Why are you (ms. sg.) rebuking me?
  18. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲧⲛⲁⲉⲓⲙⲉ ⲁⲛ ⲉ ⲛⲉϥⲡⲁⲣⲁⲃⲟⲗⲏ.
    • You (pl.) will not understand his parables.
  19. ⲛ̄ⲥⲉⲛⲁⲡⲓⲥⲧⲉⲩⲉ ⲉ ⲛⲁϣⲁϫⲉ ⲁⲛ.
    • They will not believe my words.
  20. ⲛ̄ϫⲓϫⲉⲉⲩⲉ ⲛⲁⲕⲱⲧⲉ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲛϯⲙⲉ.
    • The enemies will surround our village.
  21. ⲁ-ⲧⲡⲉ ⲟⲩⲱⲛ, ⲁϥⲉⲓ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲟⲩⲛⲟϭ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓⲛ.
    • The sky opened and a great light came out.
  22. ⲁ-ⲧⲉⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ ⲁⲣⲭⲉⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲓⲙⲉ.
    • The woman began to weep.
  23. ⲙⲉϣⲁⲕ ⲥⲉⲛⲁⲕⲉⲧ-ⲧⲏⲩⲧⲛ̄ ⲉⲡⲁϩⲟⲩ.
    • Perhaps you (pl.) will be turned back.
  24. ⲛ̄ϣⲟⲟⲥ ϩⲁⲣⲉϩ ⲉ ⲛⲉⲥⲟⲟⲩ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲥⲱϣⲉ.
    • The shepherds are guarding the sheep in the field.
  25. ⲁ-ⲛⲉϥⲃⲁⲗ ⲧⲱⲙ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲙⲟⲩ.
    • His eyes closed in death.
  26. ⲥⲉⲛⲁⲟⲩⲱϩ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲕⲱⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲑⲓ̄ⲗ̄ⲏ̄ⲙ̄.
    • They will settle near Jerusalem.
  27. ϯⲛⲁⲛⲉϫ-ⲡⲁϥ ⲉ ⲛⲉⲩϩⲟⲟⲣ.
    • I will throw the meat to the dogs.
  28. ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲁⲙⲟⲩⲧⲉ ⲉⲣⲟϥ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲣⲁⲛ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲉⲓⲱⲧ.
    • We will name him after his father.
  29. ⲁⲛϣⲉⲡ-ⲧⲉⲡⲓⲥⲧⲟⲗⲏ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲕⲥϩⲁⲓ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲥ ⲛⲁⲛ.
    • We received the letter which you (ms. sg.) wrote to us.
  30. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲏⲥⲧⲉⲩⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓϣ ⲛⲓⲙ?
    • Why are you (pl.) always fasting?
  31. ⲁ-ⲛⲉⲥⲃⲁⲗ ⲙⲟⲩϩ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲙ̄ⲉⲓⲟⲟⲩⲉ.
    • Her eyes filled with tears.
  32. ⲛ̄ⲥⲉϩⲓ ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏ ⲁⲛ.
    • They are not on the road.
  33. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲡⲉϩⲣⲟⲟⲩ, ⲁϥϭⲱϣⲧ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
    • When he heard the sound, he looked.
  34. ϯⲣⲓⲙⲉ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϫⲉ ⲁ-ⲡⲁⲥⲟⲛ ⲙⲟⲩ.
    • I am weeping because my brother has died.
  35. ⲁ-ⲧⲉϭⲣⲟⲟⲙⲡⲉ ⲟⲩⲱϩ ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲃⲏⲙⲁ.
    • The dove alighted upon the platform.
  36. ⲥⲉⲙⲉⲉⲩⲉ ϫⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟϥ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉⲭ̄ⲥ̄.
    • They think that he is the Christ.
  37. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲥⲟⲟⲩⲛ̄ ⲁⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲥϩⲁⲓ.
    • You (fm. sg.) do not know how to write.
  38. ⲉⲡⲓⲧⲓⲙⲁ ⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲛⲉⲩⲛⲟⲃⲉ.
    • Rebuke them over their sins.
  39. ⲧⲛ̄ϭⲱϣⲧ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲏⲧϥ̄ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϩⲟⲟⲩ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
    • We are looking forward to that day.
  40. ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥⲟⲩⲱϣ ⲉ ⲛⲏⲥⲧⲉⲩⲉ.
    • He did not want to fast.
  41. ⲁ-ⲡⲉⲡⲛ̄ⲁ̄ ⲉⲓ ⲉⲡⲉⲥⲏⲧ ⲉϫⲱϥ ⲛ̄ ⲑⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩϭⲣⲟⲟⲙⲡⲉ.
    • The spirit came down upon him like a dove.
  42. ⲛⲁⲓ ⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲥϩⲁⲓ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲟⲩ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ.
    • These are the words which he wrote in the book.
  43. ⲛ̄ⲧⲛ̄ⲥⲟⲟⲩⲛ̄ ⲁⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲇ̄ⲁ̄ⲇ̄.
    • We do not know the words of David.
  44. ϯⲥⲟⲟⲩⲛ̄ ϫⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲕ ⲡⲉ ⲡϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ.
    • I know that you (ms. sg.) are the son of God.
  45. ⲁⲩϩⲱⲛ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲉ ⲧⲡⲩⲗⲏ ⲁⲩⲱ ⲁⲩⲧⲟⲙⲥ̄.
    • They approached the gate and closed it.
  46. ⲛⲥ̄ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲓ ⲁⲛ.
    • She is not in the house.
  47. ⲧⲛ̄ⲥⲟⲟⲩⲛ̄ ϫⲉ ⲟⲩⲛⲟϭ ⲧⲉ ⲧⲉϥⲥⲃⲱ.
    • We know that his teaching is great.
  48. ϯⲛⲁⲡⲱⲧ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲏⲧⲟⲩ ⲉ ⲡϫⲁⲉⲓⲉ.
    • I will flee from them to the desert.
  49. ⲁϥϩⲕⲟ ⲉⲙⲁⲧⲉ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϫⲉ ⲁϥⲛⲏⲥⲧⲉⲩⲉ ⲛ̄ ϣⲙⲟⲩⲛ ⲛ̄ ϩⲟⲟⲩ.
    • He became very hungry because he fasted for eight days.
  50. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲧⲉⲓⲭⲏⲣⲁ ⲛ̄ ϩⲏⲕⲉ ⲙⲟⲟϣⲉ ⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲓ?
    • Why is this poor widow walking behind me?
  51. ⲁϥⲁⲣⲭⲓ ⲛ̄ ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲡⲙⲏⲏϣⲉ.
    • He began to speak with the crowd.
  52. ⲁϥⲕⲱⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲕⲉ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
    • He turned away the poor.
  53. ϯⲥⲟⲟⲩⲛ̄ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲕ. ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲕ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲇⲓⲁⲃⲟⲗⲟⲥ.
    • I know you (ms. sg.). You are the devil.
  54. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲕⲡⲉⲓⲣⲁⲍⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲓϩⲉ?
    • Why are you (ms. sg.) tempting me like this?
  55. ⲛ̄ⲥⲉⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲕⲱⲧⲉ ⲁⲛ.
    • They are not around him.
  56. ⲧⲉⲧⲛⲁⲥⲟⲟⲩⲛ̄ ϫⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲓⲣ̄-ⲛⲁⲓ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ-ⲧⲏⲩⲧⲛ̄.
    • You (pl.) will know that it is because of you that I have done these things.
  57. ϯⲛⲁⲱⲡ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϫⲏⲩ ⲉⲧ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲙⲣⲱ.
    • I will count the ships that are in the harbor.
  58. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲛ̄-ⲟⲩⲱϣ ⲉ ⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ, ⲁⲩⲕⲟⲧⲛ̄ ⲉⲡⲁϩⲟⲩ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲛⲏⲓ.
    • When we wished to leave, they turned us back to our house.

Lesson 19

19.1 The relative forms of the First Present and First Future employ the relative pronoun ⲉⲧ, ⲉⲧⲉ. When the relative pronoun is the subject of the relative clause, no further pronominal subject element is required:

ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲣⲓⲙⲉ
the man who is weeping
ⲛⲉⲧ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲛⲁϣⲁϫⲉ
those who hear my words
ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲧⲟⲓ ⲉⲧ ⲛⲁⲁⲙⲁϩⲧⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ
the soldiers who will seize him
ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲛⲁⲉⲓⲛⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡϩⲁⲧ
the men who will bring the silver

When the relative pronoun is not the subject of the relative clause, a subject noun or pronoun and resumptive pronouns are required; the relative pronoun combines with the various subject elements as follows:

ⲉϯwho/which I...
ⲉⲧⲕ̄who/which you...
ⲉⲧⲉ()etc.
ⲉⲧϥ̄
ⲉⲧⲥ̄
ⲉⲧⲛ̄
ⲉⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄
ⲉⲧⲟⲩ(note this form)

With nominal subject:

ⲉⲧⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ
who/which the man...

Study the following examples carefully:

ⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲉϯⲥϩⲁⲓ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲟⲩ
the words which I am writing
ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧⲕ̄ϣⲓⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ⲥⲱϥ
the man whom you are seeking
ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ ⲉⲧⲟⲩⲟⲩⲱϩ ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧⲥ̄
the city in which they are settling
ⲡϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲉⲧϥ̄ⲛⲁⲕⲁⲁϥ ⲛ̄ⲥⲱϥ
the child whom he will leave behind
ⲛⲉⲛⲧⲟⲗⲏ ⲉⲧϥ̄ⲛⲁⲧⲁⲁⲩ ⲛⲁⲛ
the commandments which he will give to us
ⲡϩⲁⲧ ⲉⲧⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲉⲕⲉⲓⲱⲧ ⲛⲁⲧⲁⲁϥ ⲉⲧⲟⲟⲧⲕ̄
the money which your father will entrust to you

When the verb of the relative clause is negative Pres. I or Fut. I, the relative pronoun is ⲉⲧⲉ and subject as well as resumptive pronouns must be expressed in all constructions:

ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ⲥⲉⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲛⲁⲓ ⲁⲛ
the men who do not heed me
ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧⲉ ⲛϥ̄ⲛⲁⲥⲱⲧⲙ ⲛⲁⲓ ⲁⲛ
the man who will not heed me
ⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲉⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲛ̄ⲉⲓⲙⲉ ⲉⲣⲟⲟⲩ ⲁⲛ
the words which we do not understand
ⲛⲉⲧⲙⲉ ⲉⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ⲥⲉⲛⲁⲁⲙⲁϩⲧⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲟⲩ ⲁⲛ
the villages which they will not seize

19.2 The direct object of a transitive verb may be used in a reflexive sense:

ⲁⲓⲛⲟϫⲧ̄ ⲉⲡⲉⲥⲏⲧ ⲉ ⲡⲕⲁϩ.
I threw myself to the ground.
ⲁϥⲉⲓⲁⲁϥ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲙⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲉⲣⲟ.
He washed himself in the water of the river.

Some verbs have special meanings in the reflexive, e.g.

The verb ⲧⲱⲟⲩⲛ occurs optionally with reflexive suffixes: ⲁϥⲧⲱⲟⲩⲛϥ̄ = ⲁϥⲧⲱⲟⲩⲛ (he arose). After stem-final -ⲛ the 2nd pers. masc. sing. suffix -ⲕ often appears as -ⲅ: ⲁⲕⲧⲱⲟⲩⲛⲅ̄ you arose.

The reflexive verb ⲁϩⲉⲣⲁⲧ⸗, to stand, is actually a compound of ⲁϩⲉ (a form of the verb ⲱϩⲉ, to stand) and the preposition ⲉⲣⲁⲧ⸗ to or at the foot/feet of. ⲉⲣⲁⲧ⸗ itself consists of the prep. and the noun ⲣⲁⲧ⸗ foot, which belongs to that small group of nouns that may take pronominal suffixes in a possessive sense: ⲣⲁⲧ my foot, ⲣⲁⲧⲕ̄ your foot, etc.

19.3 Infinitives of the type ⲥⲱⲧⲡ̄, to choose, constitute the largest class of verbs in Coptic and have the following prenominal and presuffixal forms:

ⲥⲱⲧⲡ̄ⲥⲉⲧⲡ̄-ⲥⲟⲧⲡ⸗

When the final consonant of the infinitive is a blmnr consonant, the presuffixal form is usually written with -ⲉ- before the suffixes -ⲧ, -ⲕ, , -ⲥ: ⲥⲟⲧⲙⲉϥ, ⲥⲟⲧⲙⲉⲧ, ⲥⲟⲧⲙⲉⲕ, etc. When the final consonant is , spelling alternates between and -ⲁϩ in the unbound form: ⲟⲩⲱⲛⲁϩ or ⲟⲩⲱⲛϩ̄.

When the second consonant of the Infinitive is ϩ (more rarely ϣ), the presuffixal form may have -ⲁ- instead of -ⲟ-:

ⲟⲩⲱϩⲙ̄ⲟⲩⲉϩⲙ̄-ⲟⲩⲁϩⲙ⸗to repeat
ⲧⲱϩⲙ̄ⲧⲉϩⲙ̄-ⲧⲁϩⲙ⸗to invite

When the infinitive begins with or , -ⲱ- is replaced with -ⲟⲩ-:

ⲙⲟⲩⲟⲩⲧⲙⲉⲩⲧ-ⲙⲟⲟⲩⲧ⸗to kill
ⲛⲟⲩϩⲙ̄ⲛⲉϩⲙ̄-ⲛⲁϩⲙ⸗to rescue

Vocabulary 19

Greek words

Exercises

    1. ⲡⲱⲛⲉ ⲉⲧⲟⲩⲙⲟⲩⲣ ⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲟⲓ ⲉⲣⲟϥ
      • the stone which they are tying the boat to
    2. ⲡϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ⲉϯⲟⲩⲁϣϥ̄
      • the book which I want
    3. ⲡϩⲟⲉⲓⲧⲉ ⲉⲧϥ̄ϯ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ ϩⲓⲱⲱϥ
      • the cloak which he is putting on
    4. ⲡⲉϣⲧⲉⲕⲟ ⲉⲧⲟⲩⲛⲁⲛⲟϫⲕ̄ ⲉⲣⲟϥ
      • the prison which you (ms. sg.) will be thrown into
    5. ⲡⲙⲟⲟⲩ ⲉⲧ ⲙⲟⲩϩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲛϫⲟⲓ
      • the water which is filling our boat
    6. ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲛⲁⲡⲱⲧ ⲉ ⲡϫⲁⲉⲓⲉ
      • the men who will run to the desert
    7. ⲧⲉⲭⲱⲣⲁ ⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧⲥ̄
      • the region which we are in
    8. ⲛⲉⲧ ⲛⲁⲟⲩⲁϩⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ⲥⲱϥ
      • the ones who will follow him
    9. ⲧⲉⲡⲓⲥⲧⲟⲗⲏ ⲉϯⲛⲁⲥϩⲁⲓ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲥ ϣⲁⲣⲟⲕ
      • the letter which I will write to you (ms. sg.)
    10. ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏ ⲉⲧⲟⲩⲙⲟⲟϣⲉ ϩⲓⲱⲱⲥ
      • the road on which they are walking
    11. ⲡⲥⲁϩ ⲉⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲥⲟⲟⲩⲛ̄ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ ⲁⲛ
      • the teacher who you (pl.) do not know
    12. ⲛⲉⲧ ⲛⲁⲁϩⲉⲣⲁⲧⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲙ̄ⲧⲟ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ
      • the ones who will stand in his presence
    13. ⲡⲥⲟⲛ ⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲁⲙⲟⲣϥ̄ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲥⲭⲏⲙⲁ
      • the brother who we will make a monk
    14. ⲡⲣ̄ⲣⲟ ⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲡⲱⲧ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲏⲧϥ̄
      • the king who we are fleeing from
    15. ⲡⲉⲧ ⲟⲩⲱⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲃⲁⲗ ⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲃⲗ̄ⲗⲉⲉⲩ
      • he who is opening the eyes of the blind
    16. ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧϥ̄ⲕⲱⲧⲉ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ
      • the men he is consorting with
    17. ⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲉϯⲟⲩⲉϣ-ⲥⲟⲧⲙⲟⲩ
      • the words which I want to hear
    18. ⲧⲉⲝⲟⲩⲥⲓⲁ ⲉⲧⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ ⲛⲁⲧⲁⲁⲥ ⲛⲁϥ
      • the authority which God will give him
    19. ⲧⲡⲓⲥⲧⲓⲥ ⲉϯϭⲓⲛⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲥ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲓⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ
      • the faith which I find in this woman
    20. ⲧⲉϭⲣⲟⲟⲙⲡⲉ ⲉⲧⲕ̄ⲛⲁⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲣⲟⲥ
      • the dove which you (ms. sg.) will see
    21. ⲧⲉϣⲧⲏⲛ ⲉⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲩϫⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲥ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ
      • the tunic which you (pl.) are throwing away
    22. ⲛⲉⲧϥ̄ⲛⲁⲉⲡⲓⲧⲓⲙⲁ ⲛⲁⲩ
      • the ones he will rebuke
    23. ⲡⲙⲩⲥⲧⲏⲣⲓⲟⲛ ⲉⲧϥ̄ⲛⲁϭⲟⲗⲡϥ̄ ⲛⲁⲛ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ
      • the mystery which he will reveal to us
    24. ⲡⲏⲓ ⲉⲧⲟⲩⲛⲁⲣⲟⲕϩϥ̄ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲧⲟⲓ
      • the house which the soldiers will burn
    25. ⲡⲥⲁϩ ⲉϯⲛⲁⲟⲩⲁϩⲧ̄ ⲛ̄ⲥⲱϥ
      • the teacher who I will follow
    26. ⲛ̄ϫⲓϫⲉⲉⲩⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲕⲱⲧⲉ ⲉ ⲧⲉⲛⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ
      • the enemies who are surrounding our city
    27. ⲡⲃⲏⲙⲁ ⲉⲧϥ̄ⲛⲁⲁϩⲉⲣⲁⲧϥ̄ ϩⲓϫⲱϥ
      • the platform which he will stand on
    28. ⲛⲉⲧ ⲡⲉⲓⲣⲁⲍⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲱⲧⲛ̄
      • the things which are tempting you (pl.)
    29. ⲡⲕⲱϩⲧ̄ ⲉⲧⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ ⲛⲁⲛⲟϫϥ̄ ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲕⲁϩ
      • the fire which God will cast upon the earth
    30. ⲧⲉⲥⲙⲏ ⲉⲧⲉⲣⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉⲣⲟⲥ
      • the voice which you (fm. sg.) hear
    31. ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲧⲟⲓ ⲉⲧ ⲛⲁⲕⲟⲧⲕ̄ ⲉⲡⲁϩⲟⲩ
      • the soldiers who will turn you (ms. sg.) back
    32. ⲡϩⲟⲉⲓⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲃⲣ̄ⲣⲉ ⲉⲧⲥ̄ⲛⲁϣⲟⲡϥ̄
      • the new cloak which she will buy
    33. ⲛⲉⲧ ⲡⲱϩⲧ̄ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ⲛⲁϩⲣⲁⲕ
      • the ones who are bowing in your (ms. sg.) presence
    34. ⲧⲉⲅⲣⲁⲫⲏ ⲉϯⲡⲓⲥⲧⲉⲩⲉ ⲉⲣⲟⲥ
      • the scripture which I believe
    35. ⲡϩⲁⲧ ⲉⲧⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲛⲁϩⲉ ⲉⲣⲟϥ
      • the money which the boy will find
    36. ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧ ϭⲱϣⲧ̄ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲉⲣⲟⲛ
      • the man who is looking in at us
    37. ⲡⲙⲁⲉⲓⲛ ⲉⲧⲟⲩⲛⲁⲟⲩⲟⲛϩϥ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ
      • the sign which will be revealed
    38. ⲧⲉⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ ⲉⲧϥ̄ⲙⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲥ
      • the woman who he loves
    39. ⲡⲉⲥⲙⲟⲧ ⲉⲧϥ̄ⲟⲩⲱⲛϩ̄ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧϥ̄
      • the form in which he is revealing himself
    40. ⲛⲉϩⲟⲟⲩ ⲉⲧⲉⲧⲛⲁⲛⲏⲥⲧⲉⲩⲉ ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧⲟⲩ
      • the days in which you (pl.) will fast
    1. ⲙ̄ⲡⲣ̄ϣⲃ̄-ⲗⲁⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲉⲧⲕ̄ⲛⲁϭⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲩ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ.
      • Don't change any of the words which you (ms. sg.) will find in this book.
    2. ⲁⲩⲛⲟϭ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲩⲥⲧⲏⲣⲓⲟⲛ ⲟⲩⲱⲛϩ̄ ⲛⲏⲧⲛ̄.
      • A great mystery was revealed to you (pl.).
    3. ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϩⲟⲟⲩ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ ⲥⲉⲛⲁϭⲱⲗⲡ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲛϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ.
      • On that day the words of our Lord will become clear.
    4. ⲁϥϣⲃ̄ⲧϥ̄ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲡⲇⲓⲁⲃⲟⲗⲟⲥ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲥⲙⲟⲧ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲁⲅⲅⲉⲗⲟⲥ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓⲛ.
      • The devil changed himself into the form of an angel of light.
    5. ⲁϥϩⲱⲛ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲉ ⲡⲣ̄ⲣⲟ, ⲁϥⲡⲁϩⲧϥ̄, ⲁⲩⲱ ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥϫⲉ-ⲗⲁⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ϣⲁϫⲉ.
      • He approached the king, bowed, and said no words.
    6. ⲁϣ ⲧⲉ ⲧⲉⲓⲥⲙⲏ ⲉϯⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉⲣⲟⲥ?
      • What is this sound I hear?
    7. ⲁϩⲉⲣⲁⲧⲕ̄ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲓ ⲟⲩⲃⲏϥ.
      • Stand with me against him.
    8. ⲁϥϯ ϩⲓⲱⲱϥ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉϣⲧⲏⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲁⲥ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲓⲛⲟϫⲥ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
      • He put on the old tunic which I threw away.
    9. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲕϭⲓⲛⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲁⲥ ⲧⲱⲛ?
      • Where did you (ms. sg.) find this old book?
    10. ⲁⲩⲁϩⲉⲣⲁⲧⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲙⲧⲟ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲛⲟϭ ⲛ̄ ⲣ̄ⲣⲟ.
      • They stood in the presence of the great king.
    11. ⲁϥϫⲟⲟⲥ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲡϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ϫⲉ ⲧⲱⲟⲩⲛⲅ̄, ⲡⲁϣⲏⲣⲉ. ⲙ̄ⲡⲣ̄ⲡⲁϩⲧⲕ̄ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲓϩⲉ.
      • The monk said, "Arise, my child. Do not bow like this."
    12. ⲧⲉⲧⲛⲁⲛⲁⲩ ⲉ ⲛⲉⲧⲉ ⲙ̄ⲡⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲣⲟⲟⲩ ϣⲁ ⲡⲟⲟⲩ.
      • You (pl.) will see the things which you have not seen until now.
    13. ⲥⲉⲛⲁⲣⲟⲕϩⲕ̄ ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲛⲟϭ ⲛ̄ ⲕⲱϩⲧ̄ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϩⲟⲟⲩ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
      • You (ms. sg.) will be burned in a great fire on that day.
    14. ⲁⲩⲧⲱⲟⲩⲛⲟⲩ, ⲁⲩⲕⲟⲧⲟⲩ ⲉϩⲣⲁⲓ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲩϯⲙⲉ.
      • They arose and went back up to their village.
    15. ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥⲕⲟⲧϥ̄ ⲉ ⲁⲗⲉ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲩϫⲟⲓ.
      • He did not get up on their boat again.
    16. ⲙ̄ⲡⲣ̄ⲕⲟⲧⲕ̄ ⲉ ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲁⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲗⲁⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲱⲙⲉ.
      • Do not repeat these things to anyone.

Lesson 20

20.1 The Inflected (Causative) Infinitive.

ⲧⲣⲁⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄that I hear
ⲧⲣⲉⲕⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄that you hear
ⲧⲣⲉⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄etc.
ⲧⲣⲉϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲧⲣⲉⲥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲧⲣⲉⲛⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲧⲣⲉⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄, ⲧⲣⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲧⲣⲉⲩⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲧⲣⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
that the man hear

Negation is with ⲧⲙ̄- placed either before the whole expression or before the infinitive: ⲧⲙ̄ⲧⲣⲁⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ or ⲧⲣⲁⲧⲙ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ that I not hear.

The Inflected Infinitive is used in the following ways:

  1. As a complementary infinitive, with , after appropriate verbs of wishing or commanding when the subject of the infinitive is different from that of the main verb. Contrast

    ϯⲟⲩⲱϣ ⲉ ϭⲱ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁ.
    I want to remain here.
    ϯⲟⲩⲱϣ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲕϭⲱ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁ.
    I want you to remain here.
    ⲧⲛ̄ⲟⲩⲱϣ ⲉⲧⲙ̄ⲧⲣⲉⲕⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
    We want you not to go away.

    It is not incorrect, however, to say ϯⲟⲩⲱϣ ⲉⲧⲣⲁϭⲱ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁ, with no change in subject.

  2. Like the ordinary infinitive with , the Inflected Infinitive is used in a wide range of result or purpose expressions, often corresponding to English "for... to..."

    ⲁ-ⲡⲉⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓϣ ϫⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲛⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
    The time arrived (lit. was fulfilled) for us to leave.
    ⲁϥϯ ⲛⲁϥ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲝⲟⲩⲥⲓⲁ ⲉⲧⲣⲉϥⲛⲟⲩϫⲉ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲛ̄ ϩⲉⲛⲡⲛ̄ⲁ̄ ⲛ̄ ⲁⲕⲁⲑⲁⲣⲧⲟⲛ.
    He gave him the power (for him) to cast out unclean spirits.

    Because of the frequent use of the Inflected Infinitive with , we shall spell this as a single unit, as in the preceding examples.

  3. With the preposition ϩⲛ̄ + the definite article ⲡ- the Inflected Inf. has the force of a temporal clause with "while, as":

    ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲣⲉϥⲙⲟⲟϣⲉ
    while/as he was walking
    ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲣⲉ-ⲡⲟⲩⲏⲏⲃ ϣⲗⲏⲗ
    as the priest was praying

    The tense of such "clauses" depends on the context. They occur frequently after introductory ⲁⲥϣⲱⲡⲉ:

    ⲁⲥϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲇⲉ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲣⲉϥϣⲙ̄ϣⲉ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲣⲡⲉ...
    It happened, however, as he was serving in the temple, that...
  4. After the preposition ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ and without an article the Inflected Inf. is equivalent to a temporal clause with "after":

    ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲧⲣⲁⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲣⲟⲟⲩ
    after I saw them, ...
    ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲧⲣⲉ-ⲡⲉϥⲉⲓⲱⲧ ⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ
    after his father left, ...
  5. The Inflected Inf. is used frequently with the impersonal expressions treated in the following paragraph. Other uses will be taken up in a later lesson.

20.2 Impersonal Expressions. The impersonal use of ⲁⲥϣⲱⲡⲉ was introduced in Vocabulary 9. There are several other impersonal expressions, some verbal, some anomalous, which occur frequently:

  1. ϩⲁⲡⲥ̄ it is necessary (neg. ⲛ̄ ϩⲁⲡⲥ̄ ⲁⲛ), followed by the Inflected Inf. The subject of the infinitive may be anticipated with the preposition ; an untranslatable ⲡⲉ often co-occurs with ϩⲁⲡⲥ̄.

    ϩⲁⲡⲥ̄ (ⲡⲉ) ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲛⲡⲱⲧ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
    It is necessary that we flee.
    ϩⲁⲡⲥ̄ (ⲡⲉ) ⲉⲣⲟⲓ ⲉⲧⲣⲁϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲕ.
    It is necessary that I speak with you.
  2. ⲟⲩⲛ̄-(ϣ)ϭⲟⲙ it is possible; neg.: ⲙⲛ̄-(ϣ)ϭⲟⲙ it is not possible. The subject of a following infinitive may be introduced with ⲙ̄ⲙⲟ⸗, with the Inflected Inf., or both:

    ⲙⲛ̄-ϣϭⲟⲙ ⲉ ⲉⲓⲙⲉ ⲉ ⲛⲉϥϣⲁϫⲉ.
    It is not possible to understand his words.
    ⲙⲛ̄-ϣϭⲟⲙ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲛ ⲉ ⲉⲓⲙⲉ.
    ⲙⲛ̄-ϣϭⲟⲙ (ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲛ) ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲛⲉⲓⲙⲉ.
    It is not possible for us to understand.
  3. ϣϣⲉ (or ⲥϣⲉ) it is appropriate, proper, fitting; neg.: ⲛ̄ ϣϣⲉ ⲁⲛ or ⲙⲉϣϣⲉ. The subject of the infinitive may be anticipated with prep. .

    ϣϣⲉ ⲉⲣⲟϥ ⲉ ⲃⲱⲕ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ.
    It is proper for him to enter.
    ⲛ̄ ϣϣⲉ ⲉⲣⲱⲧⲛ̄ ⲁⲛ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ϭⲱ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁ.
    It is not proper for you to remain here.

    The relative forms ⲡⲉⲧⲉ ϣϣⲉ, ⲛⲉⲧⲉ ϣϣⲉ, what is proper (neg.: ⲡⲉⲧⲉ/ⲛⲉⲧⲉ ⲙⲉϣϣⲉ) are often used as substantives.

  4. ⲣ̄-ⲁⲛⲁ⸗ to please, used impersonally with subject ⲥ- and an object suffix, or with a personal subject and a reflexive suffix. The suffix on ⲁⲛⲁ⸗ is required; a nominal object is anticipated by a suffix and introduced with ⲛ̄.

    Study the following examples:

    ⲁⲥⲣ̄-ⲁⲛⲁϥ ⲉⲧⲣⲉϥⲉⲓ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲓⲕⲟⲥⲙⲟⲥ.
    It pleased him to come (i.e. he came willingly) into this world.
    ⲁⲥⲣ̄-ⲁⲛⲁϥ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲙⲏⲏϣⲉ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲩⲛⲁⲩ ⲉ ⲡⲁⲓ.
    It pleased the crowd (for them) to see this.
    ⲁⲓⲣ̄-ⲁⲛⲁⲓ ⲉⲧⲣⲁⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲛⲉⲕϣⲁϫⲉ.
    It pleased me to hear your words.

    Note also the partially synonymous verb ⲣ̄-ϩⲛⲁ⸗ to be willing, desire, which is used only with a personal subject and reflexive suffix:

    ⲁⲓⲣ̄-ϩⲛⲁⲓ ⲉⲧⲣⲁⲥϩⲁⲓ ⲛⲁⲕ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲓϣⲁϫⲉ.
    I wanted to write to you (about) these things.

    ⲣ̄-ϩⲛⲁ⸗ is not used in the First Present; ⲣ̄-ⲁⲛⲁ⸗ has no such restriction.

20.3 The verb ⲡⲉϫⲉ-, ⲡⲉϫⲁ⸗, followed by its subject, is equivalent to ϫⲱ in the First Perfect, but is used only to report speech, with ϫⲉ:

ⲡⲉϫⲉ-ⲡϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ϫⲉ...
The old man said, "...
ⲡⲉϫⲁϥ ⲛⲁⲓ ϫⲉ...
He said to me, "...

20.4 Infinitives of the types ⲥⲟⲗⲥⲗ̄, to console, and ϣⲧⲟⲣⲧⲣ̄, to disturb, have the following prenominal and presuffixal forms:

ⲥⲟⲗⲥⲗ̄ⲥⲗ̄ⲥⲗ̄-ⲥⲗ̄ⲥⲱⲗ⸗
ϣⲧⲟⲣⲧⲣ̄ϣⲧⲣ̄ⲧⲣ̄-ϣⲧⲣ̄ⲧⲱⲣ⸗

With the exceptions of the infinitives treated below in Lesson 26, the remaining types of transitive infinitives do not constitute regular classes of any significant size. The following verbs of minor types have occurred in the lessons up to this point:

ϣⲙ̄ϣⲉϣⲙ̄ϣⲉ-ϣⲙ̄ϣⲏⲧ⸗to serve
ⲥϩⲁⲓⲥⲉϩ-ⲥϩⲁⲓ⸗to write
ⲥⲟⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲥⲟⲩⲛ̄-ⲥⲟⲩⲱⲛ⸗to know
ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲟⲩⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲉⲩ-ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲟⲩ⸗to send

When the presuffixal form of the infinitive ends in a diphthong, as in ⲥϩⲁⲓ⸗ and ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲟⲩ⸗, the object suffix of the 3rd pers. pl. regularly appears as -ⲥⲟⲩ: ⲥϩⲁⲓⲥⲟⲩ to write them, ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲟⲩⲥⲟⲩ to send them. The -ⲥ- of this form sometimes appears also before other suffixes, e.g. ⲥϩⲁⲓⲥϥ̄ to write it.

Vocabulary 20

Greek words:

And the impersonal expressions ϩⲁⲡⲥ̄, ϣϣⲉ, ⲟⲩⲛ̄-(ϣ)ϭⲟⲙ, ⲙⲛ̄-(ϣ)ϭⲟⲙ.

Exercises

    1. ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲧⲣⲉ-ⲡϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲃⲣ̄ⲣⲉ ⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ
      • after the young boy went away
    2. ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲣⲉⲩ-ϭⲱⲗⲡ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲓⲙⲩⲥⲧⲏⲣⲓⲟⲛ
      • as these mysteries were revealed
    3. ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲣⲉ-ⲡⲟⲩⲏⲏⲃ ⲁϩⲉⲣⲁⲧϥ̄ ϩⲓⲣⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲣⲡⲉ
      • as the priest stood in the entrance of the temple
    4. ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲧⲣⲉⲥϩⲁⲓⲥⲟⲩ ϩⲓϫⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ
      • after you (fm. sg.) wrote them in the book
    5. ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲣⲉⲩⲛⲟⲩϫⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲥⲱⲙⲁ ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲕⲱϩⲧ̄
      • as his body was thrown onto the fire
    6. ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲧⲣⲉⲛⲥⲗ̄ⲥⲱⲗⲟⲩ
      • after we consoled them
    7. ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲣⲉ-ⲡⲇⲓⲁⲃⲟⲗⲟⲥ ⲡⲉⲓⲣⲁⲍⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲛⲟϭ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲣⲁⲥⲙⲟⲥ
      • while the devil tempted him with a great temptation
    8. ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲧⲣⲉϥⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲉⲣⲓⲧ ϣⲁⲣⲟⲛ
      • after he sent his beloved son to us
    9. ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲧⲣⲉϥⲟⲩⲟⲛϩϥ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϥⲙⲁⲑⲏⲧⲏⲥ
      • after he revealed himself to his disciples
    10. ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲧⲣⲁⲡⲁϩⲧ̄ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲙ̄ⲧⲟ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ
      • after I bowed in his presence
    11. ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲣⲉϥⲥⲱ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲁⲡⲟⲧ ⲛ̄ ⲁⲥ
      • as he drank from the old cup
    12. ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲧⲣⲉ-ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲧⲟⲓ ⲣⲉⲕϩ̄-ⲛⲉⲛⲏⲓ
      • after the soldiers burned our houses
    1. ϩⲁⲡⲥ̄ ⲡⲉ ⲉⲣⲟⲛ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲛⲣ̄-ⲡⲉⲧⲉ ϣϣⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓϣ ⲛⲓⲙ.
      • It is necessary for us always to do what is proper.
    2. ⲛⲁⲓ ⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲉⲧⲕ̄ⲛⲁⲥϩⲁⲓⲥⲟⲩ ⲛⲁϥ.
      • These are the words which you (ms. sg.) will write to him.
    3. ⲡⲉϫⲉ-ⲡϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ϫⲉ ⲟⲩⲛⲟϭ ⲧⲉ ⲧⲉⲕⲡⲓⲥⲧⲓⲥ, ⲡⲁϣⲏⲣⲉ.
      • The monk said, "Your (ms. sg.) faith is great, my child."
    4. ϣϣⲉ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲛϣⲙ̄ϣⲏⲧϥ̄ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓϣ ⲛⲓⲙ.
      • It is proper for us to serve him always.
    5. ϩⲁⲡⲥ̄ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲛϭⲱ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲣⲟⲙⲡⲉ.
      • It is necessary for us to stay here this year.
    6. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲟⲩⲧ ϣⲁⲣⲱⲧⲛ̄ ⲉⲧⲣⲁϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲏⲧⲛ̄.
      • It was to speak with you (pl.) that he sent me to you.
    7. ⲡⲉϫⲉ-ⲓ̄ⲥ̄ ⲛⲁϥ ϫⲉ ϯⲟⲩⲁϣϥ̄.
      • Jesus said to him, "I want it."
    8. ⲁⲥϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲇⲉ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲣⲉϥⲛⲁⲩ ⲉ ⲛⲁⲓ, ⲁϥⲡⲁϩⲧϥ̄, ⲁϥϣⲧⲟⲣⲧⲣ̄.
      • It happened that as he saw these things he prostrated himself and became troubled.
    9. ⲙⲛ̄-ϭⲟⲙ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲓ ⲉⲧⲣⲁϣⲙ̄ϣⲏⲧⲕ̄.
      • It is impossible for me to serve you (ms. sg.).
    10. ϩⲁⲡⲥ̄ ⲉⲣⲟⲕ ⲡⲉ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲕⲥⲗ̄ⲥⲗ̄-ⲧⲙⲁⲁⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡϣⲏⲣⲉ.
      • It is necessary for you (ms. sg.) to console the boy's mother.
    11. ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥϯ ⲛⲁϥ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲝⲟⲩⲥⲓⲁ ⲉⲧⲣⲉϥⲉⲓⲣⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲓϩⲃⲏⲩⲉ?
      • Who gave him the authority to do these deeds?
    12. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲛⲁϣⲁϫⲉ, ⲁϥϣⲧⲟⲣⲧⲣ̄, ⲁϥⲙⲉⲕⲙⲟⲩⲕϥ̄.
      • When he heard my words, he became troubled and pondered.
    13. ϯ-ⲟⲩⲱϣ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲕϭⲱ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲓ ⲛ̄ ϣⲟⲙⲛ̄ⲧ ⲛ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲧ.
      • I want you (ms. sg.) to stay with me for three months.
    14. ϣϣⲉ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲩⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲩϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ.
      • It is proper for them to obey the words of their master.
    15. ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ϣϭⲟⲙ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲛ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲛⲥⲗ̄ⲥⲱⲗϥ̄.
      • It is possible for us to console him.
    16. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ϩⲉ ⲉ ⲧⲉⲓⲅⲣⲁⲫⲏ ⲛ̄ ⲁⲥ ⲧⲱⲛ?
      • Where did you (pl.) find this old writing?
    17. ⲛ̄ ϩⲁⲡⲥ̄ ⲁⲛ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲛⲡⲱϩ ⲉ ⲡϯⲙⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲟⲟⲩ.
      • It is not necessary for us to reach the village today.
    18. ⲟⲩ ⲡⲉⲧⲟⲩⲛⲁⲁⲁϥ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲣⲉⲩⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲧⲉϥⲥⲙⲏ?
      • What will they do when they hear his voice?
    19. ⲁ-ⲧⲉϥⲥⲃⲱ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲟⲛⲏⲣⲟⲛ ϣⲧⲣ̄ⲧⲣ̄-ⲡⲁⲣⲭⲓⲉⲡⲓⲥⲕⲟⲡⲟⲥ ⲉⲙⲁⲧⲉ.
      • His wicked teaching disturbed the archbishop very much.
    20. ⲁ-ϯⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲕⲟⲩⲓ ⲛ̄ ϫⲟⲓ ⲉⲓ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲉ ⲧⲉⲙⲣⲱ.
      • Five small boats came in to the harbor.
    21. ⲥϣⲉ ⲉⲣⲟⲓ ⲉⲧⲣⲁϭⲱ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲉ.
      • It is proper for me to stay with you (fm. sg.).
    22. ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲁⲥⲡ̄ⲥⲱⲡϥ̄ ⲉⲧⲣⲉϥⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲟⲩϥ̄ ⲉⲣⲟⲛ.
      • We will entreat him to send it to us.
    23. ⲙⲛ̄-ϣϭⲟⲙ ⲉ ⲥⲟⲗⲥⲗ̄ ⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲁⲡⲓⲥⲧⲟⲥ.
      • It is impossible to console the faithless.
    24. ⲁⲥϣⲱⲡⲉ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲣⲉϥⲉⲓⲙⲉ ⲉ ⲛⲉⲩⲙⲟⲕⲙⲉⲕ, ⲁϥⲁⲣⲭⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲉⲡⲓⲧⲓⲙⲁ ⲛⲁⲩ.
      • It happened that when he understood their thoughts he began to rebuke them.
    25. ⲡⲉϫⲁⲓ ⲛⲁϥ ϫⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲕ̄-ⲟⲩⲇⲓⲕⲁⲓⲟⲥ.
      • I said to him, "You (ms. sg.) are righteous."
    26. ⲥⲉⲛⲁϫⲛⲟⲩϥ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲧⲉⲝⲟⲩⲥⲓⲁ ⲉⲧϥ̄ⲛⲁⲧⲁⲁⲥ ⲛⲁⲩ.
      • They will ask him about the authority which he will give them.
    27. ⲙⲉϣϣⲉ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲩⲉⲓ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲣⲡⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲓϩⲉ.
      • It is not proper for them to come into the temple like this.
    28. ϯⲙⲟⲥⲧⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲕ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲕϣⲁϫⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲟⲛⲏⲣⲟⲛ.
      • I hate you (ms. sg.) and your (ms. sg.) wicked words.
    29. ⲁⲩϫⲛⲉ-ⲟⲩϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ϫⲉ ⲁϣ ⲧⲉ ⲧⲡⲓⲥⲧⲓⲥ?
      • They asked a monk, "What is faith?"
    30. ⲁⲥϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲇⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲧⲣⲉϥⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ, ⲁⲩⲁⲣⲭⲓ ⲛ̄ ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲉⲓⲛ ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲁⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲩⲙⲏⲧⲉ.
      • It happened that after he left, they began to speak about the miracles which he performed in their midst.
    31. ⲙ̄ⲡⲣ̄ⲙⲉⲥⲧⲉ-ⲗⲁⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲱⲙⲉ.
      • Hate no man.
    32. ⲁⲓⲥⲡ̄ⲥⲱⲡϥ̄ ⲉⲧⲣⲉϥⲟⲩⲱϣⲃ̄ ⲛⲁⲓ.
      • I begged him to answer me.
    33. ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥⲕⲱ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲟⲩ ⲉ ϫⲉ-ⲗⲁⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ϣⲁϫⲉ.
      • He did not allow them to say any words.
    34. ⲁⲩⲟⲩⲱϣⲃ̄ ⲛⲁϥ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲡⲥⲟⲛ ⲥⲛⲁⲩ ϫⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲛⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲣⲟϥ ϩⲓ ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏ.
      • The two brothers answered him, "It was on the road that we saw him."
    35. ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲁϫⲛⲟⲩϥ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲡⲉϥⲧⲟⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ ϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲡⲉⲩⲁⲅⲅⲉⲗⲓⲟⲛ.
      • We will ask him about the four books of the gospel.

Lesson 21

21.1 The Imperfect.

ⲛⲉⲓⲕⲱⲧI was building
ⲛⲉⲕⲕⲱⲧyou were building
ⲛⲉⲣⲉⲕⲱⲧetc.
ⲛⲉϥⲕⲱⲧ
ⲛⲉⲥⲕⲱⲧ
ⲛⲉⲛⲕⲱⲧ
ⲛⲉⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲕⲱⲧ
ⲛⲉⲩⲕⲱⲧ
ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲕⲱⲧ
the man was building

The Imperfect is optionally, but often, followed by an untranslatable ⲡⲉ: ⲛⲉⲓⲕⲱⲧ ⲡⲉ, ⲛⲉⲕⲕⲱⲧ ⲡⲉ, etc. Negation is with ⲁⲛ: ⲛⲉⲓⲕⲱⲧ ⲁⲛ (ⲡⲉ), ⲛⲉⲕⲕⲱⲧ ⲁⲛ (ⲡⲉ), etc.

The Imperfect is used to describe an action, activity, or process as in progress in past time and is normally the equivalent of the English past progressive unless idiom requires the simple past, e.g. ⲛⲉⲩⲥⲟⲟⲩⲛ̄ they knew (not: they were knowing). It also often conveys the meaning of habitual or recurring activity in the past: they used to build, they would build.

Relative clauses containing an Imperfect are introduced with the relative pronoun ⲉⲧⲉ or, more frequently, with ⲉ- prefixed directly to the verbal form:

ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧⲉ ⲛⲉϥⲙⲟⲟϣⲉ ϩⲓ ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏ
ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲛⲉϥⲙⲟⲟϣⲉ ϩⲓ ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏ
the man who was walking on the road
ⲡⲏⲓ ⲉⲧⲉ ⲛⲉⲩⲕⲱⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ
ⲡⲏⲓ ⲉⲛⲉⲩⲕⲱⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ
the house which they were building

Pronominal resumption of the subject is required. In general, the prenominal and suffixal (prepronominal) forms of the infinitive may not be used in the Imperfect.

21.2 The Qualitative. Many verbs possess a second lexical form known as the qualitative. The qualitative describes a state or quality resulting from the action, activity, or process expressed by the Infinitive; it is most conveniently taken as equivalent to English "to be" plus an adjective. The qualitative of transitive verbs is passive from the English point of view. E.g.

Inf.ⲕⲱⲧto buildQ.ⲕⲏⲧto be built (i.e. in a fully constructed state)
Inf.ϩⲱⲡto hideQ.ϩⲏⲡto be hidden, secret

The form of the qualitative is more or less predictable for verbs belonging to the main classes:

  1. type

    ⲕⲱⲧ:Q.ⲕⲏⲧ
    ⲙⲟⲩⲣ:Q.ⲙⲏⲣ
    ⲏⲡto be reckoned, ascribed to ()
    ϫⲏⲕ (ⲉⲃⲟⲗ)to be finished, done, perfect
    ⲃⲏⲗto be loosened, undone, untied, dissolved
    ϣⲏⲡto be received, acceptable
    ⲙⲏϩ, ⲙⲉϩto be full
    ⲟⲩⲏϩto live, dwell, be
    ⲙⲏⲣto be bound
    ⲧⲏⲙto be shut
    ⲟⲩⲏⲛto be open
  2. type

    ⲕⲱⲧⲉ:Q.ⲕⲏⲧ
    ⲛⲟⲩϫⲉ:Q.ⲛⲏϫ
    ⲕⲏⲧto be turned, turning, circulating
    ⲛⲏϫto be lying, reclining (esp. at table); to be
  3. type

    ⲙⲓⲥⲉ:Q.ⲙⲟⲥⲉ
    ⲙⲟⲥⲉto be born
    ϣⲟⲃⲉto be different, various
  4. type

    ⲥⲱⲧⲡ̄:Q.ⲥⲟⲧⲡ̄
    ⲡⲱϩⲧ̄:Q.ⲡⲁϩⲧ̄
    ⲟⲩⲟⲛϩ̄to be manifest, clear, plain
    ϭⲟⲗⲡ̄to be known, revealed, clear
    ⲣⲟⲕϩ̄to be burned, destroyed by fire
    ⲡⲁϩⲧ̄to be prostrated, bowing
  5. type

    ⲥⲟⲗⲥⲗ̄:Q.ⲥⲗ̄ⲥⲱⲗ
    ϣⲧⲟⲣⲧⲣ̄:Q.ϣⲧⲣ̄ⲧⲱⲣ
    ⲥⲗ̄ⲥⲱⲗto be consoled
    ϣⲧⲣ̄ⲧⲱⲣto be disturbed, upset

Otherwise, there is some irregularity:

ⲕⲱ:Q.ⲕⲏto be situated, lying; to be
ⲥϩⲁⲓ:Q.ⲥⲏϩto be in writing, written
ⲥⲓ:Q.ⲥⲏⲩto be sated, full

Note that ⲕⲏ, ⲛⲏϫ, and ⲟⲩⲏϩ may all correspond to English "to be" when location or position is involved.

The qualitative is a verb and may stand in place of the Infinitive in the First Present and the Imperfect, together with their negative and relative forms. It is especially important to keep in mind that the qualitative does not express a passive action (cf. §13.4); it describes the state that the subject is (or was) in:

ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲣⲟ ⲧⲏⲙ ⲡⲉ.The door was shut.
ⲛ̄ϯϣⲧⲣ̄ⲧⲱⲣ ⲁⲛ.I am not disturbed.
ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛⲏϫ ϩⲓ ⲡⲕⲁϩ.The man is lying on the ground.
ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲙⲏⲣthe men who are bound

The qualitative may not be used in any of the other conjugations introduced up to this point, including the various constructions with the Infinitive and Inflected Infinitive.

21.3 Prepositional phrases with ϩⲛ̄ + a noun with the indefinite article occur very frequently as adverbs:

ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩϫⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗcompletely
ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩϣⲥ̄ⲛⲉsuddenly
ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩϭⲉⲡⲏhurriedly
ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲙⲉtruly
ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲣⲁϣⲉjoyfully
ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩϩⲓⲥⲉwith difficulty, anxiously
ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩϣⲧⲟⲣⲧⲣ̄agitatedly

For ϣⲥ̄ⲛⲉ, ⲙⲉ, and ϭⲉⲡⲏ see the Vocabulary below.

Vocabulary 21

Exercises

    1. ⲧⲉⲭⲱⲣⲁ ⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲟⲩⲏϩ ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧⲥ̄
      • the region which we are in
    2. ⲧⲡⲁⲣⲑⲉⲛⲟⲥ ⲉⲧ ⲥⲙⲁⲙⲁⲁⲧ
      • the blessed virgin
    3. ⲑⲗ̄ⲗⲱ ⲉⲧ ⲥⲏϭ
      • the paralyzed old woman
    4. ⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲉⲧ ϩⲏⲡ
      • the hidden words
    5. ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲏⲡ ⲉ ⲧⲉⲓⲭⲱⲣⲁ
      • the men who are ascribed to this region
    6. ⲡⲱⲛⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲕⲏ ϩⲓⲣⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲁⲫⲟⲥ
      • the stone which is at the entrance of the tomb
    7. ⲡⲛⲟⲃⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲕⲏ ⲛⲉ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ
      • the sin which is forgiven you (fm. sg.)
    8. ⲛⲉⲛⲧⲟⲗⲏ ⲉⲧ ⲥⲏϩ ϩⲓ ⲡⲉⲓϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ
      • the commandments written in this book
    9. ⲡⲙⲁ ⲉⲧⲟⲩⲛⲏϫ ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧϥ̄
      • the place in which they are reclining
    10. ⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲉⲧ ϭⲟⲗⲡ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲛⲁⲛ
      • the words which are known to us
    11. ⲛⲉⲛⲉⲓⲟⲧⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲥⲙⲁⲙⲁⲁⲧ
      • our blessed ancestors
    12. ⲡⲗⲁⲟⲥ ⲉⲧ ⲥⲗ̄ⲥⲱⲗ
      • the consoled people
    13. ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛⲓⲙ ⲉⲧ ⲥⲏϩ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲛⲟⲙⲟⲥ
      • every word written in the law
    14. ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲏϫ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲏⲓ ⲉ ⲟⲩⲱⲙ
      • the man in whose house we are reclined to eat
    15. ⲡⲱⲛⲉ ⲉⲧⲉ ⲛⲉⲓϩⲙⲟⲟⲥ ϩⲓϫⲱϥ
      • the stone which I was sitting upon
    16. ⲡϩⲓⲥⲉ ⲉⲧⲉ ⲛⲉⲛϩⲁⲣⲟϥ
      • the affliction which we were under
    1. ⲛⲉϥⲥⲟⲗⲥⲗ̄ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲡⲥⲁϩ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϥⲙⲁⲑⲏⲧⲏⲥ.
      • The teacher was consoling his students.
    2. ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲛⲉϫⲏⲩ ⲕⲏ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲙⲣⲱ.
      • The boats were in the harbor.
    3. ⲛⲉⲛⲙⲟⲥⲧⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲟⲩ ⲉⲙⲁⲧⲉ.
      • We hated them very much.
    4. ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲗⲁⲟⲥ ϣⲙ̄ϣⲉ ⲛⲁϥ ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲣⲁϣⲉ.
      • The people / nation were serving him joyfully.
    5. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲛⲉⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲙⲟⲕⲙⲉⲕ ⲙ̄ⲙⲱⲧⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲓϩⲉ?
      • Why were you (pl.) thinking like this?
    6. ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲙ̄ⲡⲏⲩⲉ ⲙⲉϩ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓⲛ.
      • The heavens were filling with light.
    7. ⲧⲉⲓⲉⲕⲕⲗⲏⲥⲓⲁ ⲛⲁⲙⲟⲩⲛ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϣⲁ ⲉⲛⲉϩ.
      • This church will endure forever.
    8. ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲉⲩⲏⲓ ⲕⲏⲧ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲟⲣⲓⲛⲏ.
      • Their house was constructed in the hill country.
    9. ϩⲁⲡⲥ̄ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲕⲡⲱⲧ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩϭⲉⲡⲏ.
      • It is necessary for you (ms. sg.) to flee hurriedly.
    10. ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲉϥϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲥⲏϭ.
      • His son was paralyzed.
    11. ⲁⲥϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲇⲉ ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩϣⲥ̄ⲛⲉ ⲁⲩⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉⲩⲛⲟϭ ⲛ̄ ϩⲣⲟⲟⲩ.
      • It happened that suddenly they heard a great voice.
    12. ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲟⲩⲏⲏⲃ ϣⲧⲣ̄ⲧⲱⲣ ⲉⲙⲁⲧⲉ.
      • The priest was very troubled.
    13. ⲛⲁⲓ ⲛⲉ ⲛⲉϥϣⲁϫⲉ ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲙⲉ.
      • These are truly his words.
    14. ⲛⲉⲛⲥⲏⲩ ⲁⲛ.
      • We were not full.
    15. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲩϣⲧⲟⲣⲧⲣ̄ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲉⲓⲛ ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲁⲁⲩ.
      • It was on account of the miracles which he performed that they became troubled.
    16. ⲛⲉⲕⲛⲟⲃⲉ ⲧⲏⲣⲟⲩ ⲕⲏ ⲛⲁⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
      • All your (ms. sg.) sins are forgiven you.
    17. ⲛϥ̄ⲛⲁⲙⲟⲩⲛ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲁⲛ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲡⲉⲓⲕⲟⲥⲙⲟⲥ.
      • This world will not last.
    18. ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲉϥϩⲱⲃ ϫⲏⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲛⲁⲙⲉ.
      • His work was truly finished.
    19. ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲓⲱϩⲁⲛⲛⲏⲥ ⲟⲩⲏϩ ϩⲓϫⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲣⲏⲙⲟⲥ.
      • John was in the desert.
    20. ⲛⲉⲩⲡⲁϩⲧ̄ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲙⲧⲟ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲣ̄ⲣⲟ.
      • They were bowing in the presence of the king.
    21. ϣⲙ̄ϣⲏⲧϥ̄ ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲛⲟϭ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲁϣⲉ.
      • Serve him very joyfully.
    22. ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲛⲟϭ ⲛ̄ ⲣ̄ⲡⲉ ⲧⲏⲙ.
      • The doors of the great temple were closed.
    23. ϣϣⲉ ⲉⲣⲱⲧⲛ̄ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲛⲉⲓⲉⲛⲧⲟⲗⲏ.
      • It is proper for you (pl.) to obey these commandments.
    24. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲡⲉϥⲁⲥⲡⲁⲥⲙⲟⲥ, ⲁⲛϭⲉⲡⲏ ⲉⲣⲁⲧϥ̄.
      • When we heard his greeting, we hurried to him.
    25. ⲛⲉⲓϩⲙⲟⲟⲥ ϩⲓϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲕⲣⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲑⲁⲗⲁⲥⲥⲁ.
      • I was sitting on the shore of the sea.
    26. ⲙⲛ̄-ϣϭⲟⲙ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲓ ⲉⲧⲣⲁⲟⲩⲱϣⲃ̄ ⲉⲣⲟⲕ.
      • It is impossible for me to answer you (ms. sg.).
    27. ⲛⲉⲛⲙⲟⲟϣⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓϣ ϩⲓ ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏ ⲉ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ.
      • Once, we were walking on the road to the city.
    28. ⲁⲥϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲇⲉ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲣⲉⲩϫⲛⲟⲩϥ, ⲁϥⲟⲩⲱϣⲃ̄ ⲛⲁⲩ ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩϩⲓⲥⲉ.
      • It happened that when they asked him, he answered them anxiously.
    29. ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲁⲥⲙⲟⲩ ⲉ ⲡⲉϥⲣⲁⲛ ϣⲁ ⲛⲓⲉⲛⲉϩ.
      • We will bless his name forever.
    30. ⲁ-ⲡⲉⲓϣⲱⲛⲉ ⲥⲟϭϥ̄ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϥⲟⲩⲉⲣⲏⲧⲉ.
      • This illness paralyzed his feet.
    31. ⲧⲉⲛⲟⲩ ϯⲥⲟⲟⲩⲛ̄ ϫⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲕ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉⲭ̄ⲥ̄.
      • Now I know that you (ms. sg.) are the Christ.
    32. ⲧⲁⲓ ⲧⲉ ⲛⲁⲙⲉ ⲧⲉⲩⲛⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲙⲟⲩ.
      • This is truly the hour of his death.
    33. ⲁⲩⲡⲱⲧ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲩⲛⲟⲩ ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲕⲣⲟ.
      • Immediately, they ran onto the shore.
    34. ϣⲁ ⲧⲉⲛⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ⲡⲉⲛⲕⲟⲧⲛ̄ ⲉ ⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲣⲟϥ.
      • We have not seen him again until now.
    35. ϯⲛⲁϭⲱ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁϥ ⲛ̄ ⲥⲁϣϥ̄ ⲛ̄ ϩⲟⲟⲩ.
      • I will stay with him for seven days.
    36. ⲙ̄ⲡⲓϣⲁϫⲉ ⲉⲛⲉϩ ⲙⲛ̄ ϩⲟⲉⲓⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲓⲙⲓⲛⲉ.
      • I never spoke with some of this type.

Lesson 22

22.1 Possession is predicated by the use of ⲟⲩⲛ̄- and ⲙⲛ̄- compounded with the preposition ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ, ⲛ̄ⲧⲁ⸗. There are two sets of forms:

(A)(B)
ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲓⲟⲩⲛ̄ϯ-I have
ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲕⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲕ̄-you have
ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲉ-etc.
ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧϥ̄-
ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲥⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲥ̄-
ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲛⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲛ̄-
ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲏⲧⲛ̄ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄-
ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲩⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲩ-
ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ
the man has

And similarly for the negative: (A) ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲓ I do not have; (B) ⲙⲛ̄ϯ-. Set (B) is actually a reduced proclitic form of (A). Both sets may be accompanied by an untranslatable ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ (there).

If the possessor is pronominal (i.e. suffixal), an immediately following object is unmarked:

(A) ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥ ⲟⲩⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ.
(B) ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧϥ̄-ⲟⲩⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ.
He has a wife.

But if some word intervenes (and this is possible only in set A), the object is marked with ⲛ̄ (ⲙ̄ⲙⲟ⸗).

(A) ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ.
He has a wife.

If the possessor is a noun, the object is usually not marked:

ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲟⲩⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ.
The man has a wife.

Pronominal objects are used only with set (A) and are attached directly to the subject suffixes. These are generally limited to the third person forms:

m.s., -ⲥϥ̄
f.s.-ⲥ
ⲥ.pl.-ⲥⲟⲩ

as in ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲓϥ̄, ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲓⲥϥ̄ I have it (m.), ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲕⲥ̄ you have it (f.), ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥⲥⲟⲩ he has them.

We have seen that the genitive is expressed with ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ after indefinite nouns (ⲟⲩϩⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲡⲣ̄ⲣⲟ), nouns with demonstrative prefixes (ⲡⲉⲓϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲡⲁⲥⲟⲛ), and nouns with a following modifier (ⲡϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲛ̄ ϭⲁⲗⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ). ⲛ̄ⲧⲁ⸗ is used similarly when the possessor is pronominal:

ⲟⲩϩⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲓ
a servant of mine
ⲡⲉⲓϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲕ
this book of yours
ϣⲟⲙⲛ̄ⲧ ⲛ̄ ϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥ
three sons of his

ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ, ⲛ̄ⲧⲁ⸗ may be used predicatively:

ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ⲟⲩⲛⲟϭ ⲛ̄ ⲏⲓ ⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥ.
He has a large house.
ⲡⲏⲓ ⲉⲧ ⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥ
the house that belongs to him

ϣⲟⲟⲡ ⲛⲁ⸗ is also sometimes used to predicate possession:

ⲙⲛ̄-ϩⲁⲧ ϣⲟⲟⲡ ⲛⲁⲓ.
I have no money.

The occasional use of ⲙ̄ⲙⲟ⸗ to indicate possession should also be noted. We have already seen an instance of this in the idiom ⲟⲩⲛ̄-/ⲙⲛ̄-ϭⲟⲙ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟ⸗ lit., there is/is-not power in.

22.2 Possessive pronouns, corresponding to English mine, yours, his, hers, etc., are formed by adding the appropriate pronominal suffix to m.s. ⲡⲱ⸗, f.s. ⲧⲱ⸗, c.pl. ⲛⲟⲩ⸗; thus, ⲡⲱⲓ, ⲡⲱⲕ, ⲡⲱ, ⲡⲱϥ, ⲡⲱⲥ, ⲡⲱⲛ, ⲡⲱⲧⲛ̄, ⲡⲱⲟⲩ, and similarly for ⲧⲱ⸗ and ⲛⲟⲩ⸗. When used as predicates of ⲡⲉ- sentences, they serve to predicate possession:

ⲛ̄ϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧⲉ ⲛⲟⲩϥ ⲛⲉ
the books which are his
ⲡⲱⲓ ⲡⲉ.
It is mine.
ⲡⲉⲓϫⲟⲓ ⲡⲱϥ ⲡⲉ.
This ship is his.
ⲛⲟⲩⲕ ⲛⲉ.
They are yours.
ⲧⲱⲕ ⲧⲉ.
It (f.) is yours.

The proclitic pronouns ⲡⲁ-, ⲧⲁ-, and ⲛⲁ- are used to express "that of, that which pertains or belongs to". Number and gender are determined by an understood or expressed antecedent. The exact meaning must be gained from the context:

ⲛⲁ-ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ
the affairs of my father
ⲛⲉϥϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛⲁ-ⲡⲉϥⲥⲟⲛ
his children and those of his brother
ⲛⲁ-ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ
the inhabitants of the city
ⲛⲁ-ⲧⲉⲓⲙⲓⲛⲉ
people of this sort

22.3 The qualitative (continued). Many intransitive verbs of motion or position (e.g. ⲙⲟⲟϣⲉ, ⲁϩⲉⲣⲁⲧ⸗, ϩⲙⲟⲟⲥ) do not have a strong contrast in meaning between infinitive and qualitative, the process and state involved being about the same thing. ⲁϩⲉ and ϩⲙⲟⲟⲥ are in fact qualitative forms that have usurped the role of the infinitives ⲱϩⲉ and ϩⲙ̄ⲥⲉ for all practical purposes. But note the following:

Inf.Q.
ⲃⲱⲕⲃⲏⲕto be going, be on the way there
ⲉⲓⲛⲏⲩto be coming, be on the way here, be about to come, be about to arrive
ⲡⲱⲧⲡⲏⲧto be fleeing, running, in pursuit
ϩⲱⲛϩⲏⲛto be near, nigh, at hand
ϭⲱϭⲉⲉⲧto remain, wait, stay, be
ⲙⲟⲩⲛⲙⲏⲛto be enduring, lasting, continual
ⲁⲗⲉⲁⲗⲏⲩto be riding, mounted

The infinitives ⲉⲓ and ⲃⲱⲕ may not be used in the First Present and Imperfect; only the qualitatives ⲛⲏⲩ and ⲃⲏⲕ appear in these conjugations. For the other verbs the qualitative is preferred, but the infinitive is also found. The future nuance of ⲛⲏⲩ is especially noteworthy.

There are many intransitive verbs for which the infinitive and qualitative bear a "becoming"/"being" relationship to each other:

Inf.ϣⲱⲡⲉto become, come into existence
Q.ϣⲟⲟⲡto be, to exist
Inf.ⲱⲱto become pregnant
Q.ⲉⲉⲧto be pregnant

Included among these are many verbs with -ⲟ- or -ⲁ- in the final stem syllable:

Inf.ⲛ̄ϣⲟⲧto become hard
Q.ⲛⲁϣⲧ̄to be hard
Inf.ⲟⲩϫⲁⲓto become well
Q.ⲟⲩⲟϫto be well
Inf.ϩⲕⲟto become hungry
Q.ϩⲕⲁⲉⲓⲧto be hungry
Inf.ⲁⲓⲁⲓto increase
Q.ⲟⲓto be great
Inf.ⲟⲩⲟⲡto become holy
Q.ⲟⲩⲁⲁⲃto be holy

Vocabulary 22

Exercises

    1. ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲛ ⲉⲓⲣⲏⲛⲏ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁ.
      • We have no peace here.
    2. ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲉ-ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ ϣⲙⲟⲩⲛ ⲛ̄ ϫⲟⲓ.
      • My father has eight boats.
    3. ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲓ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲕⲟⲩⲓ ⲛ̄ ϩⲁⲧ.
      • I have a little money.
    4. ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥ ϩⲁϩ ⲛ̄ ϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ.
      • He has many books.
    5. ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲩ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲥⲟⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲉⲥⲟⲟⲩ.
      • They have six sheep.
    6. ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲩ-ⲟⲉⲓⲕ.
      • They don't have bread.
    7. ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧϥ̄-ⲟⲩϩⲟⲉⲓⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲁⲥ.
      • He has an old cloak.
    8. ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩϩⲁⲓ?
      • Do you (fm. sg.) have a husband?
    9. ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲥ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲥⲁϣϥ̄ ⲛ̄ ϣⲏⲣⲉ.
      • She has seven children.
    10. ⲟⲩⲛ̄ϯ-ⲟⲩϣⲧⲏⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲃⲣ̄ⲣⲉ.
      • I have a new tunic.
    1. ⲡⲉⲓϭⲗⲟϭ ⲡⲱⲓ ⲡⲉ. ⲙ̄ ⲡⲱⲕ ⲁⲛ ⲡⲉ.
      • This bed is mine. It is not yours (ms. sg.).
    2. ⲡⲁϫⲟⲓ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲡⲁ-ⲡⲁⲥⲟⲛ
      • my boat and that of my brother
    3. ⲛⲁ-ⲡϣⲁ
      • the matters of the festival
    4. ⲡⲉϥⲧⲁⲫⲟⲥ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛⲁ-ⲛⲉϥⲉⲓⲟⲧⲉ
      • his tomb and those of his ancestors
    5. ⲡⲁⲟⲉⲓⲕ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲡⲁ-ⲛⲁϣⲃⲉⲉⲣ
      • my bread and that of my friends
    6. ⲧⲉⲓⲥⲏϥⲉ ⲧⲱⲕ ⲧⲉ.
      • This sword is yours (ms. sg.).
    7. ⲛⲉⲓⲁⲡⲏⲧ ⲛⲟⲩⲟⲩ ⲛⲉ.
      • These cups are theirs.
    8. ⲡⲛⲟⲩϩ ⲡⲱⲛ ⲡⲉ.
      • The rope is ours.
    9. ⲡⲉⲛⲏⲓ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲡⲁ-ⲧⲉⲭⲏⲣⲁ
      • our house and that of the widow
    10. ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲃ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲱ ⲁⲛ ⲡⲉ.
      • The gold is not yours (fm. sg.).
    1. ⲁⲩⲱ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲩⲛⲟⲩ ⲁϥⲟⲩϫⲁⲓ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲡⲉⲧ ϣⲱⲛⲉ.
      • And immediately the sick man became well.
    2. ⲡⲟⲩⲣⲁⲛ ⲛⲁⲟⲩⲟⲡ ϫⲓⲛ ⲧⲉⲛⲟⲩ ϣⲁ ⲉⲛⲉϩ.
      • Your (fm. sg.) name will become hallowed from now to eternity.
    3. ⲁϥⲁⲓⲁⲓ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ϩⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϥϩⲟⲟⲩ.
      • The man increased in his days (i.e., he got older).
    4. ⲁⲛⲕⲟⲧⲛ̄ ⲉ ⲕⲏⲙⲉ ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩϭⲉⲡⲏ.
      • We returned to Egypt hurriedly.
    5. ⲡϩⲱⲃ ⲁϥⲙ̄ⲕⲁϩ ⲉⲙⲁⲧⲉ ⲉϫⲱⲛ.
      • The task became very difficult for us.
    6. ⲛⲥ̄ⲙⲟⲧⲛ̄ ⲁⲛ ⲉⲣⲟⲛ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲛϥⲓ ϩⲁ ⲛⲉⲓⲙ̄ⲕⲟⲟϩ.
      • It is not easy for us to tolerate these difficulties.
    7. ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥⲥⲉ-ⲏⲣⲡ̄ ⲉⲛⲉϩ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲁϩⲉ ⲧⲏⲣϥ̄.
      • He did not ever drink wine in his whole life.
    8. ⲁ-ⲡϩⲏⲧ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲣ̄ⲣⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲕⲏⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ϣⲟⲧ ⲟⲩⲃⲏⲩ.
      • The heart of the king of Egypt became hardened against them.
    9. ⲥⲉⲟⲩⲟϫ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲛⲉⲕϣⲏⲣⲉ.
      • Your (ms. sg.) children are well.
    10. ⲛⲉϥϣⲁϫⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϥϩⲃⲏⲩⲉ ⲛⲁϣⲧ̄.
      • His words and his works are harsh.
    11. ⲥⲙⲟⲕϩ̄ ⲉⲧⲣⲁⲡⲓⲥⲧⲉⲩⲉ ⲉ ⲛⲉⲕϣⲁϫⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛⲁ-ⲛⲉⲕϣⲃⲉⲉⲣ.
      • It is difficult for me to believe your (ms. sg.) words and those of your friends.
    12. ⲁϥⲙⲟⲩϩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲡ̄ⲛ̄ⲁ̄ ⲉⲧ ⲟⲩⲁⲁⲃ.
      • He became filled with the holy spirit.
    13. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲛ̄ⲡⲱϩ ⲉ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ, ⲁ-ⲡⲁϩⲏⲧ ⲙ̄ⲧⲟⲛ.
      • When we reached the city, my heart became relieved.
    14. ⲥϩⲁⲓ ⲛⲁⲛ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲡⲉⲕⲟⲩϫⲁⲓ.
      • Write to us about your (ms. sg.) health.
    15. ϯⲛⲁⲥⲙⲟⲩ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲕⲣⲁⲛ ⲉⲧ ⲟⲩⲁⲁⲃ.
      • I will bless your (ms. sg.) holy name.
    16. ⲛⲉⲛϫⲓϫⲉⲉⲩⲉ ⲟϣ.
      • Our enemies are many.
    17. ⲡⲁⲁϩⲉ ϫⲏⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
      • My life is finished.
    18. ⲡⲣⲟ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲏⲓ ⲟⲩⲏⲛ.
      • The door of his house is open.
    19. ⲡⲉϥⲣⲁⲛ ⲟⲓ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲓⲭⲱⲣⲁ ⲧⲏⲣⲥ̄.
      • His name is great in this whole region.
    20. ⲁⲩⲕⲁ-ⲡⲉϥⲑⲣⲟⲛⲟⲥ ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲃⲏⲙⲁ.
      • His throne was set upon the platform.
    1. ⲛⲉⲛϩⲧⲱⲱⲣ ϩⲕⲁⲉⲓⲧ.
      • Our horses are hungry.
    2. ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲓ̄ⲥ̄ ⲁⲗⲏⲩ ⲉϫⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲉⲓⲱ.
      • Jesus was mounted upon a donkey.
    3. ⲧⲉϥⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ ⲉⲉⲧ.
      • His wife is pregnant.
    4. ⲛⲉⲩϭⲉⲉⲧ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲩⲥⲩⲅⲅⲉⲛⲏⲥ.
      • They were staying with their relatives.
    5. ⲛⲉⲩⲉⲥⲟⲟⲩ ⲛⲉⲩϣⲟⲟⲡ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲥⲱϣⲉ ⲡⲉ.
      • Their sheep were in the field.
    6. ⲧϭⲓϫ ⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ ⲛⲉⲥϣⲟⲟⲡ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁϥ ⲡⲉ.
      • The hand of the Lord was with him.
    7. ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲉϩⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲥⲙⲓⲥⲉ ϩⲏⲛ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ.
      • The day of her labor was at hand.
    8. ⲡϩⲏⲅⲉⲙⲱⲛ ⲛⲏⲩ ⲉ ⲣⲁⲕⲟⲧⲉ.
      • The governor is coming to Alexandria.
    9. ⲛⲉϥϣⲟⲟⲡ ⲇⲉ ⲡⲉ ϩⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ϫⲁⲓⲉ ϣⲁ ⲡⲉϩⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲟⲩⲱⲛϩ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲓ̄ⲏ̄ⲗ̄.
      • He was in the deserts until the day of his appearance to / in Israel.
    10. ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ϩⲁϩ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲡⲏⲧ ϩⲓ ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏ.
      • Many men were running on the road.
    11. ⲛ̄ϯ-ϩⲕⲁⲉⲓⲧ ⲁⲛ.
      • I am not hungry.
    12. ⲛⲉⲩϣⲟⲟⲡ ⲇⲉ ⲡⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲥⲛⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲇⲓⲕⲁⲓⲟⲥ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲙⲧⲟ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ.
      • They were both righteous in the presence of God.
    13. ⲛ̄ϣⲟⲟⲥ ⲃⲏⲕ ⲉ ⲡϯⲙⲉ.
      • The shepherds are going to the village.
    14. ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ϩⲁϩ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲃ̄ⲧ ϩⲛ̄ ⲑⲁⲗⲁⲥⲥⲁ.
      • There are many fish in the sea.
    15. ⲡⲙⲟⲛⲁⲭⲟⲥ ⲛⲉϥϩⲙⲟⲟⲥ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲉϥⲣⲓ.
      • The monk was sitting down in his cell.
    16. ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲧⲟⲓ ⲁⲗⲏⲩ ϩⲓϫⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲟⲓ.
      • The soldiers are riding on the boat.
    17. ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲟⲩⲏⲏⲃ ϣⲗⲏⲗ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲓⲉⲓ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ.
      • The priest was praying when I came in.
    18. ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲟⲩⲛⲟϭ ⲛ̄ ⲥⲏϥⲉ ϩⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϥϭⲓϫ.
      • A great sword was in his hands.
    19. ⲡⲛⲟⲙⲟⲥ ⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ ⲙⲏⲛ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϣⲁ ⲛⲓⲉⲛⲉϩ.
      • The law of the Lord endures forever.
    20. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉϥⲛⲁⲩ ϫⲉ ⲥⲉⲉⲧ, ⲁϥⲛ̄ⲧⲥ̄ ⲉ ⲡⲉϥⲏⲓ.
      • When he saw that she was pregnant, he brought her to his house.

Lesson 23

23.1 The Circumstantial.

ⲉⲓⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄I, hearing
ⲉⲕⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄you, hearing
ⲉⲣⲉⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄etc.
ⲉϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲉⲥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲉⲛⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲉⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲉⲩⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
the man, hearing

The Circumstantial is used only in subordinate clauses modifying either a particular element of the main clause or the main clause as a whole. Such clauses describe an activity or state existing simultaneously with the time designated by the verb of the main clause and do not, in themselves, have a tense. They correspond to various English constructions: nominative absolutes, participial modifiers, or temporal clauses with "as, while, when" and a progressive verb form. Typical uses in Coptic include

  1. subject complement:

    ⲉⲓⲁϩⲉⲣⲁⲧ ϩⲁϩⲧⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲣⲡⲉ, ⲁⲓⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲩⲛⲟϭ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲏⲏϣⲉ.
    Standing near the temple, I saw a great crowd.
  2. object complement:

    ⲁⲩϩⲉ ⲉ ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉϥϩⲙⲟⲟⲥ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲁⲅⲟⲣⲁ.
    They found the man sitting in the marketplace.
    ⲁⲛⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲣⲟⲟⲩ ⲉⲩⲙⲟⲟϣⲉ ϩⲓ ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏ.
    We saw them walking on the road.
  3. complement to the entire main clause:

    ⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲉⲛⲥⲁϩ ϫⲱ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲓϣⲁϫⲉ, ⲁⲩⲛⲟϭ ⲛ̄ ϣⲡⲏⲣⲉ ϣⲱⲡⲉ.
    As our teacher was saying these things, a great wonder occurred.

If the context requires it, circumstantial clauses may also be translated as causal, concessive, or conditional clauses.

There are several important special uses of circumstantial clauses in Coptic:

  1. They are regularly used as relative clauses to modify an indefinite antecedent. Contrast

    ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲉⲓⲙⲉ ⲉ ⲛⲁϣⲁϫⲉ
    the man who understands my words
    ⲟⲩⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉϥⲉⲓⲙⲉ ⲉ ⲛⲁϣⲁϫⲉ
    a man who understands my words

    Such indefinite antecedents include ⲗⲁⲁⲩ, ⲟⲩⲁ, ⲟⲩⲟⲛ, and ϩⲟⲉⲓⲛⲉ. Further examples will be found in the exercises.

  2. Certain verbs are regularly followed by the Circumstantial of a complementary verb:

    ⲁⲩⲙⲟⲩⲛ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲉⲩϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲩϣⲏ ⲧⲏⲣⲥ̄.
    They continued talking the whole night.
    ⲁⲥⲗⲟ ⲉⲥⲣⲓⲙⲉ.
    She stopped crying.
  3. The Circumstantial of ϫⲱ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲥ ϫⲉ is regularly used to introduce direct quotation after appropriate verbs:

    ⲁϥⲟⲩⲱϣⲃ̄ ⲛⲁⲩ, ⲉϥϫⲱ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲥ ϫⲉ...
    He answered them, saying...

The Circumstantial is not negated. Instead, the circumstantial prefix ⲉ-, also called the circumstantial converter, is added to the negative of the First Present:

ⲉ-ⲛϯⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲁⲛ
I, not hearing
ⲉ-ⲛⲅ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲁⲛ
you, not hearing

After ⲉ- the syllabic pronunciation of is given up; the stroke is not needed, but is sometimes retained.

23.2 Nouns as adjectives. In Coptic, as in English, a large number of nouns may do double duty as adjectives (cf. pencil sharpener, bookstore, brick wall, etc.). The order is reversed in Coptic, with the modifying noun second, preceded by the adjectival linking ⲛ̄ (ⲙ̄):

ⲟⲩⲁⲡⲟⲧ ⲛ̄ ϩⲁⲧ
a silver cup
ⲟⲩⲙⲁ ⲛ̄ ϫⲁⲉⲓⲉ
a desert place
ⲡⲉϥⲥⲙⲟⲧ ⲛ̄ ⲥⲱⲙⲁ
his corporeal form (lit. body-form)
ⲟⲩⲉⲓⲉⲣⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲕⲱϩⲧ̄
a fiery river

Such items are very frequent, but not as freely formed as their English counterparts. In some cases two translations are possible: ⲟⲩⲁⲡⲟⲧ ⲛ̄ ⲏⲣⲡ̄ a wine cup or a cup of wine. Note that, as with adjectives, the construction differs from the genitive by the absence of an article on the second noun.

Several words form a large number of compounds whose meanings are more or less completely predictable. Among these are

A glance through the final Glossary will provide dozens of further examples.

The nouns ⲣⲱⲙⲉ and ⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ often occur redundantly in this construction; the order of the nouns may be reversed:

ⲧⲉϥⲥⲱⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ
his sister (lit., woman-sister)
ⲡϩⲁⲙϣⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲱⲙⲉ
the carpenter (lit., man-carpenter)
ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ ϫⲁϫⲉ
the enemy (lit., enemy-man)

Noun-noun modification does not always correspond exactly to English idiom, but little difficulty will be met in translating these constructions. Most of them will not be given separate listing in the vocabularies or Glossary.

Vocabulary 23

Greek words:

Exercises

    1. ⲟⲩⲟⲩϩⲟⲣ ⲉϥⲙⲟⲟⲩⲧ
      • a dead dog
    2. ⲟⲩⲥⲩⲛⲁⲅⲱⲅⲏ ⲉⲥⲕⲏⲧ ϩⲁϩⲧⲛ̄ ⲧⲁⲅⲟⲣⲁ
      • a synagogue built beside the marketplace
    3. ⲟⲩⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉϥⲟⲩⲏϩ ϩⲓ ⲡϫⲁⲉⲓⲉ
      • a man living in the desert
    4. ⲟⲩϩⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ ⲉ-ⲛϥ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲁⲛ ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲡⲉϥϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ
      • a slave who does not obey his master
    5. ⲟⲩϣⲏⲣⲉ ϣⲏⲙ ⲉϥϯ ⲟⲩⲃⲉ ⲡⲉϥⲥⲟⲛ
      • a little boy who fights with his brother
    6. ⲟⲩϩⲗ̄ⲗⲱ ⲉⲥⲥⲏϭ
      • an old woman who is paralyzed
    7. ⲟⲩϩⲏⲧ ⲉϥⲛⲁϣⲧ̄
      • a hardened heart
    8. ⲟⲩⲉⲓⲣⲏⲛⲏ ⲉ-ⲛⲥ̄ⲙⲏⲛ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲁⲛ
      • a peace which is not enduring
    9. ⲟⲩⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ ⲉⲥⲉⲉⲧ
      • a pregnant woman
    10. ϩⲉⲛϩⲏⲕⲉ ⲉⲩϩⲕⲁⲉⲓⲧ
      • some poor people who are hungry
    11. ⲟⲩϩⲓⲏ ⲉ-ⲛⲥ̄ⲙⲟⲧⲛ̄ ⲁⲛ
      • a road which is not easy
    12. ⲟⲩⲡⲛ̄ⲁ̄ ⲉϥⲟⲩⲁⲁⲃ
      • a holy spirit
    13. ⲡⲉⲥⲟⲩⲟ ⲉⲧ ⲕⲏ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲁⲡⲟⲑⲏⲕⲏ
      • the grain which is in the barn
    14. ⲟⲩⲙⲏⲏϣⲉ ⲉϥⲟϣ
      • a numerous crowd
    15. ⲟⲩⲙⲁⲧⲟⲓ ⲉϥⲁⲗⲏⲩ ⲉϫⲛ̄ ⲟⲩϩⲧⲟ
      • a soldier riding on a horse
    1. ϩⲉⲛϣⲁϫⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲉ
      • true words
    2. ⲟⲩⲣⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲃⲉⲛⲓⲡⲉ
      • an iron door
    3. ⲟⲩⲥ⳨ⲟ̄ⲥ̄ ⲛ̄ ϣⲉ
      • a wooden cross
    4. ⲟⲩⲏⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲱⲛⲉ
      • a stone house
    5. ϩⲉⲛⲥⲛⲁⲩϩ ⲛ̄ ⲃⲉⲛⲓⲡⲉ
      • iron fetters
    6. ⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲉⲧⲁⲛⲟⲓⲁ
      • the repentant words / the words of repentance
    7. ⲡⲁⲙⲁ ⲛ̄ ϣⲱⲡⲉ
      • my dwelling-place
    8. ⲟⲩⲥⲙⲟⲧ ⲛ̄ ⲁⲅⲅⲉⲗⲟⲥ
      • an angelic form
    9. ⲧⲡⲓⲥⲧⲓⲥ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲉ
      • the true faith
    10. ⲟⲩⲥⲏϥⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲕⲱϩⲧ̄
      • a fiery sword / a sword of fire
    11. ⲟⲩⲙⲩⲥⲧⲏⲣⲓⲟⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ
      • a divine mystery
    12. ⲡⲉⲛⲙⲁ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲱⲙ
      • our refectory
    13. ϩⲉⲛⲙⲁⲧⲟⲓ ⲛ̄ ϫⲁϫⲉ
      • some enemy soldiers
    14. ⲟⲩⲁⲡⲟⲧ ⲛ̄ ⲉⲣⲱⲧⲉ
      • a milk-cup / a cup of milk
    15. ⲟⲩⲙⲁ ⲛ̄ ϩⲁⲣⲉϩ
      • a guardhouse
    1. ⲉⲛϩⲙⲟⲟⲥ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲁⲅⲟⲣⲁ, ⲁⲛⲛⲁⲩ ⲉ ⲡϩⲏⲅⲉⲙⲱⲛ ⲉϥϩⲱⲛ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ.
      • As we were sitting in the market, we saw the governor approaching.
    2. ϯⲛⲁϭⲱ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁ ⲉⲓϭⲱϣⲧ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲏⲧϥ̄ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϩⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ.
      • I will stay here, looking forward to the day of the Lord.
    3. ⲉⲣⲉ-ⲛⲉⲥⲛⲏⲩ ⲙⲟⲟϣⲉ ⲉ ⲑⲉⲛⲉⲉⲧⲉ, ⲁⲩϩⲉ ⲉⲩⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉϥⲙⲟⲟⲩⲧ ⲉϥⲕⲏ ϩⲓϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲕⲁϩ.
      • As the brothers were walking to the monastery, they found a dead man on the ground.
    4. ⲁⲩⲙⲟⲩⲛ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲉⲩⲉⲓⲛⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲥⲟⲩⲟ ⲉ ⲧⲁⲡⲟⲑⲏⲕⲏ.
      • They continued bringing the grain to the barn.
    5. ⲁⲗⲱⲧⲛ̄! ⲛ̄ϯⲟⲩⲱϣ ⲁⲛ ⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ϩⲉⲛϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲓⲙⲓⲛⲉ.
      • Stop! (pl.) I do not want to hear words of this sort.
    6. ⲁⲛⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲣⲟϥ ⲉϥⲃⲏⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲛ̄ ⲑⲉⲛⲉⲉⲧⲉ.
      • We saw him leaving the monastery.
    7. ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲛ ⲥⲟⲩⲟ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲛⲁⲡⲟⲑⲏⲕⲏ, ⲁⲗⲗⲁ ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲛ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ϩⲁϩ ⲛ̄ ϣⲉ.
      • We have no grain in our barn, but we have much wood.
    8. ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲁⲧⲁⲡⲣⲟ, ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϫⲉ ϩⲉⲛⲙⲉ ⲛⲉ.
      • Listen to the words of my mouth, because they are true.
    9. ⲁⲓⲛⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲟⲩϩⲟⲣ ⲉϥϥⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲕⲟⲩⲓ ⲛ̄ ϭⲣⲟⲟⲙⲡⲉ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲉϥⲧⲁⲡⲣⲟ.
      • I saw a dog carrying a little dove in its mouth.
    10. ⲁⲩⲉⲓ ϣⲁⲣⲟϥ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲛⲉⲧ ⲟⲩⲏϩ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲉⲣⲓⲭⲱⲣⲟⲥ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲓⲟⲣⲇⲁⲛⲏⲥ ⲧⲏⲣⲟⲩ.
      • All the ones who dwell in the region of the Jordan came to him.
    11. ⲛⲁⲓ ⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ⲣⲁⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲥⲛⲏⲩ ⲉⲧ ⲏⲡ ⲉ ⲕⲏⲙⲉ.
      • These are the names of the brothers who are ascribed to Egypt (i.e., who are Egyptian).
    12. ⲛⲉⲓⲥⲟⲟⲩⲛ̄ ⲁⲛ ⲡⲉ ϫⲉ ⲛⲉⲓϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ⲛⲟⲩⲕ ⲛⲉ.
      • I didn't know that these books were yours (ms. sg.).
    13. ⲉⲛϩⲏⲛ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲉ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ, ⲁⲛⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲩⲙⲏⲏϣⲉ ⲉϥⲟϣ ⲉϥⲡⲏⲧ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲓⲧⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲩⲗⲏ.
      • When we were near the city, we saw a numerous crowd running out through the gate.
    14. ⲉϥⲙⲟⲟϣⲉ ϩⲁϩⲧⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲣⲡⲉ, ⲁϥⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲩⲃⲗ̄ⲗⲉ ⲛ̄ ϩⲏⲕⲉ ⲉϥϯ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥϩⲱⲃ ⲛ̄ ϭⲓϫ.
      • Walking beside the temple, he saw a poor blind man selling his handicraft.
    15. ⲙⲛ̄-ϭⲟⲙ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲛ ⲉ ⲛⲟⲩϫⲉ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲛ̄ ϩⲉⲛⲇⲁⲓⲙⲱⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲁⲕⲁⲑⲁⲣⲧⲟⲛ.
      • It is impossible for us to cast out unclean demons.
    16. ⲁϥⲟⲩⲱ ⲉϥⲥϩⲁⲓ ⲁⲩⲱ ⲁϥϭⲱϣⲧ̄ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲉ ⲡⲣⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉϥⲣⲓ.
      • He stopped writing and glanced at the door of his cell.
    17. ϩⲁⲡⲥ̄ ⲉⲣⲟⲛ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲛⲗⲟ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁ.
      • It is necessary for us to depart from here.
    18. ⲁⲥϭⲱ ⲉⲥⲣⲓⲙⲉ ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲙⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲥⲙⲉⲣⲓⲧ ⲛ̄ ϩⲁⲓ.
      • She kept weeping over the death of her beloved husband.
    19. ⲁϥⲗⲟ ⲉϥⲉⲓⲛⲉ ⲛⲁⲛ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥϩⲱⲃ ⲛ̄ ϭⲓϫ.
      • He stopped bringing us his handiwork.
    20. ⲓ̄ⲥ̄ ⲇⲉ, ⲉϥϫⲏⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲙ̄ ⲡ̄ⲛ̄ⲁ̄ ⲉϥⲟⲩⲁⲁⲃ, ⲁϥⲕⲟⲧϥ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲓⲟⲣⲇⲁⲛⲏⲥ, ⲉϥⲙⲟⲟϣⲉ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲡ̄ⲛ̄ⲁ̄ ϩⲓ ⲧⲉⲣⲏⲙⲟⲥ ⲛ̄ ϩⲁϩ ⲛ̄ ϩⲟⲟⲩ, ⲉⲩⲡⲉⲓⲣⲁⲍⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ ϩⲓⲧⲙ̄ ⲡⲇⲓⲁⲃⲟⲗⲟⲥ, ⲁⲩⲱ ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥⲟⲩⲉⲙ-ⲗⲁⲁⲩ ϩⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϩⲟⲟⲩ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲟⲩϫⲱⲕ ⲇⲉ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ, ⲁϥϩⲕⲟ.
      • Jesus, perfect in the Holy Spirit, returned from the Jordan, walking in the spirit in the wilderness for many days, being tempted by the devil, and he did not eat anything in those days. When they were completed, he became hungry.
    21. ⲁⲓϩⲙⲟⲟⲥ ⲉⲓⲥϩⲁⲓ ⲛ̄ ϣⲟⲙⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲛⲟⲩ.
      • I sat down writing for three hours.
    22. ⲁⲩⲙⲟⲩⲛ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲉⲩⲣⲓⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲩϣⲏ ⲧⲏⲣⲥ̄.
      • They kept weeping for the whole night.
    23. ⲙ̄ⲡⲉⲛϭⲱ ⲉⲛϣⲗⲏⲗ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲛⲁⲓ.
      • We did not continue praying when we heard these things.
    24. ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲩⲛⲟⲩ ⲁⲥⲟⲩⲱ ⲉⲥϣⲱⲛⲉ ⲁⲩⲱ ⲁⲥⲟⲩϫⲁⲓ.
      • Immediately, she ceased being sick and became well.
    25. ⲁⲓⲗⲟ ⲉⲓϯ ⲛ̄ ϩⲉⲛⲟⲉⲓⲕ ⲛⲁⲩ.
      • I stopped giving bread to them.
    26. ⲁϥϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ ⲉϥⲉⲡⲓϯⲙⲁ ⲛⲁⲩ.
      • He spoke with them, rebuking them.
    27. ⲙⲛ̄-ⲟⲩϫⲁⲓ ϣⲟⲟⲡ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ⲥⲉⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲁⲛ ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲛⲉϥⲉⲛⲧⲟⲗⲏ.
      • The ones who do not obey his commandments have no salvation.
    28. ⲁⲩⲁϩⲉⲣⲁⲧⲟⲩ ϩⲁϩⲧⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲥ⳨ⲟ̄ⲥ̄ ⲉⲩⲣⲓⲙⲉ.
      • They stood beside his cross, weeping.
    29. ⲁϥⲉⲡⲓϯⲙⲁ ⲛⲁⲩ ⲉϥϫⲱ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲥ ϫⲉ, "ⲙ̄ⲡⲣ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲗⲁⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲡⲉⲓϩⲱⲃ."
      • He rebuked them, saying, "Tell no man about this thing."

Lesson 24

24.1 The Second Present has exactly the same inflection as the Circumstantial. This ambiguity poses a serious difficulty for the reader of Sahidic Coptic which can be resolved only by a careful study of the context. The uses of the Second Present parallel those of the Second Perfect:

  1. emphasis on an adverbial element:

    ⲉⲣⲉ-ⲛⲁⲓ ϣⲟⲟⲡ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲓ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲛⲁⲛⲟⲃⲉ.
    It is because of my sins that these things happen to me.
  2. preceding various interrogative expressions:

    ⲉⲕϣⲓⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲛⲓⲙ?
    Whom do you seek?
    ⲉϥⲣⲓⲙⲉ ⲉ ⲟⲩ?
    Why is he weeping?
    ⲉϥⲧⲱⲛ?
    Where is he?

    When ⲧⲱⲛ is used with a nominal subject, the usual idiom is ⲉϥⲧⲱⲛ N? Where is N?, without the expected ⲛ̄ϭⲓ:

    ⲉϥⲧⲱⲛ ⲡⲉⲕⲉⲓⲱⲧ?
    Where is your father?

    The alternate construction (ⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲉⲕⲉⲓⲱⲧ ⲧⲱⲛ?) is less frequent.

Clauses containing second tense forms are negated with ⲁⲛ:

ⲉⲓⲟⲩⲏϩ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁ ⲁⲛ.
It is not here that I dwell.
ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲓⲁⲁⲥ ⲛⲁⲕ ⲁⲛ.
It is not for you that I did it.

As may be seen from the translation, the negation applies to the adverbial element and is not a negation of the verb proper.

24.2 The Bipartite Conjugation (Present-Imperfect System). The First Present, its relative forms, the Circumstantial, the Second Present, and the Imperfect comprise a system:

Pres. Iϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
Rel. Pres. Iⲉⲧϥ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲉⲧⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲉⲧ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
Circumstantialⲉϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
Pres. IIⲉϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
Imperfectⲛⲉϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄

Following the penetrating analysis of H. J. Polotsky (see Bibliography), Coptic scholars now refer to this system as the Bipartite Conjugation. This term arises from the fact that the base form, the First Present, consists only of subject + predicate, with no conjugational prefix. The remaining forms of the system consist of this bipartite nucleus preceded by a set of elements called converters: the relative converter ⲉⲧ/ⲉⲧⲉⲣⲉ, the circumstantial converter /ⲉⲣⲉ, the second tense converter /ⲉⲣⲉ, and the imperfect converter ⲛⲉ/ⲛⲉⲣⲉ. The term tripartite is applied to all other Coptic verbal conjugations, which consist of a verbal prefix + subject + predicate, e.g. the First Perfect ⲁ⸗ϥ-ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄, ⲁ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄. The First Future is a special case and will be treated in the following lesson.

The conjugations belonging to the Bipartite Conjugation may have three kinds of predicates: infinitives, qualitatives, or adverbial predicates (i.e. adverbs or prepositional phrases). In the tripartite conjugations only the infinitive may be used. The conjugations of the Bipartite Conjugation, as we have already seen, characterize an action as durative, continuing, or (less commonly) habitual. The following features of the Bipartite Conjugation are equally distinctive:

  1. The First Present requires the use of ⲟⲩⲛ̄- (neg. ⲙⲛ̄-) before an indefinite subject (e.g. ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ⲟⲩⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄). The use of ⲟⲩⲛ̄-/ⲙⲛ̄- is optional after the converters, e.g. ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲟⲩⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ or ⲛⲉ-ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ⲟⲩⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄.
  2. Apart from the use of ⲙⲛ̄- just mentioned, negation is universally with (ⲛ̄) ... ⲁⲛ.
  3. An infinitive cannot, in general, be used in the prenominal or prepronominal form, i.e. prepositional direct object markers (ⲙ̄ⲙⲟ⸗, , etc.) must be used. This rule, known as Jernstedt's Rule (see Bibliography), has the following exceptions:
    1. the verb ⲟⲩⲱϣ ⲟⲩⲉϣ- ⲟⲩⲁϣ⸗, which may occur in all forms; e.g. ϯⲟⲩⲱϣ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ or ϯⲟⲩⲁϣϥ̄.
    2. infinitives having indefinite pronominal or numerical objects; e.g. ⲛϥ̄ϯ-ⲗⲁⲁⲩ ⲛⲁⲛ ⲁⲛ he is giving us nothing.
    3. certain types of compound verbs; see 26.1.

The Imperfect may be expanded into a subsystem of its own by the prefixation of the other converters:

Imperfectⲛⲉϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
Imperfect Rel.ⲉⲛⲉϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲉⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲉⲧⲉ ⲛⲉϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
Imperfect Circum.ⲉ-ⲛⲉϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲉ-ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄

These forms have all the characteristics of, and belong to, the Bipartite Conjugation. The relative forms have already been introduced. The circumstantial forms are used syntactically exactly like the Circumstantial (of Pres. I). The past tense of the action is explicitly marked, however, while in the Circumstantial it must be gained from the context. Second tense forms of the Imperfect may occur, but they are too rare for consideration here. All verbal forms containing the imperfect converter may be followed by ⲡⲉ.

24.3 Numbers (continued). The 'teens are formed by prefixing ⲙⲛ̄ⲧ- to special forms of the units. ⲙⲛ̄ⲧ- is a proclitic form of ⲙⲏⲧ ten:

11m.ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲩⲉf.ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲩⲉⲓ
12m.ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲥⲛⲟⲟⲩⲥf.ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲥⲛⲟⲟⲩⲥ()
13m. f.ⲙⲛ̄ⲧϣⲟⲙⲧⲉ
14m. f.ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥⲧⲉ
15m. f.ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲏ
16m. f.ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲥⲉ
17m. f.ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲥⲁϣϥ()
18m. f.ⲙⲛ̄ⲧϣⲙⲏⲛⲉ

Construction is the same as that of the units:

ⲙⲛ̄ⲧϣⲟⲙⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲱⲙⲉ
thirteen men

Vocabulary 24

Greek words:

Exercises

    1. ϩⲉⲛϩⲓⲟⲙⲉ ⲉ-ⲛⲉⲩⲉⲓⲱ ⲛ̄ ϩⲉⲛϩⲟⲉⲓⲧⲉ
      • some women who were washing some cloaks
    2. ⲡⲉⲥⲙⲟⲧ ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥϣⲃ̄ⲧϥ̄ ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧϥ̄
      • the form into which he changed himself
    3. ⲟⲩⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ ⲉ-ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲉⲥϩⲁⲓ ⲙⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲥ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲧⲉ
      • a woman whose husband loved her very much
    4. ⲟⲩⲭⲏⲣⲁ ⲉ-ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲉⲥϣⲏⲣⲉ ϣⲱⲛⲉ
      • a widow whose son was ill
    5. ⲡⲙⲏⲏϣⲉ ⲉⲛⲉⲩⲁϩⲉⲣⲁⲧⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲕⲱⲧⲉ
      • the crowd which was standing around him
    6. ⲡⲙⲩⲥⲧⲏⲣⲓⲟⲛ ⲉⲧⲟⲩⲛⲁⲟⲩⲟⲛϩϥ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ
      • the mystery which will be revealed
    7. ⲡⲉⲡⲣⲟⲫⲏⲧⲏⲥ ⲉⲛⲧⲁ-ⲡⲙⲏⲏϣⲉ ⲙⲟⲟⲩⲧϥ̄
      • the prophet who the crowd killed
    8. ⲟⲩⲧⲟⲟⲩ ⲉϥϫⲟⲥⲉ
      • an exalted / high mountain
    9. ⲟⲩⲛⲟϭ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓⲛ ⲉϥⲛⲏⲩ ⲉⲡⲉⲥⲏⲧ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲓⲥⲉ
      • a great light coming down from the heights
    10. ⲟⲩⲗⲁⲟⲥ ⲉϥⲥⲃ̄ⲧⲱⲧ ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩϫⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ
      • a completely prepared people
    11. ⲟⲩⲥⲁϩ ⲉⲛϣⲓⲡⲉ ϩⲏⲧϥ̄
      • a teacher who we revere
    12. ⲡⲉⲥⲟⲩⲟ ⲉⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲉⲓⲱ ⲟⲩⲱⲙ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ
      • the grain which the ass was eating some of
    13. ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲑⲏⲧⲏⲥ ⲉⲧ ⲥⲟⲧⲡ̄ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲡⲉⲛϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ
      • the chosen disciples of our Lord
    14. ⲟⲩⲣ̄ⲣⲟ ⲉϥϩⲟⲟⲩ
      • a wicked king
    15. ⲟⲩⲁⲡⲟⲧ ⲉϥϣⲟⲩⲉⲓⲧ
      • an empty cup
    16. ⲡⲛⲟϭ ⲛ̄ ϣⲁ ⲉⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲛⲁⲭⲟⲥ ⲥⲟⲃⲧⲉ ⲉⲣⲟϥ
      • the great festival which the monks were preparing
    17. ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩⲣⲁϩⲧϥ̄ ϩⲓ ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏ
      • the man who they killed on the road
    18. ⲡϣⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲓⲛⲟϫϥ̄ ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲕⲱϩⲧ̄
      • the wood which I threw onto the fire
    19. ⲟⲩϩⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ ⲉϥⲡⲁϩⲧ̄ ⲛ̄ⲛⲁϩⲣⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ
      • a slave bowing in the presence of his master
    20. ⲛⲉⲧⲉ ⲛⲉⲩⲛⲏⲩ ⲉⲡⲉⲥⲏⲧ ⲉ ⲡⲓⲟⲣⲇⲁⲛⲏⲥ
      • the ones who were coming down to the Jordan
    1. ⲡⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲥⲛⲟⲟⲩⲥ ⲛ̄ ⲁⲡⲟⲥⲧⲟⲗⲟⲥ
      • the twelve apostles
    2. ⲡⲉⲓϣⲟⲙⲛ̄ⲧ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲁⲑⲏⲧⲏⲥ
      • these three disciples
    3. ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ ϩⲉⲛⲉⲉⲧⲉ
      • fourteen monasteries
    4. ⲥⲁϣϥ̄ ⲛ̄ ⲇⲁⲓⲙⲱⲛ
      • seven demons
    5. ϣⲙⲟⲩⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲏⲓ ⲉⲩϣⲟⲩⲉⲓⲧ
      • eight empty houses
    6. ⲙⲏⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲟϭ ⲛ̄ ⲉⲝⲟⲩⲥⲓⲁ
      • ten great authorities
    7. ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲥⲛⲟⲟⲩⲥ ⲛ̄ ⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ
      • twelve women
    8. ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲏ ⲛ̄ ϩⲟⲟⲩ
      • fifteen days
    9. ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲩⲉⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲟⲙⲡⲉ
      • eleven years
    10. ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲩⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲧ
      • eleven months
    1. ⲉϥⲧⲟⲛⲧⲛ̄ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲕ ⲉ ⲛⲓⲙ?
      • To whom does he compare you (ms. sg.)?
    2. ⲉⲥⲧⲱⲛ ⲧⲁϣⲧⲏⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲃⲣ̄ⲣⲉ?
      • Where is my new tunic?
    3. ⲥⲉⲛⲁϫⲁⲥⲧⲉ ⲉϩⲣⲁⲓ ⲉϫⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϩⲓⲟⲙⲉ ⲧⲏⲣⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲡⲉⲓⲕⲟⲥⲙⲟⲥ.
      • You (fm. sg.) will be exalted over all the women of this world.
    4. ⲥⲱⲧⲡ̄ ⲛⲁⲕ ⲛ̄ ϥⲧⲟⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲱⲙⲉ.
      • Choose four men for yourself (ms. sg.).
    5. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉ-ⲧⲉⲣⲟⲙⲡⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ ⲟⲩⲉⲓⲛⲉ, ⲁⲩⲕⲟⲧⲟⲩ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲩϯⲙⲉ.
      • When that year passed, they returned to their village.
    6. ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϩⲟⲟⲩ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ ⲧⲉⲧⲛⲁϣⲓⲡⲉ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲛⲉⲓϩⲃⲏⲩⲉ ⲉⲑⲟⲟⲩ.
      • On that day, you (pl.) will be ashamed about these wicked deeds.
    7. ⲁϥϩⲉ ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲕⲁϩ ⲁⲩⲱ ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥⲕⲓⲙ.
      • He fell onto the ground and didn't move.
    8. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥⲧⲛ̄ⲧⲱⲛⲟⲩ ⲉ ⲟⲩ?
      • To what did he compare them?
    9. ⲉⲣⲉ-ⲛⲁⲓ ϣⲏⲡ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲛϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲡⲉϥⲛⲁ.
      • It is because of his mercy that these things are acceptable to our Lord.
    10. ⲉϥⲟⲩⲱϣ ⲉ ⲣⲁϩⲧ̄ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁⲓⲁⲁϥ ⲟⲩⲃⲉ ⲛⲁ-ⲡⲉϥϯⲙⲉ.
      • It is because of the thing that I did against those of his village that he wants to kill me.
    11. ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ⲟⲩϩⲟⲟⲩ ⲛⲏⲩ ⲉϥϩⲟⲟⲩ.
      • An evil day is coming.
    12. ⲉⲩⲧⲱⲛ ⲛⲉⲛϣⲃⲉⲉⲣ?
      • Where are our companions?
    13. ⲁϥⲕⲓⲙ ⲉ ⲧⲉϥⲧⲁⲡⲣⲟ ⲉ ⲡⲉϥⲧⲏⲏⲃⲉ.
      • He touched his mouth with his finger.
    14. ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲁⲥⲙⲟⲩ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲕⲣⲁⲛ ⲉⲧ ϫⲟⲥⲉ.
      • We will bless your (ms. sg.) exalted name.
    15. ⲉϥⲧⲛ̄ⲧⲱⲛ ⲉⲩϣⲏⲣⲉ ϣⲏⲙ.
      • It is a little child that he is like.
    16. ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲥ ⲇⲉ ⲁ-ⲛⲉⲥⲛⲏⲩ ⲕⲟⲧⲟⲩ ⲉ ϣⲓⲏⲧ.
      • Afterwards, the brothers returned to Scetis.
    17. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲕⲟⲩⲱϣ ⲉ ⲙⲟⲩⲟⲩⲧ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲓⲣⲱⲙⲉ?
      • Why do you (ms. sg.) want to kill these men?
    18. ⲉⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲥⲟⲃⲧⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲱⲧⲛ̄ ⲉ ⲟⲩ?
      • What are you (pl.) preparing yourselves for?
    19. ⲁⲩⲙⲉⲩⲧ-ⲟⲩⲟⲛ ⲛⲓⲙ ⲉⲧⲉ ⲛⲉⲩⲟⲩⲏϩ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡϯⲙⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲉⲣⲓⲭⲱⲣⲟⲥ.
      • They killed everyone who was living in the village and the surrounding region.
    20. ⲁⲩϩⲉ ⲉ ⲧⲉⲧⲣⲁⲡⲉⲍⲁ ⲉⲥⲥⲃ̄ⲧⲱⲧ.
      • They found the table prepared.

Lesson 25

25.1 The relative, imperfect, circumstantial, and second tense converters may be used with the First Perfect, the First Future, existential and possessive predications, and copulative sentences with ⲡⲉ, ⲧⲉ, ⲛⲉ. The relative forms for all of these have already been discussed. The second tense of the First Perfect, i.e. the Second Perfect, was introduced in Lesson 14. The second tense forms of existential, possessive, and copulative sentences are too rare for inclusion here.

  1. Neg.
    First Perfectⲁϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
    Perf. I Rel.ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲉⲧⲉ ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
    Perf. I Circum.ⲉ-ⲁϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲉ-ⲙⲡⲉϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
    Pluperfectⲛⲉ-ⲁϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲛⲉ-ⲙⲡⲉϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ (ⲡⲉ)
    Second Perfectⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲁⲛ

    The imperfect of the First Perfect (ⲛⲉ-ⲁϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄) corresponds to the English pluperfect: he had heard, he had written. The circumstantial of the First Perfect is used to describe an action as completed prior to the tense of the verb in the main clause.

    ⲉ-ⲁϥϩⲙⲟⲟⲥ, ⲁϥⲥϩⲁⲓ...
    Having sat down, he wrote...
    ⲁⲛϩⲉ ⲉⲣⲟϥ ⲉ-ⲁϥⲙⲟⲩ.
    We found him dead (lit., having died).
  2. First Futureϥⲛⲁⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛⲁⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
    Fut. I Rel.ⲉⲧϥ̄ⲛⲁⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲉⲧⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛⲁⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
    Fut. I Circum.ⲉϥⲛⲁⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛⲁⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
    Fut. I Imperfectⲛⲉϥⲛⲁⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛⲁⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
    Second Futureⲉϥⲛⲁⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛⲁⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄

    The circumstantial of the First Future describes an action as imminent, about to take place, with respect to the tense of the main clause:

    ⲉⲓⲛⲁⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ, ⲁϥⲙⲟⲩⲧⲉ ⲉⲣⲟⲓ.
    As I was about to leave, he summoned me.
    ⲁⲛϩⲉ ⲉⲣⲟϥ ⲉϥⲛⲁⲙⲟⲩ.
    We found him on the point of death.

    The imperfect of the First Future describes an action as imminent in past time:

    ⲛⲉⲓⲛⲁⲁⲗⲉ ⲉ ⲡϫⲟⲓ (ⲡⲉ).
    I was about to get on the ship.

    This form is commonly called the imperfectum futuri. The Second Future (ⲉϥⲛⲁⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄) has all the normal uses of a second tense form. Special uses of both these conjugations will be mentioned later on.

    The First Future and its related system are formally an off-shoot of the Present System, with ⲛⲁ- inserted before the infinitive. It has no other characteristics of the Bipartite Conjugation, however: (1) it is not durative (except with certain aspectually neutral verbs, e.g. ⲣⲁϣⲉ); (2) only the Infinitive may occur in predicate position; (3) the prenominal and prepronominal forms of the Infinitive occur freely.

  3. Existential and Possessiveⲟⲩⲛ̄-/ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥⲙⲛ̄-/ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥ
    Relativeⲉⲧⲉ ⲟⲩⲛ̄-/ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥⲉⲧⲉ ⲙⲛ̄-/ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥ
    Circumstantialⲉ-ⲟⲩⲛ̄-/ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥⲉ-ⲙⲛ̄-/ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥ
    Imperfectⲛⲉ-ⲟⲩⲛ̄-/ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥⲛⲉ-ⲙⲛ̄-/ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥ

    The circumstantial forms describe a state simultaneous to the tense of the main clause:

    ⲉ-ⲙⲛ̄-ⲟⲉⲓⲕ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ, ⲁⲛⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
    There being no food there, we left.
    ⲁⲛϩⲉ ⲉⲣⲟϥ ⲉ-ⲙⲛ̄-ϭⲟⲙ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ ⲉ ϣⲁϫⲉ.
    We found him unable to speak.

    The imperfect forms simply place the state in past time:

    ⲛⲉ-ⲟⲩⲛ̄- (or ⲛⲉⲩⲛ̄-) ⲟⲩⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ (ⲡⲉ).
    There was a man.
    ⲛⲉⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥ ϩⲁϩ ⲛ̄ ⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ (ⲡⲉ).
    He had many wives.
  4. Copulative sentences with ⲡⲉ, ⲧⲉ, ⲛⲉ:

    Relativeⲉⲧⲉ ⲟⲩⲥⲁϩ ⲡⲉⲉⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲥⲁϩ ⲁⲛ ⲡⲉ
    Circumstantialⲉ-ⲟⲩⲥⲁϩ ⲡⲉⲉ-ⲛ ⲟⲩⲥⲁϩ ⲁⲛ ⲡⲉ
    Imperfectⲛⲉ-ⲟⲩⲥⲁϩ ⲡⲉ

    The circumstantial and imperfect are used as above.

    The circumstantial forms of all the subsystems listed above have a frequent use as relative clauses after indefinite antecedents:

    ⲟⲩⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉ-ⲁϥⲕⲉⲧ-ⲟⲩⲏⲓ
    a man who had built a house
    ⲟⲩⲙⲩⲥⲧⲏⲣⲓⲟⲛ ⲉⲩⲛⲁϭⲟⲗⲡϥ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ
    a mystery which is about to be revealed
    ⲟⲩⲭⲏⲣⲁ ⲉ-ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲥ ϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ
    a widow who has no son
    ⲟⲩϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲉ-ⲟⲩⲭⲏⲣⲁ ⲧⲉ ⲧⲉϥⲙⲁⲁⲩ
    a boy whose mother is a widow

    The circumstantial converter ⲉⲣⲉ- is sometimes used improperly for ⲉ- before copulative sentences.

25.2 The Conjunctive.

(ⲛ̄)ⲧⲁⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲛ̄ⲅⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲛ̄ϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲛ̄ⲥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲛ̄ⲧⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲛ̄ⲥⲉⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄

ⲛ̄ⲅ-, ⲛ̄ϥ-, and ⲛ̄ⲥ- also appear frequently as ⲛⲅ̄-, ⲛϥ̄-, ⲛⲥ̄-. The conjunctive is used to continue the force of a preceding verbal prefix. In a sense, it is no more than an inflected form of the conjunction "and". It is especially frequent after a First Future or an Imperative:

ϯⲛⲁⲃⲱⲕ ⲛ̄ⲧⲁϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁϥ.
I shall go and speak with him.
ϩⲙⲟⲟⲥ ⲛ̄ⲅⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲧⲁⲥⲃⲱ.
Sit down and listen to my teaching.
ⲁⲛⲓ-ⲛ̄ϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲁⲩ ⲛⲁϥ.
Bring the books and give them to him.

It may be used to continue the force of virtually any preceding verbal prefix except that of the affirmative First Perfect, but even this restriction does not hold in the relative forms. It is also used after an Inflected Infinitive, as in

ϩⲁⲡⲥ̄ ⲉⲣⲟⲛ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲛⲃⲱⲕ ⲛ̄ⲧⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁϥ.
It is necessary that we go and speak with him.

In many instances, especially where there is a change of subject, the Conjunctive clause has the meaning of a purpose or result clause:

ⲁⲛⲓϥ ⲉⲣⲟⲓ ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲣⲟϥ.
Bring him to me so that I may see him.
ⲙⲁ ⲛⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ⲥⲉⲟⲩⲱⲙ.
Give them (food) so that they may eat.

This usage depends very much on the presence of an injunctive (imperative) force, implicit or explicit, in the first clause. For the conjunctive with Greek conjunctions, see Lesson 30.

The Conjunctive resembles the Tripartite Conjugation: only the Infinitive may be used as its verbal component. Negation is with -ⲧⲙ̄- before the Infinitive. If the Conjunctive continues a negative verb, however, the negation may carry over.

Vocabulary 25

Exercises

  1. ⲡⲙⲁ ⲛ̄ ⲉⲗⲟⲟⲗⲉ ⲟⲩⲏⲩ ⲁⲛ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡϯⲙⲉ.
    • The vineyard isn't far from the village.
  2. ⲉ-ⲁⲩⲧⲁⲕⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ, ⲁⲩⲗⲟ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
    • Having destroyed the city, they departed.
  3. ϩⲁⲡⲥ̄ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲕⲥⲟⲃⲧⲉ ⲛⲁϥ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲙⲁ ⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲕⲟⲧⲕ̄.
    • It is necessary for you (ms. sg.) to prepare him a bedroom.
  4. ⲁⲩⲧⲁϩⲉ-ⲛ̄ϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲉⲩⲙⲏⲣ ⲛ̄ⲛⲁϩⲣⲙ̄ ⲡϩⲏⲅⲉⲙⲱⲛ.
    • They stood the children, bound, in the presence of the governor.
  5. ⲁⲙⲏⲉⲓⲧⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲧⲉϥⲥⲃⲱ.
    • Come (pl.) and hear his teaching.
  6. ⲛⲉⲓⲁϩⲉⲣⲁⲧ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲟⲩⲉ ⲉⲓϭⲱϣⲧ̄ ⲉ ⲡⲙⲏⲏϣⲉ.
    • I was standing at a distance looking at the crowd.
  7. ϯⲛⲁⲃⲱⲕ ⲛ̄ⲧⲁϭⲛ̄ⲧϥ̄.
    • I will go and find him.
  8. ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲛⲉⲥⲛⲏⲩ ⲉⲓⲛⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲕⲁⲣⲡⲟⲥ ⲉ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ ⲛ̄ⲥⲉϯ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲁⲅⲟⲣⲁ.
    • The brothers were bringing the fruit to the city to sell it in the marketplace.
  9. ⲛⲉⲩⲛⲁⲣⲱϩⲧ̄ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲧⲟⲓ ⲛ̄ ϫⲁϫⲉ.
    • The enemy soldiers were about to strike him.
  10. ⲁ-ⲡϩⲁⲗⲏⲧ ϩⲱⲗ ⲉ ⲧⲡⲉ ⲁⲩⲱ ⲁϥⲟⲩⲱϩ ⲉϫⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲧⲁⲣ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲡϣⲏⲛ.
    • The bird flew to the sky and settled upon a branch of the tree.
  11. ⲛⲁⲓ ⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲥϩⲁⲓⲥⲟⲩ ϩⲓ ⲡⲕⲁϩ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲧⲏⲏⲃⲉ.
    • These are the words which he wrote on the ground with his finger.
  12. ⲉ-ⲁϥⲧⲱⲟⲩⲛ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲡϭⲁⲗⲉ, ⲁϥⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲉϥⲣⲁϣⲉ.
    • The lame man having risen, he went away rejoicing.
  13. ⲛⲉ-ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ⲧⲁϥ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲕⲟⲩⲓ ⲛ̄ ϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲉϥⲥⲏϭ.
    • He had a little boy who was paralyzed.
  14. ⲥⲉⲛⲁⲧⲁϩⲟϥ ⲛ̄ⲥⲉⲛⲟϫϥ̄ ⲉ ⲡⲉϣⲧⲉⲕⲟ.
    • He will be seized and thrown into the prison.
  15. ⲛⲉ-ⲟⲩⲁⲡⲓⲥⲧⲟⲥ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉⲩⲣ̄ⲣⲟ.
    • Their king was faithless.
  16. ⲕⲛⲁϣⲓⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲓ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϩⲟⲟⲩ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ⲅⲧⲙ̄ϭⲓⲛⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲓ.
    • You (ms. sg.) will seek me on that day, and you will not find me.
  17. ⲛ̄ϯⲙ̄ⲡϣⲁ ⲁⲛ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲩⲥⲟⲧⲡⲧ̄.
    • I am not worthy to be chosen.
  18. ⲁⲛϩⲉ ⲉ ⲡⲙⲁ ⲛ̄ ⲉⲗⲟⲟⲗⲉ ⲉϥⲧⲁⲕⲏⲩ.
    • We found the vineyard destroyed.
  19. ⲉ-ⲁ-ϣⲟⲙⲛ̄ⲧ ⲛ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲧ ⲟⲩⲉⲓⲛⲉ, ⲁⲥⲕⲟⲧⲥ̄ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲥⲏⲓ.
    • Three months having passed, she returned to her house.
  20. ⲛⲉ-ⲙⲛ̄-ϣϭⲟⲙ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ ⲉ ⲧⲁϩⲉ-ⲛⲉϥϣⲃⲉⲉⲣ.
    • It was impossible for him to catch up to his companions.
  21. ⲉ-ⲁϥϭⲱⲛⲧ̄ ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲥⲟⲛ, ⲁϥⲧⲱⲟⲩⲛ ⲉϫⲱϥ, ⲁϥⲙⲟⲟⲩⲧϥ̄.
    • Having become angry at his brother, he rose up against him and killed him.
  22. ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲛ̄ϩⲁⲗⲁⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲉ ⲟⲩⲱⲙ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲗⲟⲟⲗⲉ.
    • The birds of the sky were eating some of the grapes.
  23. ⲁⲛⲛⲁⲩ ⲉ ⲡⲉϥϫⲟⲓ ⲉϥⲱⲙⲥ̄ ⲉⲡⲉⲥⲏⲧ ⲛ̄ ⲑⲁⲗⲁⲥⲥⲁ.
    • We saw his boat sinking down in the sea.
  24. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥⲉⲓ ⲉ ⲧⲁⲕⲟⲛ.
    • It was to destroy us that he came.
  25. ⲉⲓⲛⲁⲛ̄ⲕⲟⲧⲕ̄, ⲁ-ⲡⲁϩⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ ⲉⲓⲛⲉ ⲛⲁⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲕⲉⲡⲓⲥⲧⲟⲗⲏ.
    • As I was about to lie down, my slave brought me your (ms. sg.) letter.
  26. ⲁⲩⲁⲗⲉ ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩϭⲉⲡⲏ ⲉ ⲧϫⲉⲛⲉⲡⲱⲣ.
    • They climbed up hurriedly to the roof.
  27. ⲛⲉⲩⲛ̄-ⲟⲩⲣ̄ⲣⲟ ⲛ̄ⲥⲁⲃⲉ ⲉ-ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥ ϣⲟⲙⲛ̄ⲧ ⲛ̄ ϣⲏⲣⲉ.
    • There was a wise king who had three sons.
  28. ⲁⲓⲛⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲛⲟϭ ⲛ̄ ϩⲁⲗⲏⲧ ⲉϥⲟⲩⲏϩ ϩⲓϫⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲃⲱ ⲛ̄ ⲉⲗⲟⲟⲗⲉ.
    • I saw a large bird on a grape-vine.
  29. ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲁⲛⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ⲧⲛ̄ⲉⲓⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲛ̄ϣⲓⲡⲉ ⲉⲙⲁⲧⲉ.
    • We will see and understand and be very ashamed.
  30. ⲁϥⲕⲓⲙ ⲉ ⲛⲉϥⲧⲏⲏⲃⲉ ⲉ ⲛ̄ⲃⲁⲗ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲃⲗ̄ⲗⲉ.
    • He touched his fingers to the eyes of the blind man.
  31. ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲩⲛⲟⲩ ⲁϥⲗⲟ ⲉϥϭⲟⲛⲧ̄.
    • Immediately he stopped being angry.
  32. ⲁⲩⲉⲓ ⲉ ⲃⲏⲑⲗⲉⲉⲙ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϫⲉ ⲛⲉ-ⲁⲩⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲡⲙⲓⲥⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲛⲥⲱⲧⲏⲣ.
    • They came to Bethlehem because they had heard about the birth of our savior.
  33. ⲁ-ⲡⲁϫⲟⲓ ⲱⲙⲥ̄ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲉⲣⲟ.
    • My boat sank in the river.
  34. ⲛⲉ-ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ⲟⲩⲛⲟϭ ⲛ̄ ϣⲧⲟⲣⲧⲣ̄ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ.
    • There was a great disturbance in the city.
  35. ⲁ-ⲛ̄ϩⲁⲗⲁⲧⲉ ⲟⲩⲱϩ ⲉϫⲛ̄ ⲧϫⲉⲛⲉⲡⲱⲣ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲓ.
    • The birds settled onto the roof of the house.
  36. ⲛⲉⲩⲙ̄ⲡϣⲁ ⲛ̄ ϣⲱⲡ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲡ̄ⲛ̄ⲁ̄ ⲉⲧ ⲟⲩⲁⲁⲃ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲩϩⲏⲧ.
    • They were worthy to receive the holy spirit in their heart.
  37. ⲛⲉⲩϫⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲣ ⲛ̄ⲥⲉⲛⲟⲩϫⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲟⲩ ϩⲓ ⲧⲉϩⲓⲏ.
    • They were taking the branches and throwing them on the road.

Reading

The following selection is from the Sayings of the Fathers. See p. 1.6 for a brief description of this text.

ⲛⲉ-ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ⲟⲩⲁ ϩⲛ̄ ⲕⲏⲙⲉ ⲉ-ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲉϥⲥⲏϭ. ⲁⲩⲱ ⲁϥⲉⲓⲛⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ, ⲁϥⲕⲁⲁϥ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲣⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲁⲡⲁ ⲙⲁⲕⲁⲣⲓⲟⲥ, ⲁⲩⲱ ⲁϥⲕⲁⲁϥ ⲉϥⲣⲓⲙⲉ ϩⲁϩⲧⲙ̄ ⲡⲣⲟ, ⲁϥⲃⲱⲕ ⲉ ⲡⲟⲩⲉ. ⲡϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ⲇⲉ ⲁϥϭⲱϣⲧ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ, ⲁϥⲛⲁⲩ ⲉ ⲡⲕⲟⲩⲓ ⲛ̄ ϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲉϥⲣⲓⲙⲉ, ⲁⲩⲱ ⲡⲉϫⲁϥ ⲛⲁϥ ϫⲉ, "ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲛ̄ⲧⲕ̄ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁ?" ⲛ̄ⲧⲟϥ ⲇⲉ ⲡⲉϫⲁϥ ϫⲉ, "ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ ⲡⲉ. ⲁϥⲛ̄ⲧ, ⲁϥⲛⲟϫⲧ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ, ⲁϥⲃⲱⲕ." ⲡⲉϫⲉ-ⲡϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ⲛⲁϥ ϫⲉ, "ⲧⲱⲟⲩⲛⲅ̄ ⲛ̄ⲅⲡⲱⲧ ⲛ̄ⲅⲧⲁϩⲟϥ." ⲁⲩⲱ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲩⲛⲟⲩ ⲁϥⲟⲩϫⲁⲓ, ⲁϥⲧⲱⲟⲩⲛ, ⲁϥⲧⲁϩⲉ-ⲡⲉϥⲉⲓⲱⲧ, ⲁⲩⲱ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲓϩⲉ ⲁⲩⲃⲱⲕ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲩⲏⲓ ⲉⲩⲣⲁϣⲉ.
There was someone in Egypt who had a paralyzed son. And he brought him and set him in the cell of Apa Makarios, and he left him weeping near the door, and he went to a distance. The monk looked and saw the little boy weeping, and he said to him, "Who brought you here?" And he said, "It was my father. He brought me, he cast me away, and he went." The monk said to him, "Get up and run and catch up to him." And immediately, he became well, and he arose, he caught up to his father, and in this way they went to their house rejoicing.

Note: The term ⲁⲡⲁ is a title of respect, ultimately from Aramaic ʾabbā, father. ⲙⲁⲕⲁⲣⲓⲟⲥ is a proper name.

Lesson 26

26.1 Compound verbs. Coptic vocabulary is particularly rich in compound verbs. Most compound verbs consist of a simple infinitive in the prenominal form plus a nominal element, usually without an article, e.g. ϯ-ⲉⲟⲟⲩ to praise, ϫⲓ-ⲃⲁⲡⲧⲓⲥⲙⲁ to be baptized. Meanings are for the most part predictable from those of the components.

The verbs most frequently occurring in compounds are ϯ- to give, ϫⲓ- to take, ϥⲓ- to raise, carry, ϭⲛ̄- to find, ⲕⲁ- to put, and ⲣ̄- to do, make. Some examples:

Compounds with ⲣ̄- are the most frequent of all and fall into two groups. In the first group ⲣ̄- has its basic meaning "to do, make, perform":

ⲣ̄-X ⲛ̄ ⲣⲟⲙⲡⲉ (X is a number) has two meanings: (1) to reach the age of X; (2) to pass X years.

In the second group of ⲣ̄- compounds ⲣ̄- has the meaning "to become", e.g. ⲣ̄-ⲣ̄ⲣⲟ to become king (over: ⲉϫⲛ̄). The second element may be virtually any noun or adjective in the language, so that a complete catalogue is impossible. Qualitatives are uniformly ⲟ ⲛ̄, as in ⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲣ̄ⲣⲟ to be king. Further examples:

The distinction between these two groups is often blurred, however, with qualitatives of the ⲟ ⲛ̄ type being extended to the first group as well, e.g. ⲣ̄-ϣⲡⲏⲣⲉ to marvel, become amazed (at: ⲙ̄ⲙⲟ⸗, , ⲉⲧⲃⲉ, ⲉϫⲛ̄), to admire; Q ⲟ ⲛ̄ ϣⲡⲏⲣⲉ to be amazed.

Less frequently the nominal element of a compound verb has the definite article:

In the case of ⲣ̄-ⲡⲱⲃϣ̄, ⲣ̄-ⲡⲙⲉⲉⲩⲉ, and many others of this type a pronominal object is expressed by a possessive prefix on the noun: ⲣ̄-ⲡⲉϥⲱⲃϣ̄ to forget him, ⲣ̄-ⲡⲉϥⲙⲉⲉⲩⲉ to remember him.

Because compound verbs employ the prenominal form of the infinitive, the question arises concerning their occurrence in the Bipartite Conjugation, where the prenominal form is usually prohibited. In general, compound verbs are an exception to Jernstedt's Rule and may be used freely as they stand in the Bipartite Conjugation. Two types of compounds, however, do tend to follow Jernstedt's Rule:

  1. the type ⲣ̄-ⲡⲙⲉⲉⲩⲉ, with the definite article on the noun. In the Bipartite Conjugation the full form of the infinitive is used. Contrast

    ⲁⲓⲣ̄-ⲡⲉϥⲙⲉⲉⲩⲉ.
    I remembered him.
    ϯⲉⲓⲣⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲙⲉⲉⲩⲉ.
    I remember him.
  2. many compounds whose nominal element is a part of the body. Contrast

    ⲁⲓϯ-ⲧⲟⲟⲧⲥ̄.
    I helped her.
    ϯϯ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲟⲟⲧⲥ̄.
    I am helping her.

26.2 The element ϣ-, ⲉϣ-, originally a full verb "to know, know how to", may be prefixed to any infinitive to express "can, be able". E.g.

ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥϣⲃⲱⲕ.
He was not able to go.
ⲛ̄ϯⲛⲁϣϯ-ⲧⲟⲟⲧⲕ̄ ⲁⲛ.
I shall not be able to help you.

It occurs redundantly and optionally in the compounds of ϭⲟⲙ: ⲟⲩⲛ̄-(ϣ)ϭⲟⲙ, ⲙⲛ̄-(ϣ)ϭⲟⲙ, ϭⲙ̄-(ϣ)ϭⲟⲙ.

26.3 Infinitives of the type ⲧⲁⲕⲟ. There is a fairly large group of verbs whose infinitives begin with ⲧ- and end in -ⲟ, e.g. ⲧⲁⲕⲟ ⲧⲁⲕⲉ- ⲧⲁⲕⲟ⸗ Q ⲧⲁⲕⲏⲩ to destroy. At an older stage of Egyptian these verbs were compound causatives with a form of ϯ (to give) plus a verbal form inflected by suffixation. Thus, the original construction involved two verbs (e.g. I caused that he pay a fine) which coalesced into a single verb with two objects (I caused him to pay a fine). Traces of the older construction survive in Sahidic, e.g. Luke 3:.4 ⲙ̄ⲡⲣ̄ⲧⲧⲉ-ⲗⲁⲁⲩ ⲟⲥⲉ Do not make anyone pay a fine (i.e. suffer a loss). ⲧⲧⲟ ⲧⲧⲉ- is the causative of ϯ itself. The lack of an object marker on the second object is characteristic of the construction, but the absence of an article in this particular example stems from its association with the compound verb ϯ-ⲟⲥⲉ to pay a fine, suffer a loss. In general, however, there is no need to take the older construction into account in Coptic, since most of these verbs are simply transitive. Some examples:

+ ϣ results in initial ϫ:

Sometimes the initial ⲧ- is lost, as in

A few verbs have retained a final -ⲥ or -ⲟⲩ (a frozen subject suffix):

The Imperative of these verbs may optionally have a prefixed ⲙⲁ-: ⲙⲁⲧⲁⲙⲟ, ⲙⲁⲧⲁⲗⲟ, etc. Cf. §17.1.

Vocabulary 26

(The compound verbs given in 26.1, the prefix ϣ- in 26.2, and the verbs ⲧⲁⲙⲟ, ⲧⲁⲗⲟ, ⲧⲁⲛϩⲟ, ϫⲡⲟ, ϫⲡⲓⲟ, ⲕⲧⲟ, ϫⲟⲟⲩ, and ⲧⲟⲩⲛⲟⲥ in 26.3)

Greek words:

Exercises

  1. ⲡⲉⲓϣⲏⲛ ⲇⲉ ⲛϥ̄ϯ-ⲕⲁⲣⲡⲟⲥ ⲁⲛ.
    • This tree does not produce fruit.
  2. ⲛϥ̄ϭⲙ̄-ϭⲟⲙ ⲁⲛ ⲉ ⲧⲁⲕⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲯⲩⲭⲏ ⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲇⲓⲕⲁⲓⲟⲥ.
    • He is not able to destroy the souls of the righteous.
  3. ⲡⲉⲓⲥⲁϩ ⲡⲉⲧⲛ̄ϫⲓ-ⲥⲃⲱ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲟⲧϥ̄.
    • It is this teacher who we are being taught by.
  4. ⲁϥϯ-ⲙⲉⲧⲁⲛⲟⲓⲁ ⲉϥϫⲱ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲥ ϫⲉ ⲁⲓⲣ̄-ⲛⲟⲃⲉ, ⲡⲁϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ.
    • He repented, saying, "I have sinned, my Lord."
  5. ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲁϫⲓⲥⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ ⲉⲛϯ-ⲉⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲣⲁⲛ ⲉⲧ ⲟⲩⲁⲁⲃ.
    • We will exalt him, praising his holy name.
  6. ⲉⲓⲛⲁⲣ̄-ⲟⲩ?
    • What will I do?
  7. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉϥⲣ̄-ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲥⲛⲟⲟⲩⲥ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲟⲙⲡⲉ, ⲁ-ⲛⲉϥⲉⲓⲟⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧϥ̄ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲣⲡⲉ.
    • When he reached twelve years of age, his parents brought him to the temple.
  8. ⲥϩⲁⲓ ⲛⲁⲓ ⲛⲅ̄ⲧⲁⲙⲟⲓ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲛⲉϩⲃⲏⲩⲉ ⲉⲧⲕ̄ⲉⲓⲣⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
    • Write to me and tell me about the things which you (ms. sg.) are doing there.
  9. ⲁⲩⲱ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲩⲛⲟⲩ ⲁ-ⲧⲃⲱ ⲛ̄ ⲉⲗⲟⲟⲗⲉ ϯ-ϩⲁϩ ⲛ̄ ⲕⲁⲣⲡⲟⲥ.
    • And immediately, the grapevine produced much fruit.
  10. ⲉⲛⲛⲁϭⲛ̄-ⲙ̄ⲧⲟⲛ ⲧⲱⲛ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲕⲟⲥⲙⲟⲥ?
    • Where in this world will we find rest?
  11. ϥⲓ-ⲣⲟⲟⲩϣ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲛⲉⲓϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ϩⲁⲣⲉϩ ⲉⲣⲟⲟⲩ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲡⲉⲑⲟⲟⲩ.
    • Take heed for these children and guard them from evil.
  12. ⲛⲉϥϯ-ⲥⲃⲱ ⲛⲁⲩ ⲉ ⲛⲉⲛⲧⲟⲗⲏ ⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ.
    • He was teaching them the Lord's commandments.
  13. ⲛ̄ϯⲟⲩⲱϣ ⲁⲛ ⲉ ϭⲛ̄-ϩⲱⲃ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛⲁ-ⲧⲉⲓⲙⲓⲛⲉ.
    • I do not want to have dealings with those of this sort.
  14. ⲙ̄ⲡⲓⲣ̄-ⲛⲟⲃⲉ ⲉⲣⲱⲧⲛ̄ ⲉⲛⲉϩ.
    • I did not ever sin against you (pl.).
  15. ⲛ̄ⲧⲟϥ ⲡⲉⲧ ⲛⲁϯ-ⲙ̄ⲧⲟⲛ ⲛⲁⲛ.
    • It is he who will give us rest.
  16. ⲡϩⲁⲗⲏⲧ ⲇⲉ ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥϣϭⲙ̄-ϭⲟⲙ ⲉ ϩⲱⲗ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
    • The bird was not able to fly away.
  17. ⲉ-ⲁϥⲉⲓ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲣⲡⲉ, ⲁϥⲧⲁⲗⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲑⲩⲥⲓⲁ.
    • Having come into the temple, he offered up a sacrifice.
  18. ⲥⲉⲛⲁⲥⲙⲟⲩ ⲉⲣⲟϥ ⲛ̄ⲥⲉϯ-ⲉⲟⲟⲩ ⲛⲁϥ.
    • They will bless him and praise him.
  19. ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓϣ ⲧⲉⲧⲛⲁϣϭⲙ̄-ϭⲟⲙ ⲉ ⲧⲁⲛϩⲉ-ⲛⲉⲧ ⲙⲟⲟⲩⲧ.
    • At that time, you (pl.) will be able to bring the dead back to life.
  20. ⲡⲁⲓ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲙⲁ ⲉⲧⲥ̄ⲛⲁϫⲡⲟ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲥϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧϥ̄.
    • This is the place in which she will give birth to her son.
  21. ϣϣⲉ ⲉⲣⲱⲧⲛ̄ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ϥⲓ-ⲣⲟⲟⲩϣ ϩⲁ ⲛⲉⲭⲏⲣⲁ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲟⲣⲫⲁⲛⲟⲥ.
    • It is appropriate for you (pl.) to be concerned about the widows and the orphans.
  22. ⲁϥϫⲡⲟ ⲛⲁϥ ⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲕⲁ ⲛⲓⲙ ⲉⲛⲧⲁ-ⲡⲉϥϩⲏⲧ ⲟⲩⲁϣⲟⲩ.
    • He got for himself everything which his heart desired.
  23. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲕⲣ̄-ⲟⲩ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ?
    • What did you (ms. sg.) do in the city?
  24. ⲉⲓⲛⲁϯ-ⲥⲃⲱ ⲛⲏⲧⲛ̄ ⲉ ⲟⲩ?
    • What shall I teach you (pl.)?
  25. ⲁ-ⲛⲉϥϣⲁϫⲉ ϫⲡⲓⲟⲟⲩ ⲁⲩⲱ ⲁⲩⲡⲱⲧ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
    • His words shamed them and they ran away.
  26. ⲙ̄ⲡⲉ-ⲡⲥⲟⲛ ϭⲛ̄-ϩⲱⲃ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲉⲣⲓⲭⲱⲣⲟⲥ.
    • The brother did not have dealings with the men of the region.
  27. ⲉ-ⲁϥϫⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥϩⲱⲃ, ⲁϥⲕⲧⲟϥ ⲉ ⲡⲉϥϯⲙⲉ.
    • Having completed his work, he returned to his village.
  28. ⲁⲛⲣ̄-ⲙⲛ̄ⲧϣⲟⲙⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲟⲙⲡⲉ ⲉⲛϣⲙ̄ϣⲉ ⲛⲁϥ.
    • We spent thirteen years serving him.
  29. ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲁϫⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲕ ϩⲁⲑⲏ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲕⲥⲟⲃⲧⲉ ⲛⲁⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲙⲁ.
    • We will send you (ms. sg.) ahead to prepare us a place.
  30. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲣ̄-ⲡⲁⲓ ⲉ ⲟⲩ?
    • Why have you (pl.) done this?
  31. ⲁⲓⲣ̄-ⲙⲁⲧⲟⲓ ⲉⲣⲉ-ϩⲏⲣⲱⲇⲏⲥ ⲟ ⲛ̄ ϩⲏⲅⲉⲙⲱⲛ.
    • I became a soldier when Herod was governor.
  32. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉϥⲧⲟⲩⲛⲟⲥ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲥ, ⲁⲥⲟⲩϫⲁⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲩⲛⲟⲩ.
    • When he woke her up, she immediately became well.
  33. ⲉϥⲟ ⲛ̄ ϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ, ⲙⲛ̄-ϭⲟⲙ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ ⲉ ⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲩⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ ⲉⲥⲟⲩⲏⲩ.
    • Since he was old, it was impossible for him to go to a far city.
  34. ⲥⲉⲛⲁⲉⲓ ⲛ̄ⲥⲉⲧⲁⲕⲟ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲣ̄ⲡⲉ.
    • They will come and destroy this temple.
  35. ⲙ̄ⲡⲣ̄ⲣ̄-ⲡⲱⲃϣ̄ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲛⲧⲟⲗⲏ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲛⲟⲙⲟⲥ.
    • Do not forget the commandments of the law.
  36. ⲁⲩⲧⲁϩⲟϥ ⲉϥⲙⲟⲟϣⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϥⲙⲁⲑⲏⲧⲏⲥ.
    • They caught up to / seized him walking with his disciples.
  37. ⲙ̄ⲡⲣ̄ⲣ̄-ⲡⲱⲃϣ̄ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲁϯ-ⲥⲃⲱ.
    • Don't forget my teaching.
  38. ϯⲟⲩⲱϣ ⲉ ⲧⲁⲙⲟⲕ ϫⲉ ⲡⲉⲕϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲟⲩⲟϫ.
    • I want to tell you (ms. sg.) that your son is safe.
  39. ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥϯ-ⲑⲉ ⲛⲏⲧⲛ̄ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲕⲱⲧ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲏⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲓⲙⲓⲛⲉ?
    • Who provided the means for you (pl.) to build a house like this?
  40. ϯⲛⲁⲣ̄-ⲡⲉⲕⲙⲉⲉⲩⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲧⲙ̄ⲟⲃϣⲕ̄.
    • I will remember you (ms. sg.) and not forget you.
  41. ⲕⲛⲁⲣ̄-ϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ ⲉ ⲛⲉⲓⲙⲟⲕⲙⲉⲕ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲟⲛⲏⲣⲟⲛ.
    • You (ms. sg.) will become master over these wicked thoughts.
  42. ⲁ-ⲛⲉϥⲙⲁⲑⲏⲧⲏⲥ ⲧⲁⲗⲟϥ ⲉ ⲡϫⲟⲓ.
    • His disciples lifted him onto the boat.
  43. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲟⲩⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲛⲁⲓ, ⲁⲩⲣ̄-ϣⲡⲏⲣⲉ.
    • When they heard these things, they marveled.
  44. ⲟⲩ ⲡⲉⲧ ⲛⲁϯ-ⲑⲉ ⲛⲁⲛ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲛⲱⲛϩ̄ ϣⲁ ⲛⲓⲉⲛⲉϩ?
    • What will provide us the means to live forever?
  45. ⲡⲁϩⲧⲕ̄ ϩⲁⲣⲁⲧ ⲛ̄ⲅⲣ̄-ϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ ⲉϫⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲓⲉⲝⲟⲩⲥⲓⲁ ⲧⲏⲣⲟⲩ.
    • Bow to me, and you (ms. sg.) will become lord over all these authorities.
  46. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲛ̄ⲣ̄-ⲡⲉϥⲙⲉⲉⲩⲉ, ⲁⲛⲁⲣⲭⲉⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲓⲙⲉ.
    • When we remembered him, we began to weep.
  47. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲉϩⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲥⲙⲓⲥⲉ ϫⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ, ⲁⲥϫⲡⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲥϩⲁⲓ.
    • When the day of her labor was fulfilled, she bore a son to her husband.
  48. ⲛⲉϩⲃⲏⲩⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲇⲓⲕⲁⲓⲟⲥ ⲛⲁϫⲡⲓⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲑⲟⲟⲩ.
    • The works of the righteous will shame the wicked.
  49. ⲧⲉⲧⲛⲁⲥⲟⲟⲩⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲣ̄-ϣⲡⲏⲣⲉ.
    • You (pl.) will know and will marvel.
  50. ⲛ̄ⲧⲟϥ ⲇⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ ⲁⲛ ⲡⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲛⲉⲧ ⲙⲟⲟⲩⲧ, ⲁⲗⲗⲁ ⲛⲉⲧ ⲟⲛϩ̄.
    • He is not a god of the dead but (of) the living.
  51. ⲟⲩⲛⲟϭ ⲛ̄ ϣⲡⲏⲣⲉ ⲧⲉ ⲧⲁⲓ.
    • This is a great wonder.

Lesson 27

27.1 Negative adjective compounds. The prefix ⲁⲧ- is used to form negative adjectives from verbs and nouns:

ⲁⲧⲥⲟⲟⲩⲛ̄ignorant
ⲁⲧⲙⲟⲩimmortal
ⲁⲑⲏⲧsenseless, foolish
ⲁⲧⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄disobedient
ⲁⲧⲧⲁⲕⲟimperishable
ⲁⲧϭⲟⲙpowerless, impotent
ⲁⲧⲟⲩⲱⲛϩ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲗinvisible

This prefix was originally a negative relative pronoun; a trace of this older usage is found in the resumptive pronoun required in some expressions, e.g.

ⲁⲧⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲣⲟ⸗unseeable, unseen
ⲁⲧϣⲁϫⲉ ⲉⲣⲟ⸗ineffable; without ⲉⲣⲟ⸗: speechless
ⲁⲧⲕⲓⲙ ⲉⲣⲟ⸗immovable

The resumptive pronoun agrees with the modified noun:

ⲟⲩⲙⲩⲥⲧⲏⲣⲓⲟⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲁⲧϣⲁϫⲉ ⲉⲣⲟϥ
an ineffable mystery
ⲟⲩϭⲟⲙ ⲛ̄ ⲁⲧⲕⲓⲙ ⲉⲣⲟⲥ
an immovable power

Nearly all ⲁⲧ- adjectives freely compound with ⲣ̄- (Q ⲟ ⲛ̄), as in ⲣ̄-ⲁⲧⲥⲟⲟⲩⲛ̄ to become/be ignorant, ⲣ̄-ⲁⲧⲟⲩⲱⲛϩ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ to become/be invisible.

27.2 Compound nouns. The distinction between a compound noun and a noun + ⲛ̄ + noun phrase is somewhat arbitrary. As a working definition we shall assume (1) that the first noun of a true compound noun must be in a reduced form different from the free (unbound) form, if indeed the latter exists; (2) that the linking ⲛ̄ be absent or at least optional. The most productive compounding prefixes are ⲙⲛ̄ⲧ-, ⲣⲙ̄(ⲛ̄)-, ⲣⲉϥ-, and ϭⲓⲛ.

  1. ⲣⲉϥ- forms agent or actor nouns; the second element is normally a simple or compound infinitive, but occasionally a qualitative:

    ⲣⲉϥⲣ̄-ⲛⲟⲃⲉsinner
    ⲣⲉϥϣⲙ̄ϣⲉserver, worshipper
    ⲣⲉϥⲙⲟⲟⲩⲧdead person
    ⲣⲉϥⲧⲁⲕⲟdestroyer; perishable
    ⲣⲉϥϫⲓⲟⲩⲉthief

    These may be used nominally or adjectivally, e.g.

    ⲟⲩⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲉϥⲣ̄-ⲛⲟⲃⲉ
    a sinful woman
    ⲟⲩⲡⲛⲉⲩⲙⲁ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲉϥⲧⲁⲕⲟ
    a destructive spirit
    ⲧⲉⲓⲥⲁⲣⲝ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲉϥⲧⲁⲕⲟ
    this perishable flesh

    and may be formed freely from virtually any appropriate verb in the language.

  2. ⲣⲙ̄-, ⲣⲙ̄ⲛ̄-, a reduced form of ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛ̄, man of:

    ⲣⲙ̄ⲛ̄ⲕⲏⲙⲉ
    an Egyptian
    ⲣⲙ̄ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧ
    a wise, discerning person
    ⲣⲙ̄ⲛ̄ⲛⲁⲍⲁⲣⲉⲑ
    a person from Nazareth
    ⲣⲙ̄ⲧⲱⲛ
    a person from where? as in ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄-ϩⲉⲛⲣⲙ̄ⲛ̄ⲧⲱⲛ? Where are you from?
  3. ⲙⲛ̄ⲧ- is used to form feminine abstract nouns from adjectives or other nouns. Compounds in ⲙⲛ̄ⲧ- are extremely numerous; the following is a typical sampling:

    ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲩⲏⲏⲃpriesthood
    ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲟkingdom, kingship; the spelling ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲣ̄ⲣⲟ is less frequent
    ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲥⲁⲃⲉwisdom
    ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲃⲣ̄ⲣⲉyouth; newness
    ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲣⲙ̄ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧwisdom, prudence
    ⲙⲛ̄ⲧϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟold age (of a man)
    ⲙⲛ̄ⲧϩⲗ̄ⲗⲱold age (of a woman)
    ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲛⲟϭgreatness; seniority
    ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲙⲟⲛⲁⲭⲟⲥmonkhood
    ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲧⲧⲁⲕⲟimperishability; incorruptibility

    ⲙⲛ̄ⲧ- is also used to designate languages:

    ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲣⲙ̄ⲛ̄ⲕⲏⲙⲉEgyptian
    ⲙⲛ̄ⲧϩⲉⲃⲣⲁⲓⲟⲥHebrew
    ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲩⲉⲉⲓⲉⲛⲓⲛGreek
    ⲙⲛ̄ⲧϩⲣⲱⲙⲁⲓⲟⲥLatin
  4. ϭⲓⲛ- is used to form a feminine noun of action or gerund from any infinitive. The meaning ranges from concrete to abstract, e.g. ϭⲓⲛⲛⲁⲩ sight, vision; ϭⲓⲛⲟⲩⲱⲙ food (pl. ϭⲓⲛⲟⲩⲟⲟⲙ). These are so predictable in meaning that they have been systematically excluded from the Glossary unless they have acquired meanings not immediately obvious from that of the base verb.

    Les frequent compounding prefixes are ⲁⲛ-, ⲉⲓⲉⲡ- (ⲉⲓⲟⲡⲉ), ⲉⲓⲉϩ- (ⲉⲓⲱϩⲉ), ⲣⲁ- ⲥϯ- (ⲥⲧⲟⲓ), ϣⲟⲩ- (ϣⲁⲩ), ϣⲃⲣ̄- (ϣⲃⲏⲣ), ϣⲛ̄- (ϣⲏⲣⲉ), ϣⲥ̄ⲛ̄- (ⲥⲁϣ), and ϩⲁⲙ-. The reader may check these out in the Glossary.

    Nominalized relative clauses are sometimes taken as compound nouns, occurring with an extra article, e.g.

    ()ⲡⲉⲧ ϣⲟⲩⲉⲓⲧvanity
    ()ⲡⲉⲑⲟⲟⲩevil
    ⲟⲩⲡⲉⲧ ⲟⲩⲁⲁⲃa saint

    A similar usage is found with ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲛ̄, designating origin or affiliation (the def. art. appears as ⲡⲉ-, ⲧⲉ-, ⲛⲉ-):

    ⲟⲩⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲥⲩⲣⲓⲁ ⲡⲉ.
    He is a Syrian.
    ⲛⲉⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲏⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲇⲁⲩⲉⲓⲇ ⲛⲉ.
    They are the ones from the house of David.

27.3 There is a form of the verb known as the participium conjunctivum (proclitic participle) used only for forming compounds with a following nominal element:

p. c.
ⲥⲱⲥⲁⲩ-ⲏⲣⲡ̄wine-drinking, a wine-drinker
ⲟⲩⲱⲙⲟⲩⲁⲙ-ⲣⲱⲙⲉman-eating
ϫⲓⲥⲉϫⲁⲥⲓ-ϩⲏⲧarrogant
ⲙⲟⲟⲛⲉⲙⲁⲛ-ⲉⲥⲟⲟⲩshepherd, tender of sheep

It is uniformly vocalized with -ⲁ-. For most verbs the p. c. is rare or non-existent; a few verbs like the above account for most of the examples encountered. Note especially the compounds of ⲙⲉ: ⲙⲁⲓ- (one who loves):

ⲙⲁⲓ-ⲉⲟⲟⲩdesirous of fame or glory
ⲙⲁⲓ-ⲛⲟⲩⲃ, ⲙⲁⲓ-ϩⲁⲧdesirous of wealth
ⲙⲁⲓ-ⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉpious, God-loving
ⲙⲁⲓ-ⲣⲱⲙⲉkind, philanthropic
ⲙⲁⲓ-ⲟⲩⲱⲙgluttonous

27.4 The Third Future and its negative:

neg.
ⲉⲓⲉⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲛ̄ⲛⲁⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲉⲕⲉⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲛ̄ⲛⲉⲕⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲉⲣⲉⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲛ̄ⲛⲉⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲉϥⲉⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲛ̄ⲛⲉϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲉⲥⲉⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲛ̄ⲛⲉⲥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲉⲛⲉⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲛ̄ⲛⲉⲛⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲉⲧⲉⲧⲛⲉⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲛ̄ⲛⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲉⲩⲉⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲛ̄ⲛⲉⲩⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲛ̄ⲛⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄

The negative forms are also spelled as ⲉⲛⲛⲁ-, ⲉⲛⲛⲉⲕ- etc. The 1st pers. sing. also occurs as ⲛ̄ⲛⲉⲓⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄.

The Third Future is an emphatic or vivid future with a wide variety of nuances; in an independent clause it describes a future event as necessary, inevitable, or obligatory. The English translation will depend on the context: ⲉϥⲉⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ he shall hear, he is to hear, he is bound to hear, he must inevitably hear, he will surely hear, and similarly for the negative. The 2nd person is often used in commands and prohibitions:

ⲛ̄ⲛⲉⲕⲡⲉⲓⲣⲁⲍⲉ ⲉ ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ ⲡⲉⲕⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ.
You shall not tempt the Lord your God.
ⲉⲧⲉⲧⲛⲉϩⲁⲣⲉϩ ⲉ ⲛⲉⲓⲉⲛⲧⲟⲗⲏ.
You shall keep these commandments.

One of the most frequent uses of the Third Future is to express purpose or result after the conjunctions ϫⲉ and ϫⲉⲕⲁ():

ⲁⲓⲥϩⲁⲓ ⲛⲏⲧⲛ̄ ϫⲉⲕⲁⲥ ⲉⲧⲉⲧⲛⲉⲥⲟⲩⲛ̄-ⲛⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲓ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁ.
I have written to you so that you may know what has befallen me here.
ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲁⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲟⲩϥ̄ ⲉⲣⲱⲧⲛ̄ ϫⲉ ⲉϥⲉϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲏⲧⲛ̄.
We shall send him to you so that he may speak with you.

The same type of clause may be used as an object clause instead of the Inflected Infinitive after verbs of commanding, exhorting, and the like:

ⲁⲛⲥⲡ̄ⲥⲱⲡϥ̄ ϫⲉⲕⲁⲥ ⲛ̄ⲛⲉϥϫⲟⲟⲥ ⲉ ⲗⲁⲁⲩ.
We entreated him not to tell it to anyone.

It may occasionally replace the Inflected Infinitive in other situations:

ⲛ̄ϯⲙ̄ⲡϣⲁ ⲁⲛ ϫⲉⲕⲁⲥ ⲉⲓⲉⲉⲓ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ.
I am not worthy to enter.

The Third Future is tripartite; only the infinitive may be used in the verbal slot. The Second Future is sometimes used instead of the Third Future after ϫⲉⲕⲁⲥ and ϫⲉ.

Vocabulary 27

(The adjectival and nominal compounds given in 27.1, 2.)

Greek words:

Exercises

  1. ⲁⲓⲥϩⲁⲓ ⲛⲁⲕ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲓϣⲁϫⲉ ϫⲉⲕⲁⲁⲥ ⲛ̄ⲛⲉⲕⲣ̄-ⲡⲱⲃϣ̄ ⲛ̄ ϩⲱⲃ ⲛⲓⲙ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲓϯ-ⲥⲃⲱ ⲛⲁⲕ ⲉⲣⲟⲟⲩ.
    • I wrote these words to you (ms. sg.) so that you would not forget anything which I taught you.
  2. ⲛⲉⲩⲧⲁⲗⲟ ⲛ̄ ϩⲁϩ ⲛ̄ ⲑⲩⲥⲓⲁ ϫⲉⲕⲁⲥ ⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲛⲉⲩϣⲗⲏⲗ.
    • They were offering up many sacrifices so that God would hear their prayers.
  3. ⲁⲩϭⲉⲡⲏ ⲉⲣⲁⲧϥ̄ ⲙ̄ ⲡϩⲏⲅⲉⲙⲱⲛ ϫⲉⲕⲁⲥ ⲉⲩⲉⲧⲁⲙⲟϥ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲛⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩϣⲱⲡⲉ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡϯⲙⲉ.
    • They hurried to the governor so that they might tell him about the things that happened in the village.
  4. ⲛ̄ⲛⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲁⲑⲏⲧ.
    • You (pl.) shall not listen to the words of the ignorant.
  5. ⲥⲉⲙⲉⲉⲩⲉ ϫⲉ ⲛⲉⲩⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ ϩⲉⲛⲁⲧⲙⲟⲩ ⲛⲉ.
    • They think that their gods are immortal.
  6. ⲁⲩⲕⲧⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲥⲛⲁⲩ ⲉ ⲡⲏⲓ ϫⲉⲕⲁⲥ ⲉⲩⲉϯ-ⲧⲟⲟⲧϥ̄ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲩⲉⲓⲱⲧ ⲛ̄ ϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ.
    • They both returned to the house so that they might help their old father.
  7. ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲛ̄ϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲟⲩⲏⲏⲃ ⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲁⲧⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄.
    • The children of the priest were disobedient.
  8. ⲉⲛⲛⲁⲛⲟⲩϫⲉ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲥⲱⲙⲁ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲉϥⲧⲁⲕⲟ ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲁⲩ?
    • When will we cast away this perishable body?
  9. ⲁ-ⲡⲉⲩϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ ϩⲱⲛ ⲉⲧⲟⲟⲧⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϥϩⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ ϫⲉⲕⲁⲥ ⲉⲩⲉⲉⲓⲛⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲧⲟⲓ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ϣⲁⲣⲟϥ.
    • Their master ordered his slaves to bring the soldiers in to him.
  10. ⲛ̄ⲛⲉⲕϫⲓⲟⲩⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲛⲕⲁ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲕⲥⲛⲏⲩ.
    • You (ms. sg.) shall not steal the belongings of your brothers.
  11. ⲁⲩⲉⲓ ⲛ̄ ϫⲓⲟⲩⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲩϣⲏ ⲁⲩⲱ ⲁⲩϫⲓ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲥⲱⲙⲁ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲁⲫⲟⲥ.
    • They came stealthily in the night and took his body out of the tomb.
  12. ϯⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲁⲧϭⲟⲙ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲙⲧⲟ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲓⲙⲓⲛⲉ.
    • I am powerless in the presence of a man like this.
  13. ⲟⲩⲙⲁⲓ-ⲟⲩⲱⲙ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉⲕⲥⲟⲛ.
    • Your (ms. sg.) brother is gluttonous.
  14. ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉⲧ ⲛⲁⲣ̄-ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲣⲉ ⲉ ⲧⲡⲓⲥⲧⲓⲥ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲉ?
    • Who will testify to the true faith?
  15. ⲛⲉⲓⲙⲁⲧⲟⲓ ϩⲉⲛⲁⲑⲟⲧⲉ ⲛⲉ.
    • These soldiers are fearless.
  16. ⲁ-ⲡⲁⲅⲅⲉⲗⲟⲥ ⲉⲓ ⲛⲁⲓ ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲣⲁⲥⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲩϣⲏ ⲁⲩⲱ ⲁϥⲧⲁⲙⲟⲓ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲛⲉⲓϣⲁϫⲉ.
    • The angel came to me in a dream in the night and told me about these things.
  17. ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲩⲛⲟⲩ ⲁ-ⲧⲡⲉ ⲣ̄-ⲕⲁⲕⲉ.
    • Immediately, the sky became dark.
  18. ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲧⲁⲗϭⲟⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲕϣⲱⲛⲉ?
    • Who cured you (ms. sg.) of your illness?
  19. ⲡⲉⲓⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲟⲩⲥⲁⲉⲓⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲥⲁⲃⲉ ⲡⲉ.
    • This man is a wise physician.
  20. ⲙ̄ⲡⲣ̄ⲣ̄-ϩⲟⲧⲉ, ⲡⲁϣⲏⲣⲉ.
    • Don't be afraid, my child.
  21. ⲁⲩⲱ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲩⲛⲟⲩ ⲁϥⲣ̄-ⲁⲧⲟⲩⲱⲛϩ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲡⲇⲓⲁⲃⲟⲗⲟⲥ.
    • And immediately, the devil became invisible.
  22. ⲟⲩⲛⲟϭ ⲧⲉ ⲧⲉϥⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲟ.
    • His kingdom is great.
  23. ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲉϥⲙⲛ̄ⲧϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ⲛⲉϥⲉⲓⲣⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲙⲉⲉⲩⲉ ⲁⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϩⲟⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉϥⲙⲛ̄ⲧϣⲏⲣⲉ ϣⲏⲙ.
    • In his old age, he did not remember the days of his childhood.
  24. ⲙ̄ⲡⲉⲛⲡⲓⲥⲧⲉⲩⲉ ⲉ ⲧⲉⲩⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲣⲉ.
    • We did not believe their testimony.
  25. ⲁⲩⲣ̄-ϣⲡⲏⲣⲉ ⲁⲩⲱ ⲁⲩⲛⲟϭ ⲛ̄ ϩⲟⲧⲉ ϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲩⲙⲏⲧⲉ.
    • They became amazed, and a great fear arose in their midst.
  26. ⲁϥϩⲱⲛ ⲉⲧⲟⲟⲧⲟⲩ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲩⲙⲟⲩⲣ ⲙ̄ ⲡϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲛ̄ⲥⲉⲛⲟϫϥ̄ ⲉ ⲡⲉϣⲧⲉⲕⲟ.
    • He commanded them to bind the child and throw him into the prison.
  27. ⲛ̄ⲧⲕ̄-ⲟⲩⲙⲁⲓ-ⲉⲟⲟⲩ ⲉϥϣⲟⲩⲉⲓⲧ.
    • You (ms. sg.) are desirous of empty glory.
  28. ⲟⲩⲣⲙ̄ⲛ̄ⲧⲱⲛ ⲡⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲕ? ⲁⲛⲅ̄-ⲟⲩⲣⲙ̄ⲛ̄ⲕⲏⲙⲉ.
    • Where are you (ms. sg.) from? I am an Egyptian.
  29. ⲙ̄ⲡⲉⲥϣϭⲙ̄-ϭⲟⲙ ⲉ ⲧⲟⲩⲛⲟⲥϥ̄.
    • She was not able to awaken him.
  30. ϩⲉⲛϩⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲉϥⲣ̄-ϩⲟⲧⲉ ⲛⲉ.
    • They are fearful slaves.
  31. ⲙⲛ̄-ϣϭⲟⲙ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲓ ⲉ ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲏⲧⲛ̄ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲩⲉⲉⲓⲉⲛⲓⲛ.
    • It is impossible for me to speak with you (pl.) in Greek.
  32. ⲁϫⲓⲥ ⲛⲁϥ ϫⲉⲕⲁⲥ ⲉϥⲉϫⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲟⲉⲓⲕ ⲉ ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲕⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ.
    • Tell him to send the bread to the poor of the city.
  33. ϯⲛⲁϭⲱ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲕ ϫⲉⲕⲁⲥ ⲛ̄ⲛⲉⲩⲙⲟⲟⲩⲧ.
    • I will stay with you (ms. sg.) so that they will not kill me.
  34. ⲟⲩⲁⲧⲧⲁⲕⲟ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲛⲟⲙⲟⲥ ⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ.
    • The Lord's law is indestructible.
  35. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁ-ⲙⲁⲣⲓⲁ ⲧⲁⲙⲁⲁⲩ ϫⲡⲟⲓ ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲙⲩⲥⲧⲏⲣⲓⲟⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲁⲧϣⲁϫⲉ ⲉⲣⲟϥ, ⲉ-ⲙⲛ̄-ⲗⲁⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲕⲟⲥⲙⲟⲥ ⲧⲏⲣϥ̄ ⲛⲁⲉⲓⲙⲉ ⲉⲣⲟϥ.
    • It was in an ineffable mystery, which not any man in the whole world will understand, that Mary my mother gave birth to me.
  36. ⲁⲩⲙⲟⲩϩ ⲇⲉ ⲧⲏⲣⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ ϭⲱⲛⲧ̄ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲥⲩⲛⲁⲅⲱⲅⲏ ⲉⲩⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲛⲁⲓ.
    • They all became filled with anger in the synagogue as they heard these things.
  37. ⲁϫⲓⲥ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲱⲛⲉ ϫⲉ ⲉϥⲉⲣ̄-ⲟⲉⲓⲕ.
    • Tell this stone to become bread.
  38. ⲁⲩⲉⲓⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲛⲟϭ ⲛ̄ ⲥⲁⲉⲓⲛ ⲉⲧⲣⲉϥⲧⲁⲗϭⲟ ⲙ̄ ⲡϣⲏⲣⲉ, ⲁⲗⲗⲁ ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥϭⲙ̄-ϭⲟⲙ ⲉ ⲧⲁⲗϭⲟϥ.
    • They brought a great doctor to heal the child, but he was not able to heal him.

Lesson 28

28.1 The Habitual and its negative.

Neg.
ϣⲁⲓⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲙⲉⲓⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ϣⲁⲕⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲙⲉⲕⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ϣⲁⲣ()ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲙⲉⲣⲉⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ϣⲁϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲙⲉϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ϣⲁⲥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲙⲉⲥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ϣⲁⲛⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲙⲉⲛⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ϣⲁⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲙⲉⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ϣⲁⲩⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲙⲉⲩⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ϣⲁⲣⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲙⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄

The Habitual (or praesens consuetudinis) describes an action or activity as characteristic or habitual. It may usually be translated by the English general present (I write, I work, etc.):

ϣⲁⲩⲙⲟⲩⲧⲉ ⲉⲣⲟϥ ϫⲉ ⲓⲱϩⲁⲛⲛⲏⲥ.
They call him John.
ϣⲁⲣⲉ-ⲧⲥⲟⲫⲓⲁ ⲟⲩⲱϩ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡϩⲏⲧ ⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲇⲓⲕⲁⲓⲟⲥ.
Wisdom resides in the heart of the righteous.
ⲙⲉϥⲥⲉ-ⲏⲣⲡ̄.
He doesn't drink wine.

The Habitual forms a regular system with the converters:

Neg.
relative:ⲉϣⲁϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲉⲧⲉ ⲙⲉϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲉⲧⲉ ϣⲁϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
circumstantial:ⲉ-ϣⲁϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲉ-ⲙⲉϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
imperfect:ⲛⲉ-ϣⲁϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ⲛⲉ-ⲙⲉϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
second tense:ⲉϣⲁϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄

The Habitual is basically tenseless (hence the designation aorist in some grammars) and gains its translation value from the context. The imperfect converter makes a past tense explicit, e.g. ⲛⲉ-ϣⲁϥⲥϩⲁⲓ he used to write. Note that subject resumption is required in the relative form: ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉϣⲁϥⲣ̄-ⲡⲁⲓ the man who does thus. The Habitual belongs to the Tripartite Conjugation: only the Infinitive may be used in the verbal slot.

28.2 Emphasis. The typical non-emphatic word order in a verbal clause is

(verbal prefix) + subject + verb + object + adverbial elements

We have seen that the conversion of the verbal prefix to a second tense form places a strong emphasis on the adverbial element, requiring in most cases a cleft sentence in the English translation. The use of the Coptic cleft sentence pattern, with ⲡⲉ, ⲧⲉ, ⲛⲉ + a relative form is a further device for giving special prominence to a subject or object. A somewhat weaker emphasis is achieved by placing a specific element of the clause at the beginning. Such preposed elements are usually resumed pronominally within the clause unless they are simple adverbial phrases. This transformation, known also as fronting or topicalization, is very common in Coptic; examples abound on every page. The element preposed may be completely unmarked as such, but the Greek particle ⲇⲉ is ubiquitous in this function. Fronted personal pronouns are always in the independent form. E.g.

ⲁⲛⲟⲕ ⲇⲉ ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥϭⲓⲛⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲓ.
Me he did't find.
ⲡⲉϥϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲇⲉ ⲁⲩⲣⲁϩⲧϥ̄.
His son, however, they killed.
ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲕ ⲇⲉ ⲛ̄ϯⲛⲁϯ ⲛⲁⲕ ⲁⲛ ⲙ̄ ⲡϩⲁⲧ.
I will not give the money to you.

The independent pronouns may be used appositionally to emphasize any suffixed pronoun, e.g. ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲣⲁⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲇⲉ ⲁⲛⲟⲕ but when I heard; ⲉⲧⲃⲏⲏⲧⲕ̄ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲕ for your sake. We have already mentioned the repetition in ⲛ̄ⲧⲕ̄-ⲛⲓⲙ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲕ? Who are you? They may even stand before a relative clause, as in ⲡⲙⲁ ⲁⲛⲟⲕ ⲉϯⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ the place which I am in.

The particles ⲉⲓⲥ and ⲉⲓⲥ ϩⲏⲏⲧⲉ add a certain vividness or immediacy to a following statement. If an element is topicalized, ⲉⲓⲥ generally occurs before nouns and ⲉⲓⲥ ϩⲏⲏⲧⲉ before pronouns.

ⲉⲓⲥ ϩⲏⲏⲧⲉ ⲁⲛⲅ̄-ⲑⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ ⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ.
Behold, I am the maidservant of the Lord.
ⲉⲓⲥ ϩⲏⲏⲧⲉ ⲉⲕⲉϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲉⲕⲕⲱ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲱⲕ.
Behold, you shall remain (being) mute. (Cf. §30.11)
ⲉⲓⲥ ϩⲏⲏⲧⲉ ⲧⲉⲛⲁⲱ ⲛ̄ⲧⲉϫⲡⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩϣⲏⲣⲉ.
Behold, you shall conceive and bear a son.

The translation "behold" is purely conventional, but it is difficult to find a better English equivalent. The forms ⲉⲓⲥ ϩⲏⲏⲡⲉ, ⲉⲓⲥⲧⲉ, ⲉⲓⲥⲡⲉ, and ⲉⲓⲥ ϩⲏⲏⲧⲉ ⲉⲓⲥ also occur. ⲉⲓⲥ has several other functions:

  1. with a following noun, as a complete predication:

    ⲉⲓⲥ ⲧⲉⲕⲥⲱⲛⲉ.
    Here is your sister.
  2. as a "preposition" before temporal expressions, as in

    ⲉⲓⲥ ϣⲟⲙⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲟⲙⲡⲉ ⲙ̄ⲡⲉⲛⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲣⲟϥ.
    We have not seen him for three years.

28.3 Emphatic and intensive pronouns.

  1. ⲙⲁⲩⲁⲁ⸗, ⲙⲁⲩⲁⲧ⸗, less frequently ⲟⲩⲁⲁ(), is used in apposition to a preceding noun or pronoun: alone, sole, self, only. E.g.

    ⲁⲛⲟⲕ ⲙⲁⲩⲁⲁⲧ
    I alone, I by myself, only I
    ⲛⲁϥ ⲙⲁⲩⲁⲁϥ
    to him alone, to him only
    ⲡⲣ̄ⲣⲟ ⲙⲁⲩⲁⲁϥ
    the king himself, the king alone
  2. ϩⲱⲱ⸗ (1 c.s. ϩⲱ or ϩⲱⲱⲧ, 2 f.s. ϩⲱⲱⲧⲉ, 2 c.pl. ϩⲱⲧ-ⲧⲏⲩⲧⲛ̄), similar to the preceding, but often with the added nuance of "also, too, moreover". E.g.

    ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲕ ⲇⲉ ϩⲱⲱⲕ, ⲡⲁϣⲏⲣⲉ, ⲥⲉⲛⲁⲙⲟⲩⲧⲉ ⲉⲣⲟⲕ ϫⲉ ⲡⲉⲡⲣⲟⲫⲏⲧⲏⲥ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲧ ϫⲟⲥⲉ.
    And you, moreover, my son, will be called the prophet of the Most High.
    ⲉⲓⲥ ⲉⲗⲓⲥⲁⲃⲉⲧ ⲧⲟⲩⲥⲩⲅⲅⲉⲛⲏⲥ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲥ ϩⲱⲱⲥ ⲟⲛ ⲁⲥⲱ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩϣⲏⲣⲉ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲥⲙⲛ̄ⲧϩⲗ̄ⲗⲱ.
    Behold, Elisabeth your kinsman has also conceived a child in her old age.

    The form ϩⲱⲱϥ also serves as an adverb/conjunction "however, on the other hand" without any pronominal force. ⲛ̄ⲧⲟϥ is used likewise.

  3. ⲙ̄ⲙⲓⲛ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟ⸗, an intensive pronoun, used in apposition to a preceding pronoun, usually possessive or reflexive:

    ⲡⲁⲏⲓ ⲙ̄ⲙⲓⲛ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲓ
    my own house
    ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥϯⲙⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲓⲛ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ
    in his own village

28.4 The reciprocal pronoun "each other, one another" is expressed by possessive prefixes on -ⲉⲣⲏⲩ (fellow, companion), e.g.

ⲁⲛⲙⲓϣⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲛⲉⲣⲏⲩ.
We fought with one another.
ⲛⲉⲩϣⲁϫⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲩⲉⲣⲏⲩ.
They were talking with each other.

28.5 Further remarks on -ⲕⲉ-. In addition to the use of -ⲕⲉ- as an adjective "other, another" introduced in 4.3, -ⲕⲉ- may have a purely emphasizing function, e.g.

ⲡⲕⲉⲣⲱⲙⲉ
the man too
the man as well

Both uses are frequent, and the correct translation will depend on a careful examination of the context.

There is a related set of pronouns: m.s. ϭⲉ or ⲕⲉⲧ, f.s. ⲕⲉⲧⲉ, c.pl. ⲕⲟⲟⲩⲉ. These occur alone mostly in negative expressions, e.g. ⲙ̄ⲡⲓⲛⲁⲩ ⲉ ϭⲉ I saw no one else. Otherwise the articles are added, as in ⲧⲕⲉⲧⲉ the other one (f.), ⲛ̄ⲕⲟⲟⲩⲉ the others, ϩⲉⲛⲕⲟⲟⲩⲉ some others. For the indefinite singular ⲕⲉⲟⲩⲁ and f. ⲕⲉⲟⲩⲉⲓ, another (one), are used.

28.6 Nouns with pronominal suffixes. It was noted earlier that there is a small group of nouns which take pronominal suffixes in a possessive sense. Among the more important of these are

  1. ϫⲱ⸗ head, mostly replaced by ⲁⲡⲉ in normal usage, occurs frequently in compound expressions. The prepositions ⲉϫⲛ̄, ⲉϫⲱ⸗ and ϩⲓϫⲛ̄, ϩⲓϫⲱ⸗ have already been introduced. Note also ϩⲁϫⲛ̄, ϩⲁϫⲱ⸗ before, in front of; ϥⲓ-ϫⲱ⸗ to raise one's head; ⲕⲁ-ϫⲱ⸗ to submit (reflex.), to compel (not reflex.); ϯ-ϫⲱ⸗ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲉ to submit to; ⲟⲩⲉϩ-ϫⲱ⸗ to bow the head. There are other similar verbal compounds.
  2. ⲉⲓⲁ, ⲉⲓⲁⲧ⸗ eye; mainly in compounds, e.g. ⲕⲧⲉ-ⲉⲓⲁⲧ⸗ to look around; ⲙⲉϩ-ⲉⲓⲁⲧ⸗ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟ⸗ to stare at; ⲧⲟⲩⲛ-ⲉⲓⲁⲧ⸗ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ to instruct, inform; cf. also ⲛⲁⲓⲁⲧ⸗ in the following lesson.
  3. ⲣⲱ⸗ mouth. The unbound form ⲡ.ⲣⲟ appears often in the sense of "door, entrance", but in the sense of "mouth" it is usually replaced by ⲧⲁⲡⲣⲟ except in compounds, e.g. the prepositions ⲉⲣⲛ̄, ⲉⲣⲱ⸗ and ϩⲓⲣⲛ̄, ϩⲓⲣⲱ⸗; ⲕⲁ-ⲣⲱ⸗, ⲕⲱ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲱ⸗ to become/remain silent (Q ⲕⲁⲣⲁⲉⲓⲧ); ⲧⲙ̄-ⲣⲱ⸗ idem (as imptv.); ϫⲓ-ⲣⲱϥ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟ⸗ to obstruct, block.
  4. ⲧⲟⲟⲧ⸗ hand, already commented upon in §10.4. The more important verbal compounds include ϯ-ⲧⲟⲟⲧ⸗ (Vocab. 26), ⲕⲁ-ⲧⲟⲟⲧ⸗ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ to cease (doing: Circum.), and ϩⲓ-ⲧⲟⲟⲧ⸗ to begin (see Vocab. below).

28.7 The nouns underlying the directional adverbs of Lesson 8 are used in several other important adverbial and prepositional expressions. With ⲛ̄, ϩⲓ, and ⲥⲁ they form adverbs of static location: e.g. ⲛ̄ ⲃⲟⲗ outside, ϩⲓ ϩⲟⲩⲛ inside, ⲥⲁ-ⲡⲉⲥⲏⲧ underneath, below. Each of these may be converted into a prepositional phrase by adding ⲛ̄, ⲙ̄ⲙⲟ⸗: ϩⲓ ⲃⲟⲗ ⲛ̄ outside of, beyond; ⲥⲁ-ϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲛ̄ within, inside of. Nearly all the possible combinations occur: (ⲛ̄, ϩⲓ, ⲥⲁ) + (ⲃⲟⲗ, ϩⲟⲩⲛ, ϩⲣⲁⲓ up, ϩⲣⲁⲓ down, ⲡⲉⲥⲏⲧ, ⲧⲡⲉ, ⲡⲁϩⲟⲩ, ⲡϣⲱⲓ) ± ⲙ̄ⲙⲟ⸗ (sometimes also + ). Their meanings are usually obvious from the context. The noun ⲡ.ⲥⲁ in these expressions means "side, direction". It is the same ⲥⲁ we have in ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ and ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ. Note also the phrase (ⲛ̄) ⲥⲁ ⲥⲁ ⲛⲓⲙ on every side, everywhich way.

Vocabulary 28

(ⲉⲓⲥ, ⲉⲓⲥ ϩⲏⲏⲧⲉ, ⲙⲁⲩⲁⲁ⸗, ϩⲱⲱ⸗, ⲙ̄ⲙⲓⲛ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟ⸗, ⲕⲁ-ⲣⲱ⸗, ⲧⲙ̄-ⲣⲱ⸗, ϩⲉⲛⲕⲟⲟⲩⲉ, ⲛ̄ⲕⲟⲟⲩⲉ, -ⲉⲣⲏⲩ from the lesson)

Exercises

  1. ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉⲓⲣⲙ̄ⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ ⲉϣⲁⲩⲙⲟⲩⲧⲉ ⲉⲣⲟϥ ϫⲉ ⲓⲱϩⲁⲛⲛⲏⲥ?
    • Who is this man of God who is called John?
  2. ⲛ̄ⲧⲟϥ ⲇⲉ ϩⲱⲱϥ ⲛⲁⲉⲓ ϣⲁⲣⲟⲛ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲣⲁⲥⲧⲉ.
    • He himself will come to us tomorrow.
  3. ⲁⲛϩⲉ ⲉⲣⲟϥ ⲉϥⲙⲟⲟϣⲉ ⲙⲁⲩⲁⲁϥ ⲉ ⲑⲉⲛⲉⲉⲧⲉ.
    • We found him walking by himself to the monastery.
  4. ⲁ-ϩⲟⲉⲓⲛⲉ ⲡⲓⲥⲧⲉⲩⲉ ⲉⲣⲟϥ, ϩⲉⲛⲕⲟⲟⲩⲉ ⲇⲉ ⲙ̄ⲡⲟⲩⲡⲓⲥⲧⲉⲩⲉ.
    • Some believed him, but others did not believe.
  5. ⲙⲉⲣⲉ-ⲛ̄ⲇⲓⲕⲁⲓⲟⲥ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲣⲉϥⲣ̄-ⲛⲟⲃⲉ.
    • The righteous do not listen to the words of the sinners.
  6. ⲛⲉ-ϣⲁⲣⲉ-ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲛⲁⲭⲟⲥ ϯ-ⲛⲉⲩϩⲱⲃ ⲛ̄ ϭⲓϫ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϩⲟⲟⲩ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
    • The monks used to sell their handicrafts in those days.
  7. ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲟⲩⲛⲟϭ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲏⲏϣⲉ ⲥⲟⲟⲩϩ ϩⲓⲣⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲏⲓ.
    • A great crowd was gathered at the entrance of his house.
  8. ⲙ̄ⲡⲣ̄ϭⲛ̄-ⲁⲣⲓⲕⲉ ⲉⲣⲟⲓ, ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ. ⲙ̄ⲡⲓⲣ̄-ⲗⲁⲁⲩ.
    • Don't blame me, my father. I didn't do anything.
  9. ⲛ̄ ⲣⲟⲩϩⲉ ⲁ-ⲡⲥⲟⲛ ⲕⲧⲟϥ ⲟⲛ ⲉ ⲧⲉϥⲣⲓ.
    • In the evening the brother returned again to his cell.
  10. ⲙⲛ̄-ⲗⲁⲁⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲣⲟⲫⲏⲧⲏⲥ ϣⲏⲡ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥϯⲙⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲓⲛ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ.
    • No prophet is acceptable in his own village.
  11. ⲁⲛⲟⲕ ⲇⲉ ϩⲱ ϯⲛⲁϩⲓ-ⲧⲟⲟⲧ ⲉ ⲥϩⲁⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲩϣⲱⲡⲉ.
    • I myself will undertake to write the things which happened.
  12. ϣⲁϥⲥⲁⲁⲛϣ̄ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉϥϣⲏⲣⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲑⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲉⲓⲱⲧ ⲛ̄ ⲁⲅⲁⲑⲟⲥ.
    • He tends to his children like a good father.
  13. ⲁϥϫⲟⲟⲥ ⲛⲁⲓ ϫⲉ ⲧⲙ̄-ⲣⲱⲕ ⲛⲅ̄ⲃⲱⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ.
    • He said to me, "Shut up and go away."
  14. ⲁⲕⲉⲓⲣⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲁⲓ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲕ ⲙⲁⲩⲁⲁⲕ?
    • You (ms. sg.) alone have done these things?
  15. ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉⲧ ⲛⲁⲥⲁⲛⲟⲩϣⲛ̄ ⲉ-ⲁ-ⲛⲉⲛⲉⲓⲟⲧⲉ ⲙⲟⲩ?
    • Who will rear us, our parents having died?
  16. ⲁϥⲕⲁ-ⲣⲱϥ, ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥⲟⲩⲉϣⲃ̄-ⲗⲁⲁⲩ.
    • He remained silent and answered no one / nothing.
  17. ⲓⲱϩⲁⲛⲛⲏⲥ ⲇⲉ ϩⲱⲱϥ ⲁϥⲙⲟⲩⲛ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲉϥⲟⲩⲏϩ ϩⲓ ⲡϫⲁⲉⲓⲉ.
    • John himself continued dwelling in the desert.
  18. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉ-ⲣⲟⲩϩⲉ ⲇⲉ ϣⲱⲡⲉ, ⲛⲉϥⲙⲁⲑⲏⲧⲏⲥ ⲁⲩⲥⲱⲟⲩϩ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲙⲁ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
    • When evening came, his disciples gathered in that place.
  19. ⲛ̄ϯⲟⲩⲱϣ ⲁⲛ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲕϭⲱ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁ. ⲕⲟⲧⲕ̄ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲕⲏⲓ ⲙ̄ⲙⲓⲛ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲕ.
    • I do not want you (ms. sg.) to stay here. Return to your own house.
  20. ⲁⲩϩⲓ-ⲧⲟⲟⲧⲟⲩ ⲉ ⲕⲱⲧ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲛⲟϭ ⲛ̄ ⲣ̄ⲡⲉ ⲉⲣⲉ-ⲧⲉϥⲁⲡⲉ ⲛⲁⲡⲱϩ ⲉ ⲧⲡⲉ ⲙⲁⲩⲁⲁⲥ.
    • They began to build a great temple whose peak (head) would reach to the sky itself.
  21. ⲁ-ϣⲟⲙⲛ̄ⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲟⲩ ϭⲱ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲓ, ⲛ̄ⲕⲟⲟⲩⲉ ⲇⲉ ⲁⲩⲕⲧⲟⲟⲩ ⲉ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ.
    • Three of them stayed with me, but the others returned to the city.
  22. ⲛ̄ⲕⲟⲟⲩⲉ ⲇⲉ ⲥⲏϩ ϩⲛ̄ ⲕⲉϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ.
    • The other things are written in another book.
  23. ⲛ̄ⲣⲉϥⲣ̄-ⲛⲟⲃⲉ ⲇⲉ ⲙⲉⲩⲥⲁⲁⲛϣ̄-ⲛⲉⲩϣⲏⲣⲉ ϩⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲛⲧⲟⲗⲏ ⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ.
    • The sinners do not rear their children with the commandments of the Lord.
  24. ⲁⲩⲕⲟⲧⲟⲩ ⲟⲛ ⲉ ⲥⲡ̄ⲥⲱⲡϥ̄.
    • They implored him again.
  25. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲟⲩ ⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲙⲓϣⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲉⲣⲏⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲓϩⲉ?
    • Why are you (pl.) quarreling with one another like this?
  26. ϩⲓ ϩⲧⲟⲟⲩⲉ ⲇⲉ ⲁ-ⲛ̄ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ ⲥⲱⲟⲩϩ ⲉ ⲧⲁⲅⲟⲣⲁ.
    • At dawn the men of the city gathered at the marketplace.
  27. ⲁⲥⲣ̄-ϩⲟⲧⲉ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϫⲉ ⲁ-ⲡⲉⲥϩⲁⲓ ϭⲛ̄-ⲁⲣⲓⲕⲉ ⲉⲣⲟⲥ.
    • She was afraid, because her husband found fault with her.
  28. ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉϣⲁϥⲧⲁⲗϭⲉ-ⲡⲥⲁⲉⲓⲛ ⲙⲁⲩⲁⲁϥ?
    • Who heals the doctor himself?
  29. ⲁⲛϩⲉ ⲉ ⲛⲉⲛⲥⲛⲏⲩ ⲉⲩⲥⲁⲛⲁϣⲧ̄ ⲧⲏⲣⲟⲩ ⲉ-ⲙⲛ̄-ⲟⲩⲁ ⲉϥϩⲕⲁⲉⲓⲧ ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧⲟⲩ.
    • We found our brothers all well-fed, there not being one who was hungry among them.
  30. ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲁϭⲱ ⲉⲛϣⲗⲏⲗ ϣⲁ ⲣⲟⲩϩⲉ.
    • We will keep praying until evening.

Reading

(from the Sayings of the Fathers)

ⲁ-ⲟⲩⲁ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲛⲉⲓⲟⲧⲉ ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲙⲁⲑⲏⲧⲏⲥ ⲉ ⲙⲉϩ-ⲙⲟⲟⲩ. ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲧϣⲱⲧⲉ ⲇⲉ ⲡⲉ ⲟⲩⲏⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲣⲓ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲧⲉ. ⲁϥⲣ̄-ⲡⲱⲃϣ̄ ⲇⲉ ⲉ ϫⲓ-ⲡⲛⲟⲩϩ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁϥ. ⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲉϥⲉⲓ ⲇⲉ ⲉϫⲛ̄ ⲧϣⲱⲧⲉ, ⲁϥⲉⲓⲙⲉ ϫⲉ ⲙ̄ⲡⲉϥⲉⲓⲛⲉ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁϥ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲛⲟⲩϩ. ⲁϥⲉⲓⲣⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩϣⲗⲏⲗ, ⲁϥⲙⲟⲩⲧⲉ ⲉϥϫⲱ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲥ ϫⲉ, "ⲡϣⲏⲓ, ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ ⲡⲉⲧ ϫⲱ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲥ ϫⲉ, 'ⲙⲟⲩϩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲁⲅⲅⲓⲟⲛ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲟⲟⲩ.'" ⲁⲩⲱ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲩⲛⲟⲩ ⲁ-ⲡⲙⲟⲟⲩ ⲉⲓ ⲉⲡϣⲱⲓ, ⲁ-ⲡⲥⲟⲛ ⲙⲟⲩϩ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥϣⲟϣⲟⲩ, ⲁⲩⲱ ⲁ-ⲡⲙⲟⲟⲩ ϩⲙⲟⲟⲥ ⲟⲛ ⲉ ⲡⲉϥⲙⲁ.
One of our fathers sent his disciple to fetch water. But the well was very far from the cell. He forgot to bring the rope with him. And when he came upon the well, he realized that he had not brought the rope with him. He made a prayer and he called out, saying, "Oh cistern, it is my father who says to me, 'fill the bucket with water.'" And immediately, the water came upward, and the brother filled his jug, and the water settled again to its place.

New words:

Lesson 29

29.1 The Conditional and conditional clauses.

ⲉⲓϣⲁⲛⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄if I hear
ⲉⲕϣⲁⲛⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄if you hear
ⲉⲣⲉϣⲁⲛⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄etc.
ⲉϥϣⲁⲛⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲉⲥϣⲁⲛⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲉⲛϣⲁⲛⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲉⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ϣⲁⲛⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲉⲩϣⲁⲛⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲉⲣϣⲁⲛ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄

Negation is with -ⲧⲙ̄-: ⲉϥϣⲁⲛⲧⲙ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄, ⲉⲣϣⲁⲛⲧⲙ̄-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄. ϣⲁⲛ may be omitted in the negative: ⲉϥⲧⲙ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄, ⲉⲣⲉⲧⲙ̄-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄. The Conditional occurs only in the protasis of conditional sentences. Only the Infinitive may occur in the verbal slot.

Conditional sentences in Coptic fall formally into two clearly defined groups: (1) real, and (2) contrary-to-fact. The protasis of real conditional sentences in present time has a variety of forms:

  1. a clause with the Conditional:

    ⲉⲕϣⲁⲛⲡⲓⲥⲧⲉⲩⲉ ⲉ ⲛⲁⲓ
    if you believe this
  2. ⲉϣⲱⲡⲉ (if) or ⲉϣϫⲉ (if) followed by the First Present, the Circumstantial, the Conditional, or any type of nonverbal predication:

    ⲉϣⲱⲡⲉ/ⲉϣϫⲉⲕⲡⲓⲥⲧⲉⲩⲉ ⲉ ⲛⲁⲓ
    "ⲉⲕⲡⲓⲥⲧⲉⲩⲉ ⲉ ⲛⲁⲓ
    "ⲉⲕϣⲁⲛⲡⲓⲥⲧⲉⲩⲉ ⲉ ⲛⲁⲓ
    if you believe this
    "ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲕ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉϥⲉⲓⲱⲧ
    if you are his father
    "ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲕ ⲡϩⲁⲧ
    if you have the money
    "ⲛ̄ϯⲙ̄ⲡϣⲁ ⲁⲛ
    if I am not worthy
  3. the Circumstantial alone often serves as protasis:

    ⲉⲛⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁ, ...
    since we are here, ...

The apodosis of such conditions may be any variety of verbal clause appropriate for the required sense (e.g. Fut. I, II, III; Habitual; Imperative). The apodosis may optionally be introduced with ⲉⲓⲉ (ⲉⲉⲓⲉ). For examples, see the exercises.

The protasis of contrary-to-fact conditions is in fact an Imperfect circumstantial clause, or, in the case of nonverbal clauses, a circumstantial of the clause with the imperfect converter:

ⲉ-ⲛⲉϥⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲣ̄ⲣⲟif he were king
ⲉ-ⲛⲉ-ⲛ̄ⲧⲟϥ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲣ̄ⲣⲟif he were the king
ⲉ-ⲛⲉ-ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲛ ⲟⲩⲣ̄ⲣⲟif we had a king
ⲉ-ⲛⲉⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁif you were here

In past time ⲉ-ⲛⲉ- is followed by the affirmative Second Perfect or negative First Perfect:

ⲉ-ⲛⲉ-ⲛⲧⲁⲕϯ-ⲡϩⲁⲧ ⲛⲁⲓ
if you had given me the money
ⲉ-ⲛⲉ-ⲙⲡⲉⲕϫⲓ-ⲡϩⲁⲧ
if you had not taken the money

If the clause is nonverbal, ⲉ-ⲛⲉ- alone is used. Thus, ⲉ-ⲛⲉⲕⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁ means both "if you were here" and "if you had been here".

The conditional prefix ⲉ-ⲛⲉ- is not to be confused with the particle ⲉⲛⲉ which serves to introduce a question, e.g. ⲉⲛⲉ ⲁⲕⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲣⲟϥ? Did you see him?

The apodosis of both tenses is in the imperfect of the Future:

ⲉ-ⲛⲉⲕⲡⲓⲥⲧⲉⲩⲉ, ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲁⲓ ⲛⲁϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲁⲛ.
If you believed, this would not happen.
ⲉ-ⲛⲉ-ⲛⲧⲁⲕⲡⲓⲥⲧⲉⲩⲉ, ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲁⲓ ⲛⲁϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲁⲛ.
If you had believed, this would not have hapened.

The Greek conjunctions ⲉⲓⲙⲏⲧⲓ (εἰ μή τι) and ⲕⲁⲛ (κἄν) are also used to introduce protases of both real and contrary-to-fact conditions.

ⲛ̄ⲥⲁⲃⲏⲗ ϫⲉ (except that, unless, if not) is often used to introduce the protasis of a contrary-to-fact condition; the clause usually contains a Pres. I, Perf. I, or nonverbal predication:

ⲛ̄ⲥⲁⲃⲏⲗ ϫⲉⲕⲡⲓⲥⲧⲉⲩⲉif you did not believe
"ⲁⲕⲡⲓⲥⲧⲉⲩⲉif you had not believed
"ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲕ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧif you were not my father

29.2 Inflected predicate adjectives. There is a small set of predicate adjectives inflected by means of pronominal suffixes or by proclisis to a nominal subject, e.g.

ⲛⲉⲥⲉ-ⲧⲉϥⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ.His wife is beautiful.
ⲛⲉⲥⲱⲥ.She is beautiful.

The more important of these are ⲛⲁⲁ- ⲛⲁⲁ⸗ great, ⲛⲁⲛⲟⲩ- ⲛⲁⲛⲟⲩ⸗ good, ⲛⲉⲥⲉ- ⲛⲉⲥⲱ⸗ beautiful, ⲛⲉⲥⲃⲱⲱ⸗ wise, ⲛⲁϣⲉ- ⲛⲁϣⲱ⸗ numerous, ⲛⲉϭⲱ⸗ ugly. When used in relative clauses, they are treated like the First Present: ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲛⲁⲛⲟⲩϥ the good man, ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉⲧⲉ ⲛⲉⲥⲉ-ⲧⲉϥⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ the man whose wife is beautiful. They may also be preceded by the imperfect and circumstantial converters: ⲛⲉ-ⲛⲁⲛⲟⲩϥ (ⲡⲉ) he was good; ⲟⲩⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲉ-ⲛⲁⲛⲟⲩϥ (ⲡⲉ) a good man. ⲛⲁⲓⲁⲧ⸗ (blessed is/are) belongs to this group, but a following nominal subject must be anticipated with a suffix: ⲛⲁⲓⲁⲧⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲣⲉϥⲣ̄-ⲉⲓⲣⲏⲛⲏ blessed are the peacemakers.

29.3 The comparison of both attributive and predicate adjectives is expressed by placing the preposition before the item on which the comparison is based: ⲛⲟϭ ⲉ ⲡⲁⲓ greater than this, ⲥⲁⲃⲉ ⲉ ⲛⲉϥⲥⲛⲏⲩ wiser than his brothers. In addition to simple adjectives, both Coptic and Greek, the predicate adjectives of the preceding paragraph as well as appropriate qualitatives and other verbal constructions may be used in this construction. E.g.

ⲛⲉϥⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲟϭ ⲉ ⲛⲉϥⲥⲛⲏⲩ.
He was more important than his brothers.
ϥϫⲟⲥⲉ ⲉ ⲡⲉϥϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ.
He is more exalted than his master.
ⲛⲉϥⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓⲛ ⲉ ⲡⲣⲏ.
It was brighter than the sun.
ⲛⲉⲥⲱⲥ ⲉ ⲧⲉⲥⲥⲱⲛⲉ.
She is more beautiful than her sister.

A comparison may be strengthened by using ϩⲟⲩⲟ (more) in various combinations: ⲛ̄ ϩⲟⲩⲟ ⲉ, ⲉ ϩⲟⲩⲟ ⲉ, ⲉ ϩⲟⲩⲉ, all meaning "more than". ⲛ̄ ϩⲟⲩⲟ alone may express an absolute comparative: ⲡⲛⲟϭ ⲛ̄ ϩⲟⲩⲟ the greater.

The Greek preposition ⲡⲁⲣⲁ (or ⲙ̄ ⲡⲁⲣⲁ) may be used instead of . Suffixes may be attached: ⲡⲁⲣⲟⲓ, ⲡⲁⲣⲟⲕ, ⲡⲁⲣⲟ etc.

29.4 Nouns with possessive suffixes (continued).

  1. ⲣⲁⲧ⸗ (foot) was mentioned in §19.2 in connection with ⲉⲣⲁⲧ⸗ and ⲁϩⲉⲣⲁⲧ⸗. Other compounds include ϩⲁ ⲣⲁⲧ⸗ prep. under, at the foot of; ⲕⲁ-ⲣⲁⲧ⸗ to set foot (+ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ: to start out); ⲙⲟⲟϣⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲁⲧ⸗ to go on foot.
  2. ϩⲣⲁ⸗ is the presuffixal form of two words: (1) ϩⲟ ϩⲣⲁ⸗ face; (2) ϩⲣⲟⲟⲩ ϩⲣⲁ⸗ voice. Both of these words are common in their unbound forms. Compounds worth noting are ⲉϩⲣⲛ̄ ⲉϩⲣⲁ⸗ prep. toward (the face of); (ⲛ̄) ⲛⲁϩⲣⲛ̄ (ⲛ̄) ⲛⲁϩⲣⲁ⸗ prep. in the presence of; ϫⲓ-ϩⲣⲁ⸗ (Q ϫⲓ-ϩⲣⲁⲉⲓⲧ) to amuse oneself, be diverted, distracted (suff. is reflex.); ϥⲓ-ϩⲣⲁ⸗ to raise one's voice, utter (± ⲉⲃⲟⲗ, ⲉϩⲣⲁⲓ).
  3. ϩⲧⲏ⸗ is the presuffixal form of (1) ϩⲏⲧ heart, mind, and (2) ϩⲏⲧ tip, edge. Compounds using the form include ϯ-ϩⲧⲏ⸗ to observe, pay attention to (, ⲉϫⲛ̄); ϣⲛ̄-ϩⲧⲏ⸗ to have pity (on: ⲉϫⲛ̄, ⲉϩⲣⲁⲓ ⲉϫⲛ̄); and the prep. ϩⲁϩⲧⲛ̄ ϩⲁϩⲧⲏ⸗.
  4. ϩⲏⲧ⸗ is the presuffixal form of (1) ⲧ.ϩⲏ belly, womb, and (2) ⲧ.ϩⲏ front. ϩⲏⲧ⸗ (belly, womb) may be used in its plain sense, as in ϩⲛ̄ ϩⲏⲧⲥ̄ in her womb; otherwise it appears only as part of the prep. ϩⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧ⸗. ϩⲏⲧ⸗ (front) is used as a preposition with certain verbs, e.g. ϣⲓⲡⲉ ϩⲏⲧ⸗, ⲣ̄-ϩⲟⲧⲉ ϩⲏⲧ⸗.
  5. ⲧⲟⲩⲱ⸗ (bosom) is found in the prepositions ⲉⲧⲟⲩⲛ̄- ⲉⲧⲟⲩⲱ⸗ and ϩⲓⲧⲟⲩⲛ̄- ϩⲓⲧⲟⲩⲱ⸗ near, beside. The latter is frequent in the relative construction ⲡⲉⲧ ϩⲓⲧⲟⲩⲱ⸗ neighbor, e.g. ⲡⲉⲧ ϩⲓⲧⲟⲩⲱϥ his neighbor.

Other nouns used with pronominal suffixes are ⲁⲣⲏϫ⸗ end, ⲕⲟⲩⲛ̄() bosom, ⲣⲓⲛ() name, ⲥⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧ⸗ price, and ϣⲁⲁⲛⲧ⸗ nose. The Glossary may be consulted for these.

Vocabulary 29

(ⲉϣⲱⲡⲉ, ⲉϣϫⲉ, ⲛ̄ⲥⲁⲃⲏⲗ ϫⲉ, ⲛⲁⲛⲟⲩ-, ⲛⲉⲥⲉ-, ⲛⲁϣⲉ-, ⲛⲁⲓⲁⲧ⸗, ⲛ̄ ϩⲟⲩⲟ ⲉ, ϥⲓ-ϩⲣⲁ⸗, ϣⲛ̄-ϩⲧⲏ⸗ ⲉϫⲛ̄, ⲡⲉⲧ ϩⲓⲧⲟⲩⲱ⸗ from the lesson)

Exercises

    1. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲡⲉⲕⲑⲃ̄ⲃⲓⲟ ⲛ̄ ϩⲏⲧ ϥⲛⲁϣⲛ̄-ϩⲧⲏϥ ⲉϫⲱⲕ.
      • Because of your (ms. sg.) humility of heart, he will have pity on you.
    2. ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲧⲁⲙⲓⲟ ⲙ̄ ⲡϣⲟⲣⲡ̄ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲱⲙⲉ?
      • Who created the first man?
    3. ⲛⲁϣⲉ-ⲛⲉⲓⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛ̄ ϩⲟⲩⲟ ⲉⲣⲟⲛ.
      • These men are more numerous than us.
    4. ⲛⲉⲥⲉ-ⲧⲉⲓⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ ⲛ̄ ϩⲟⲩⲟ.
      • This city is the more beautiful.
    5. ⲛⲁⲓⲁⲧⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲕⲉ.
      • Blessed are the poor.
    6. ⲁ-ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ ⲧⲁⲙⲓⲉ-ⲧⲡⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲡⲕⲁϩ.
      • God created heaven and the earth.
    7. ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲉⲧ ϩⲓⲧⲟⲩⲱⲕ?
      • Who is your (ms. sg.) neighbor?
    8. ⲧⲁⲓ ⲧⲉ ⲧϣⲟⲣⲡⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲉⲛⲧⲟⲗⲏ.
      • This is the first commandment.
    9. ⲛⲁⲛⲟⲩ-ϯ-ϩⲁϩ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲉⲧⲁⲛⲟⲓⲁ.
      • It is good to repent much.
    10. ⲥⲉⲛⲁⲥⲙⲟⲩ ⲉⲣⲟⲕ ⲛ̄ ϩⲟⲩⲟ ⲉ ⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲛⲓⲙ.
      • You (ms. sg.) will be blessed more than any man.
    11. ⲛⲉⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥ ⲟⲩⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ ⲉ-ⲛⲉⲥⲱⲥ ⲉⲙⲁⲧⲉ.
      • He had a very beautiful wife.
    12. ⲁⲥⲧⲁⲙⲓⲟ ⲛⲁϥ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲕⲟⲩⲓ ⲛ̄ ϭⲓⲛⲟⲩⲱⲙ.
      • She prepared him a little food.
    13. ⲛⲁⲓⲁⲧϥ̄ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥϭⲛ̄-ϩⲙⲟⲧ ⲛ̄ⲛⲁϩⲣⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ.
      • Blessed is the one who has found favor in the presence of the Lord.
    14. ⲟⲩ ⲡⲉⲧ ⲛⲁϣⲑⲃ̄ⲃⲓⲟⲕ?
      • What can humble you (ms. sg.)?
    15. ⲟⲩ ⲡⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲁⲁⲁϥ ϫⲉ ⲉⲛⲉⲟⲩϫⲁⲓ?
      • What will we do to be saved?
    16. ⲥⲁϩⲉ-ⲧⲏⲩⲧⲛ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲓ.
      • Leave (pl.) me.
    1. ⲉϥϣⲁⲛϭⲛ̄ⲧ, ϥⲛⲁⲙⲟⲩⲟⲩⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲓ.
      • If he finds me he will kill me.
    2. ⲉⲕϣⲁⲛⲥⲟⲧⲡⲧ̄, ⲉⲓⲉ ⲛⲁⲥⲛⲏⲩ ⲛⲁϭⲱⲛⲧ̄ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲧⲉ.
      • If you (ms. sg.) choose me, then my brothers will become very angry.
    3. ⲉⲕϣⲁⲛⲕⲁⲁⲧ ⲉ ⲃⲱⲕ, ϯⲛⲁⲕⲧⲟⲓ ⲉ ϣⲓⲏⲧ.
      • If you (ms. sg.) let me go, I will return to Scetis.
    4. ⲉϥϣⲁⲛϩⲱⲛ ⲉⲧⲟⲟⲧⲕ̄ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲕⲁⲁⲥ, ⲉⲕⲉⲁⲁⲥ ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲱⲣϫ̄.
      • If he commands you (ms. sg.) to do it, you must do it diligently.
    5. ⲉϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲧⲟⲓ ⲉⲓ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲉ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ, ⲥⲉⲛⲁⲣⲁϩⲧⲛ̄ ⲧⲏⲣⲛ̄.
      • If the soldiers come in to the city, they will kill us all.
    6. ⲉϣⲱⲡⲉ ϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲧⲉⲕⲥⲙⲏ, ϥⲛⲁⲥⲁϩⲱϥ.
      • If he hears your (ms. sg.) voice, he will leave.
    7. ⲉϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲏⲧⲛ̄ ϩⲉⲛⲟⲉⲓⲕ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ ⲉⲩⲣ̄-ϩⲟⲩⲟ ⲉⲣⲱⲧⲛ̄, ⲧⲉⲧⲛⲉⲧⲁⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲧ ϩⲕⲁⲉⲓⲧ.
      • If you (pl.) have more than enough bread for yourselves, you shall give it to the hungry.
    8. ⲉⲣϣⲁⲛ-ⲛⲉⲥⲛⲏⲩ ⲕⲧⲟⲟⲩ ⲉ ⲡϯⲙⲉ ϩⲓ ⲣⲟⲩϩⲉ, ϯⲛⲁⲃⲱⲕ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
      • If the brothers return to the village in the evening, I will go with them.
    9. ⲉϣϫⲉ ⲡⲉⲕⲉⲓⲱⲧ ⲉⲡⲓϯⲙⲁ ⲛⲁⲕ, ⲛ̄ⲛⲉⲕϭⲱⲛⲧ̄.
      • If your (ms. sg.) father rebukes you, you shall not become angry.
    10. ⲉϣϫⲉ ⲡⲉⲕⲥⲟⲛ ⲣ̄-ⲡⲉⲑⲟⲟⲩ ⲛⲁⲕ, ⲉⲕⲉⲣ̄-ⲡⲡⲉⲧ ⲛⲁⲛⲟⲩϥ ⲛⲁϥ.
      • If your (ms. sg.) brother does evil to you, you shall do good to him.
    11. ⲉⲣϣⲁⲛ-ⲧⲉⲕⲥⲱⲛⲉ ⲉⲓ ϣⲁⲣⲟⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲁⲥⲧⲉ, ϯⲛⲁⲧⲁⲙⲟⲥ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲡⲉⲓϣⲁϫⲉ.
      • If your (ms. sg.) sister comes to me tomorrow, I will tell her about this thing.
    12. ⲉ-ⲛⲉ-ⲟⲩⲇⲓⲕⲁⲓⲟⲥ ⲡⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲕ, ⲛⲉⲕⲛⲁⲉⲓⲣⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲓϩⲉ ⲁⲛ.
      • If you (ms. sg.) were righteous, you would not act like this.
    13. ⲁⲣϭⲛ̄-ϩⲙⲟⲧ ⲛ̄ⲛⲁϩⲣⲙ̄ ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ.
      • You (fm. sg.) have found favor before God.
    14. ⲉ-ⲛⲉⲕⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁ, ⲛⲉⲣⲉ-ⲡⲁⲥⲟⲛ ⲛⲁⲙⲟⲩ ⲁⲛ ⲡⲉ.
      • If you (ms. sg.) had been here, my brother would not have died.
    15. ⲧⲛ̄ϣⲡ̄-ϩⲙⲟⲧ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲟⲧⲕ̄ ϩⲁ ⲡⲉⲕⲛⲟϭ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲁ.
      • We give you (ms. sg.) thanks for your great mercy.
    16. ⲉ-ⲛⲉ-ⲛⲧⲁⲓⲉⲓⲙⲉ ϫⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲕ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲣ̄ⲣⲟ, ⲛⲉⲓⲛⲁⲡⲁϩⲧ̄ ⲛⲁϩⲣⲁⲕ ⲡⲉ ⲉⲓϣⲓⲡⲉ ϩⲏⲧⲕ̄.
      • If I had understood that you (ms. sg.) were the king, I would have bowed in your presence, revering you.
    17. ⲉϣϫⲉ ⲕⲱⲥⲕ̄ ⲉⲕⲟ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲉϥⲣ̄-ⲛⲟⲃⲉ, ⲛ̄ⲥⲉⲛⲁϣⲛ̄-ϩⲧⲏⲩ ⲉϫⲱⲕ ⲁⲛ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϩⲟⲟⲩ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
      • If you (ms. sg.) continue being sinful, you will not be pitied on that day.
    18. ⲉϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲥⲉⲉⲓⲣⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲧ ⲛⲁⲛⲟⲩϥ, ⲥⲉⲛⲁϭⲛ̄-ϩⲙⲟⲧ ⲛ̄ⲛⲁϩⲣⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ.
      • If they do good, they will find favor in the presence of the Lord.
    19. ⲉ-ⲛⲉ-ⲛⲧⲁ-ⲛⲉⲓϩⲓⲥⲉ ⲱⲥⲕ̄, ⲛⲉⲛⲛⲁⲙⲟⲩ ⲡⲉ.
      • If these afflictions had been prolonged, we would have died.
    20. ⲉϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲉⲩⲡⲓⲥⲧⲉⲩⲉ ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲱⲣϫ, ⲥⲉⲛⲁⲥⲗ̄ⲥⲱⲗⲟⲩ.
      • If they firmly believe, they will be consoled.
    21. ϣϣⲉ ⲉⲣⲟⲛ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲛϣⲡ̄-ϩⲙⲟⲧ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲟⲧϥ̄ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓϣ ⲛⲓⲙ.
      • It is proper for us to thank him always.
    22. ϩⲁⲡⲥ̄ ⲉⲣⲟⲛ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲛϯ-ⲧⲟⲟⲧⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲧ ϩⲓⲧⲟⲩⲱⲛ.
      • It is necessary for us to help our neighbors.
    23. ⲥⲙⲟⲕϩ̄ ⲉ ⲥϩⲁⲓ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲣⲙ̄ⲛ̄ⲕⲏⲙⲉ.
      • It is difficult to write Coptic / Egyptian!
    24. ⲉⲓⲥ ⲡⲉⲓⲛⲟϭ ⲙ̄ ⲙⲁⲉⲓⲛ ⲛⲁϭⲱⲗⲡ̄ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲛⲏⲧⲛ̄.
      • Behold, this great sign will appear to you.
    25. ⲛ̄ⲥⲁⲃⲏⲗ ϫⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲕ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ, ⲛⲉⲓⲛⲁⲙⲟⲟⲩⲧⲕ̄.
      • If you (ms. sg.) were not my father, I would kill you.

Reading

(from the Sayings of the Fathers)

  1. ⲁϥϫⲟⲟⲥ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲟⲩϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ϫⲉ "ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲓⲣⲁⲥⲙⲟⲥ ⲛⲓⲙ ⲙ̄ⲡⲣ̄ϭⲛ̄-ⲁⲣⲓⲕⲉ ⲉ-ⲣⲱⲙⲉ, ⲁⲗⲗⲁ ϭⲛ̄-ⲁⲣⲓⲕⲉ ⲉⲣⲟⲕ ⲙⲁⲩⲁⲁⲕ ⲉⲕϫⲱ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲥ ϫⲉ 'ⲉⲣⲉ-ⲛⲁⲓ ϣⲟⲟⲡ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲓ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲛⲁⲛⲟⲃⲉ'."
    A monk said, "In every temptation, don't find fault with man, but find fault with yourself alone, saying, 'It is because of my sins that these things are happening to me.'"
  2. ⲁ-ⲟⲩⲁ ⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ⲃⲱⲕ ϣⲁ ⲕⲉϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ⲁⲩⲱ ⲡⲉϫⲁϥ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϥⲙⲁⲑⲏⲧⲏⲥ ϫⲉ, "ⲧⲁⲙⲓⲟ ⲛⲁⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲕⲟⲩⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲁⲣϣⲓⲛ". ⲁⲩⲱ ⲁϥⲧⲁⲙⲓⲟϥ. ⲡⲉϫⲁϥ ϫⲉ, "ϩⲉⲣⲡ̄-ϩⲉⲛⲟⲉⲓⲕ ⲛⲁⲛ". ⲁⲩⲱ ⲁϥϩⲟⲣⲡⲟⲩ. ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲟⲩ ⲇⲉ ⲁⲩⲙⲟⲩⲛ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲉⲩϣⲁϫⲉ ⲉ ⲛⲉⲡ̄ⲛ̄ⲓ̄ⲕⲟⲛ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϩⲟⲟⲩ ⲧⲏⲣϥ̄ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲩϣⲏ ⲧⲏⲣⲥ̄.
    One of the monks went up to another monk and said to his disciple, "Prepare us a few lentils." And he prepared it. He said, "Moisten some loaves for us." And he moistened them. And they kept speaking of spiritual matters all day and all night.
  3. ⲁⲩϫⲟⲟⲥ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲛ̄ϩⲗ̄ⲗⲟ ϫⲉ, "ⲕⲁⲛ ⲛⲁⲙⲉ ⲉⲣϣⲁⲛ-ⲟⲩⲁⲅⲅⲉⲗⲟⲥ ⲟⲩⲱⲛⲁϩ ⲛⲁⲕ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ, ⲙ̄ⲡⲣ̄ϣⲟⲡϥ̄ ⲉⲣⲟⲕ, ⲁⲗⲗⲁ ⲑⲃ̄ⲃⲓⲟⲕ ⲛⲅ̄ϫⲟⲟⲥ ϫⲉ, 'ⲛ̄ϯⲙ̄ⲡϣⲁ ⲁⲛ ⲉ ⲛⲁⲩ ⲉ ⲡⲁⲅⲅⲉⲗⲟⲥ ⲉ-ⲁⲓⲱⲛϩ̄ ϩⲛ̄ ⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲃⲉ'."
    The monks said, "Even if an angel truly appears to you, do not receive it (to yourself), but humble yourself and say, 'I am not worthy to see the angel, having lived in sins."

New words:

Lesson 30

30.1 The Injunctive (also called the Optative):

ⲙⲁⲣⲓⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄let me hear
ⲙⲁⲣⲉϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄let him hear
ⲙⲁⲣⲉⲥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄let her hear
ⲙⲁⲣⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄let us hear
ⲙⲁⲣⲟⲩⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄let them hear
ⲙⲁⲣⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄let the man hear

The Injunctive occurs only in the 1st and 3rd persons in standard Sahidic. The 1st person corresponds to the cohortative, the 3rd person to the jussive; theoretically, the Imperative may be said to occupy the 2nd person position. The negative of the Injunctive is expressed by using the negative Imperative prefix ⲙ̄ⲡⲣ̄- with the corresponding form of the Inflected Infinitive: ⲙ̄ⲡⲣ̄ⲧⲣⲉϥⲃⲱⲕ don't let him go, ⲙ̄ⲡⲣ̄ⲧⲣⲉⲩⲙⲟⲟⲩⲧϥ̄ don't let them kill him. The Injunctive is tripartite and is used only with the Infinitive. The free form of the 1st person, ⲙⲁⲣⲟⲛ, is used alone in the sense "Let's go.".

30.2 The Future Conjunctive of Result (also called the Finalis).

ⲧⲁⲣⲉⲕⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲧⲁⲣⲉⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲧⲁⲣⲉϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲧⲁⲣⲉⲥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲧⲁⲣⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲧⲁⲣⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲧⲁⲣⲟⲩⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲧⲁⲣⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄

ⲛ̄ may occur optionally before all of these forms. For the 1st person sing. the simple Conjunctive ⲧⲁ- may be used.

The Future Conjunctive is basically a result clause; it is especially frequent after an Imperative, e.g.

ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉⲣⲟⲓ ⲧⲁⲣⲉⲕⲣ̄-ⲥⲁⲃⲉ.
Listen to me and you will become wise (or: so as to become wise).

Although the Conjunctive itself may occasionally have the value of a result/purpose clause after an Imperative, the Future Conjunctive always has this meaning. The nuance of the form can best be understood if it is viewed as the transformation of an underlying conditional sentence:

ⲉⲕϣⲁⲛⲉⲓ ⲉⲉⲓⲉ ⲕⲛⲁⲛⲁⲩ.
ⲁⲙⲟⲩ ⲧⲁⲣⲉⲕⲛⲁⲩ.

It may also occur after a question, e.g.

ⲛⲓⲙ ⲡⲉⲛⲧⲁϥⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲣⲟϥ ⲧⲁⲣⲉϥϣⲁϫⲉ ⲉⲣⲟϥ?
Who has seen him so as to be able to describe him?

If the question is rhetorical, as in this example, negation is generally implied: "No one has seen him so as...". If the question is real, the implication is "Tell me the answer so that...", as in

ⲉϥⲧⲱⲛ ⲡⲉⲕⲥⲟⲛ ⲧⲁⲣⲛ̄ϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁϥ?
Where is your brother that we may speak with him?

30.3 The Clause Conjugations. A distinction is made between sentence conjugations (Bipartite and Tripartite) and clause conjugations. The latter are so named because they correspond to a conjunction plus a clause in normal translation. To this category belong the Temporal, the Conjunctive, the Conditional, the Future Conjunctive of Result, and most uses of the Inflected Infinitive (ⲉⲧⲣⲉϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄, ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲧⲣⲉϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄, ⲙⲛ̄ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲧⲣⲉϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄). Characteristic of this category is (1) negation with -ⲧⲙ̄-, and (2) the use of the Infinitive only.

A further clause conjugation is ϣⲁⲛⲧϥ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ (until he hears):

ϣⲁⲛϯⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄until I hear
ϣⲁⲛⲧⲕ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄until you hear
ϣⲁⲛⲧⲉⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄etc.
ϣⲁⲛⲧϥ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ϣⲁⲛⲧⲥ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ϣⲁⲛⲧⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ϣⲁⲛⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ϣⲁⲛⲧⲟⲩⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ϣⲁⲛⲧⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
until the man hears

Translation is regularly with "until", e.g.

ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲁϭⲱ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁ ϣⲁⲛⲧϥ̄ⲉⲓ.
We shall remain here until he comes.

Similar in appearance to a clause conjugation is the form ϫⲓⲛ(ⲛ̄)ⲧⲁϥⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ (from the time that he heard). This consists, however, of the conjunction ϫⲓⲛ followed by the Second Perfect. Even more frequent are the compound expressions with ⲕⲁⲧⲁ ⲑⲉ and ⲛ̄ ⲑⲉ (as, according as, just as), both of which are followed by relative constructions, e.g.

ⲁⲩϩⲉ ⲉⲣⲟϥ ⲛ̄ ⲑⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥϫⲟⲟⲥ ⲛⲁⲩ.
They found it just as he had told them.
ⲕⲁⲧⲁ ⲑⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁⲓⲁⲁⲥ ⲛⲏⲧⲛ̄, ⲉⲧⲉⲧⲛⲉⲁⲁⲥ ϩⲱⲧ-ⲧⲏⲩⲧⲛ̄...
According as I have done to you, you too are to do...
ⲕⲁⲧⲁ ⲑⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲥⲏϩ ⲉⲧⲃⲏⲏⲧϥ̄
as it is written concerning him
ⲕⲁⲧⲁ ⲑⲉ ⲉⲧⲟⲩⲛⲁϣⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲥ
according as they would be able to hear (i.e. understand)

The feminine resumptive -ⲥ in these constructions refers back to ⲑⲉ and should not be translated as a pronominal object. If a real pronominal object is required, the resumptive -ⲥ is omitted, e.g.

ⲕⲁⲧⲁ ⲑⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲁ-ⲡⲁⲉⲓⲱⲧ ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲟⲟⲩⲧ, ⲁⲛⲟⲕ ϩⲱ ϯϫⲟⲟⲩ ⲙ̄ⲙⲱⲧⲛ̄.
Just as my Father sent me, so I too am sending you.

Other constructions with ⲑⲉ are treated similarly, e.g.

ⲧⲁⲓ ⲧⲉ ⲑⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲁ-ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ ⲁⲁⲥ ⲛⲁⲓ.
Thus has the Lord acted for me.

30.4 When the Inflected Infinitive is used instead of a simple Infinitive after a verbal prefix, it has the value of a causative (hence its alternate name, the Causative Infinitive):

ⲁⲓⲧⲣⲉⲩⲉⲓ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ.
I caused them to enter.
ϯⲛⲁⲧⲣⲉⲕⲣⲓⲙⲉ.
I shall cause you to weep.

30.5 The form ⲙ̄ⲡⲁⲧϥ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ describes an action as expected but not yet done. It is conveniently translated as "he has not yet heard". The form is fully inflected:

ⲙ̄ⲡⲁϯⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲙ̄ⲡⲁⲧⲕ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲙ̄ⲡⲁⲧⲉⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲙ̄ⲡⲁⲧϥ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲙ̄ⲡⲁⲧⲥ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲙ̄ⲡⲁⲧⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲙ̄ⲡⲁⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲙ̄ⲡⲁⲧⲟⲩⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄
ⲙ̄ⲡⲁⲧⲉ-ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄

It may occur in circumstantial clauses with the circumstantial converter ⲉ-; the resultant form appears ambiguously as ⲉ-ⲙⲡⲁⲧⲉ- or simply ⲙ̄ⲡⲁⲧⲉ-. In this usage it is best translated as an affirmative clause with "before":

ⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲁⲧⲁϩⲟϥ ⲉ-ⲙⲡⲁⲧϥ̄ⲡⲱϩ ⲉ ⲧⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ.
We shall overtake him before he reaches the city.

With the imperfect converter ⲛⲉ-ⲙⲡⲁⲧϥ̄ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ corresponds to the pluperfect: he had not yet heard.

30.6 An untranslatable dative with ⲛⲁ⸗ or ⲉⲣⲟ⸗ occurs optionally with many verbs, especially in the Imperative. This reflexive dative is called the ethical dative, following standard terminology. E.g.

ⲃⲱⲕ ⲛⲁⲕ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲕⲏⲓ.Go home!
ⲥⲱ ⲛⲏⲧⲛ̄.Drink!

Verbs with which this occurs with some frequency are noted in the Glossary.

30.7 Higher numbers, ordinals, and fractions.

20ϫⲟⲩⲱⲧ (f. ϫⲟⲩⲱⲧⲉ) ϫⲟⲩⲧ-
30ⲙⲁⲁⲃ (f. ⲙⲁⲁⲃⲉ) ⲙⲁⲃ-
40ϩⲙⲉ
50ⲧⲁⲓⲟⲩ
60ⲥⲉ
70ϣϥⲉ, ⲥϣ̄ϥⲉ, ϣⲃⲉ
80ϩⲙⲉⲛⲉ, ϩⲙ̄ⲛⲉ-
90ⲡⲥ̄ⲧⲁⲓⲟⲩ
1.0</td>ϣⲉ
2.0</td>ϣⲏⲧ
1,.00ϣⲟ
10.000ⲧⲃⲁ

The tens combine with the forms of the units used in the 'teens (§24.3). The -ⲧ- of -ⲧⲏ (5) is not repeated after another -ⲧ-:

ϫⲟⲩⲧⲟⲩⲉ21
ϫⲟⲩⲧⲏ25
ⲙⲁⲃⲯⲓⲧⲉ39
ϣϥⲉⲧⲏ75

An intrusive -ⲧ- appears before -ⲁϥⲧⲉ (4) and -ⲁⲥⲉ (6):

ⲙⲁⲃⲧⲁϥⲧⲉ34
ⲥⲉⲧⲁⲥⲉ66

The numbers ϣⲉ 1.0, ϣⲟ 1,.00, and ⲧⲃⲁ 10.000 are masculine:

ϣⲟ ⲥⲛⲁⲩ2,.00
ϣⲟⲙⲛ̄ⲧ ⲛ̄ ϣⲟ3,.00
ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲥⲛⲟⲟⲩⲥ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲃⲁ1.0,0.0</td>

Proclitic forms of the units are frequent here, e.g.

ϣⲙ̄ⲧ-ϣⲟ3,.00
ⲥⲉⲩ-ϣⲟ6,.00

Combinations of these higher numbers with tens and units vary in form, e.g.

ϣⲉ ⲙⲁⲁⲃ = ϣⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲙⲁⲁⲃ1.0</td>
ⲥⲉⲩ-ϣⲟ ⲁⲩⲱ ϣⲙⲟⲩⲛ ⲛ̄ ϣⲉ6,.00

Ordinal numbers are formed from the cardinals with the prefix ⲙⲉϩ-. The ordinals are treated as adjectives before the noun with linking ⲛ̄. Gender distinctions are maintained:

ⲡⲙⲉϩⲥⲛⲁⲩ ⲛ̄ ϩⲟⲟⲩthe second day
ⲧⲙⲉϩⲥⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲟⲙⲡⲉthe second year

For "first" the adjectives ϣⲟⲣⲡ̄ (f. ϣⲟⲣⲡⲉ) and ϩⲟⲩⲉⲓⲧ (f. ϩⲟⲩⲉⲓⲧⲉ) are used.

Fractional numbers worth noting are ⲧ.ⲡⲁϣⲉ (half) and ϭⲟⲥ, ϭⲓⲥ- (half). Other fractions are expressed by ⲣⲉ- prefixed to the denominator, as in ⲣⲉ-ⲙⲏⲧ one-tenth, or with ⲟⲩⲱⲛ (ⲟⲩⲛ̄-), as in ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ⲛ̄-ϥⲧⲟⲟⲩ a fourth.

30.8 The remote (or further) demonstrative pronouns (that) are m.s. ⲡⲏ, f.s. ⲧⲏ, and pl. ⲛⲏ. These occur much less frequently than ⲡⲁⲓ, ⲧⲁⲓ, ⲛⲁⲓ because of the preference for using phrases with ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ, such as ⲡⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.

The prefixal forms ⲡⲓ-, ϯ-, and ⲛⲓ- are usually described as the reduced forms of ⲡⲏ, ⲧⲏ, and ⲛⲏ, parallel in usage to ⲡⲉⲓ-, ⲧⲉⲓ-, and ⲛⲉⲓ-. While such a formal relationship may exist, the use of ⲡⲓ-, ϯ-, and ⲛⲓ- in standard Sahidic is quite restricted. The form ⲡⲓ- occurs mainly in a few temporal and local adverbial expressions, such as ⲙ̄ ⲡⲓⲟⲩⲟⲉⲓϣ (at that time) and ⲡⲓⲥⲁ (that side, as opposed to this side). The form ⲛⲓ- occurs most frequently in expressions involving comparison with ⲛ̄ ⲑⲉ ⲛ̄ (like) or ⲣ̄-ⲑⲉ ⲛ̄ (to become like); it sometimes corresponds more closely to an English generic noun, e.g. ⲛ̄ ⲑⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲓϭⲣⲟⲟⲙⲡⲉ like doves, like a dove. It is also found in the expression ϣⲁ ⲛⲓⲉⲛⲉϩ. Elsewhere ⲡⲓ-, ϯ-, and ⲛⲓ- are frequent as scribal variants of ⲡⲉⲓ-, ⲧⲉⲓ-, ⲛⲉⲓ- or have the force of an emphatic article.

30.9 When it is necessary to express a durative or continuous process or state in the future, a periphrastic construction is employed using the Circumstantial. Contrast

ⲕⲛⲁⲟⲩⲟⲡyou will become holy
ⲕⲛⲁϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲉⲕⲟⲩⲁⲁⲃyou will be holy
ⲉⲕⲉⲕⲁ-ⲣⲱⲕyou shall become silent
ⲉⲕⲉϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲉⲕⲕⲱ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲱⲕyou shall remain silent

The difference is sometimes slight, but not infrequently spelled out. The same construction occasionally appears with other tripartite conjugational forms. A full discussion of the aspectual problem involved here lies beyond the scope of this book.

30.10 Greek conjunctions, adverbs, and prepositions that occur frequently in Coptic (for reference only). The term postpositive means that the word in question must follow immediately after the first element of the sentence, as in ⲡⲣⲱⲙⲉ ⲇⲉ ⲁϥⲃⲱⲕ.

30.11 Final remarks on Coptic conjunctions and particles.

  1. The main coordinating conjunctions are ⲁⲩⲱ and ⲙⲛ̄. ⲙⲛ̄ is used primarily to join nouns or nominalized expressions; ⲁⲩⲱ is used elsewhere. ⲁⲩⲱ is sometimes used for ⲙⲛ̄, but this poses no particular translation problem. ⲁⲩⲱ often appears redundantly before the Conjunctive or before the apodosis of a conditional sentence. When nouns have no article (for whatever reason), they may be joined with the preposition ϩⲓ instead of ⲙⲛ̄, as in ⲙⲛ̄-ⲙⲟⲟⲩ ϩⲓ ⲟⲉⲓⲕ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ There is neither water nor food. ϩⲓ is also used to form compound nominal expressions of a special type, e.g. ⲥⲁⲣⲝ ϩⲓ ⲥⲛⲟϥ flesh and blood. These expressions function as a unit: any article occurs only with the first word, as in ϩⲉⲛⲥⲁⲣⲝ ϩⲓ ⲥⲛⲟϥ ⲛⲉ They are flesh and blood.
  2. The main uses of the conjunction ϫⲉ have already been introduced: (1) in naming-constructions (see Vocab. 17); (2) to introduce noun clauses (object clauses) after appropriate verbs of speaking, perception, and the like; (3) to introduce purpose/result clauses with the Second or Third Future. ϫⲉ is also frequent in the sense "for, since, because", which is less ambiguously expressed by ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϫⲉ and ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ϫⲉ. In many instances ϫⲉ is the equivalent of English "namely, i.e." in introducing explanatory appositions, e.g. ⲟⲩⲑⲩⲥⲓⲁ... ϫⲉ ⲟⲩⲥⲟⲉⲓϣ ⲛ̄ ϭⲣⲙ̄ⲡϣⲁⲛ an offering... namely a pair of turtle-doves. ϫⲉ is also used in some compound conjunctions, such as ⲛ̄ⲥⲁⲃⲏⲗ ϫⲉ (if not, unless) and ⲛ̄ ⲑⲉ ϫⲉ (as if, as though).
  3. ⲉϣϫⲉ and ⲉⲓⲉ, in addition to their role in conditional sentences, may be placed before any statement to mark it as a question.
  4. ϭⲉ is a postpositive particle with very much the same function as Greek ⲇⲉ. It is especially frequent in the phrase ⲧⲉⲛⲟⲩ ϭⲉ and now, so now therefore.
  5. ⲛ̄ⲧⲟⲟⲩⲛ: then, thereupon, next, forthwith.
  6. ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ may mean "except" after a negative statement:

    ⲙ̄ⲡⲉ-ⲗⲁⲁⲩ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲟⲩ ⲧⲃ̄ⲃⲟ ⲛ̄ⲥⲁ ⲛⲁⲓⲙⲁⲛ ⲡⲥⲩⲣⲟⲥ.
    None of them became cleansed except Naiman the Syrian.
  7. Certain temporal expressions may occur with a following relative clause without resumptive pronouns. These function virtually as compound conjunctions. E.g.

    ⲡⲉϩⲟⲟⲩ ⲉⲧⲉⲣⲉ-ⲛⲁⲓ ⲛⲁϣⲱⲡⲉ
    the day when this will happen
    ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϩⲟⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥϭⲱϣⲧ̄
    on the day when he looked
  8. The Conditional is frequently used in a temporal sense: when, whenever.

Vocabulary 30

Exercises

  1. ⲡⲉϫⲁϥ ϫⲉ ⲙⲁⲣⲟⲛ, ⲧⲉⲩⲛⲟⲩ ϩⲏⲛ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ.
    • He said, "Let's go, the hour is at hand."
  2. ⲁϥⲧⲣⲉ-ⲡⲉϥϩⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ ⲧⲁⲙⲓⲟ ⲛⲁϥ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲕⲟⲩⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲟⲉⲓⲕ.
    • He caused his slave to prepare him a little bread.
  3. ⲁϥⲧⲁϣⲉ-ⲟⲉⲓϣ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲩⲁⲅⲅⲉⲗⲓⲟⲛ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲉⲭⲱⲣⲁ ⲧⲏⲣⲥ̄ ϣⲁⲛⲧϥ̄ⲥⲁϩⲱϥ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲛ̄ϩⲏⲧⲥ̄.
    • He proclaimed the gospel in the whole region until he withdrew from it.
  4. ⲙ̄ⲡⲣ̄ⲧⲣⲉ-ⲛ̄ϩⲁⲗⲁⲧⲉ ⲟⲩⲱⲙ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲓⲉⲗⲟⲟⲗⲉ.
    • Don't let the birds eat any of these grapes.
  5. ⲁ-ⲛⲁⲓ ⲧⲏⲣⲟⲩ ϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲕⲁⲧⲁ ⲑⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲥⲏϩ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡϫⲱⲱⲙⲉ.
    • All these things happened just as is written in the book.
  6. ϩⲣⲁⲓ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲙⲉϩⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲥⲛⲟⲟⲩⲥ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲟⲙⲡⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲉϥⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲣⲟ ⲁϥⲙⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲡⲉⲛⲣ̄ⲣⲟ.
    • In the twelfth year of his reign, our king died.
  7. ⲁⲙⲏⲉⲓⲧⲛ̄ ϣⲁⲣⲟⲓ ⲧⲁⲣⲉⲧⲛ̄ϭⲓⲛⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲙⲧⲟⲛ.
    • Come (pl.) to me and you will find rest.
  8. ϩⲁⲡⲥ̄ ⲉⲣⲟⲛ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲛϣⲁϫⲉ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁϥ ⲉ-ⲙⲡⲁⲧⲉ-ⲧⲉϥⲧⲁⲡⲣⲟ ⲧⲱⲙ ϩⲙ̄ ⲡⲙⲟⲩ.
    • It is necessary for us to speak with him before his mouth closes in death.
  9. ⲙⲁⲣⲉ-ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ ϣⲛ̄-ϩⲧⲏϥ ⲉϫⲱⲕ ⲛϥ̄ⲧⲁⲗϭⲟⲕ.
    • Let the Lord have pity on you (ms. sg.) and heal you.
  10. ϣⲁⲣⲉ-ⲟⲩϣⲏⲛ ⲉ-ⲛⲁⲛⲟⲩϥ ⲧⲁⲩⲉ-ⲕⲁⲣⲡⲟⲥ ⲉ-ⲛⲁⲛⲟⲩϥ.
    • A good tree produces good fruit.
  11. ϯⲛⲁⲱⲥⲕ̄ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲓⲙⲁ ϣⲁⲛⲧϥ̄ⲕⲧⲟϥ.
    • I will tarry here until he returns.
  12. ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲡⲁⲓ ⲧⲉⲧⲛⲁϫⲓ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲕⲗⲟⲙ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲟⲟⲩ ϩⲛ̄ ⲙ̄ⲡⲏⲩⲉ.
    • Because of this, you (pl.) will receive the crown of glory in the heavens.
  13. ⲛ̄ ϣϣⲉ ⲁⲛ ⲉⲧⲣⲉⲕⲧⲣⲉ-ⲡⲉⲧ ϩⲓⲧⲟⲩⲱⲕ ϭⲱⲛⲧ̄.
    • It is not proper for you (ms. sg.) to make your neighbor angry.
  14. ⲡⲕⲉⲥⲉⲉⲡⲉ ⲇⲉ ⲁⲩⲁⲣⲭⲉⲓ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲓⲙⲉ ϩⲓ ⲟⲩⲥⲟⲡ.
    • The rest began to weep all at once.
  15. ⲁ-ⲡⲁⲡ̄ⲛ̄ⲁ̄ ⲧⲉⲗⲏⲗ ⲉϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ ⲡⲁⲥⲱⲧⲏⲣ.
    • My spirit rejoiced over God my savior.
  16. ⲁ-ⲡⲉⲧ ϣⲱⲛⲉ ϫⲟⲟⲥ ⲛⲁϥ ϫⲉ ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ, ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ϭⲟⲙ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟⲕ ⲉ ⲧⲃ̄ⲃⲟⲓ.
    • The sick man said to him, "My lord, it is possible for you (ms. sg.) to heal me."
  17. ⲛ̄ⲛⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲩⲉ-ⲛⲉⲛⲧⲁⲧⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲛⲁⲩ ⲉⲣⲟⲟⲩ ⲉ ⲗⲁⲁⲩ.
    • You (pl.) shall not tell the things which you have seen to anyone.
  18. ⲛ̄ϩⲁⲗⲁⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲉ ϣⲁⲩⲟⲩⲱϩ ϩⲁ ⲑⲁⲓⲃⲥ̄ ⲙ̄ ⲡϣⲏⲛ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
    • The birds of the sky settle under the shade of that tree.
  19. ⲡⲉⲧⲉ ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥ ϣⲧⲏⲛ ⲥⲛ̄ⲧⲉ ⲙⲁⲣⲉϥϯ-ⲟⲩⲉⲓ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲧⲉ ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥ.
    • Let the one who has two tunics give one to the one who does not have (any).
  20. ⲧⲛ̄ⲥⲟⲟⲩⲛ̄ ϫⲉ ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ ⲛⲁϭⲓⲛⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲛϣⲓⲛⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲕⲉⲥⲟⲡ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉϩⲟⲟⲩ ⲉⲧ ⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲩ.
    • We know that the Lord will visit us again on that day.
  21. ⲙ̄ⲡⲉⲛⲉⲓⲣⲉ ⲕⲁⲧⲁ ⲑⲉ ⲉⲛⲧⲁϥϩⲱⲛ ⲉⲧⲟⲟⲧⲛ̄ ⲉ ⲁⲁⲥ.
    • We did not do as he commanded us to do.
  22. ⲁϥⲧⲣⲉ-ⲡⲕⲉⲥⲉⲉⲡⲉ ϩⲙⲟⲟⲥ ϫⲉⲕⲁⲥ ⲉⲩⲉⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲧⲉϥⲥⲃⲱ.
    • He caused the rest to sit down so that they might hear his teaching.
  23. ϥⲛⲁϯ-ⲕⲗⲟⲙ ⲉϫⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲧ ⲛⲁⲣ̄-ⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲣⲉ ⲉⲧⲃⲉ ⲡⲉϥⲣⲁⲛ ⲉⲧ ⲟⲩⲁⲁⲃ.
    • He will crown the ones who will testify about his holy name.
  24. ⲧϭⲟⲙ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲉⲧ ϫⲟⲥⲉ ⲧⲉⲧ ⲛⲁⲣ̄-ϩⲁⲉⲓⲃⲥ̄ ⲉⲣⲟ.
    • It is the power of the Almighty which will protect you (fm. sg.).
  25. ⲥⲱⲧⲙ̄ ⲉ ⲛⲁϣⲁϫⲉ ⲧⲁⲣⲉⲕⲧⲁϫⲣⲟ ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲓⲥⲧⲓⲥ ϩⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲱⲣϫ̄.
    • Listen to my words so that you (ms. sg.) will become strengthened firmly in the faith.
  26. ⲁ-ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ ⲧⲁϣⲉ-ⲡⲉϥⲛⲁ ⲛⲙ̄ⲙⲁⲥ.
    • The Lord increased his mercy with her.
  27. ⲟⲩϩⲟⲟⲩⲧ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲟⲩⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ ⲁϥⲧⲁⲙⲓⲟⲟⲩ ⲛ̄ϭⲓ ⲡϫⲟⲉⲓⲥ.
    • Male and female, the Lord created them.
  28. ⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥⲉⲓ ⲉ ⲧⲃ̄ⲃⲟⲟⲩ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲩⲛⲟⲃⲉ.
    • It was to cleanse them from their sins that he came.
  29. ⲙⲁⲣⲛ̄ⲣⲁϣⲉ ⲛ̄ⲧⲛ̄ⲧⲉⲗⲏⲗ ⲛ̄ⲧⲛ̄ϯ-ⲉⲟⲟⲩ ⲛⲁϥ.
    • Let us rejoice and be glad and praise him.
  30. ⲛ̄ⲧⲛ̄ⲣ̄-ⲭⲣⲓⲁ ⲁⲛ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲕϣⲁϫⲉ ⲉⲧ ⲧⲁⲉⲓⲏⲩ.
    • We do not need your (ms. sg.) respected words.
  31. ⲛⲉ-ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁϥ ϩⲉⲛϩⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ ⲛ̄ ϩⲟⲟⲩⲧ ⲙⲛ̄ ϩⲉⲛϩⲙ̄ϩⲁⲗ ⲛ̄ ⲥϩⲓⲙⲉ.
    • He had some male slaves and some female slaves.
  32. ⲟⲩⲛ̄-ϭⲟⲙ ⲇⲉ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲛⲟⲩⲧⲉ ⲉ ⲧⲁϣⲉ-ϩⲙⲟⲧ ⲛⲓⲙ.
    • It is possible for God to increase every grace.
  33. ⲡⲁⲓ ⲡⲉ ⲡⲣⲁⲛ ⲉⲛⲧⲁ-ⲡⲁⲅⲅⲉⲗⲟⲥ ⲧⲁⲁϥ ⲛⲁϥ ⲉ-ⲙⲡⲁⲧⲉ-ⲧⲉϥⲙⲁⲁⲩ ⲱⲱ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ ϩⲛ̄ ⲑⲏ.
    • This is the name which the angel gave him before his mother conceived him in the womb.
  34. ⲡⲉⲓϩⲟⲉⲓⲧⲉ ⲧⲁⲉⲓⲏⲩ ⲛ̄ ϩⲟⲩⲟ ⲉ ⲡⲏ.
    • This cloak is more valuable than that (one).
  35. ⲁⲥⲣ̄-ⲭⲏⲣⲁ ϣⲁⲛⲧⲥ̄ⲣ̄-ϩⲙⲉⲛⲉⲧⲁϥⲧⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲣⲟⲙⲡⲉ.
    • She was a widow until she was eighty-four years old.
  36. ϣⲁⲩϫⲟⲟⲥ ϫⲉ ⲉⲛⲉϫⲓ-ⲕⲗⲟⲙ ϩⲛ̄ ⲙ̄ⲡⲏⲩⲉ ϩⲁ ⲛⲉⲓⲛⲟϭ ⲛ̄ ϩⲓⲥⲉ.
    • They say, "We will receive a crown in the heavens because of these great afflictions."

The Lord's Prayer

ⲡⲉⲛⲉⲓⲱⲧ ⲉⲧ ϩⲛ̄ ⲙ̄ⲡⲏⲩⲉ, ⲙⲁⲣⲉ-ⲡⲉⲕⲣⲁⲛ ⲟⲩⲟⲡ. ⲧⲉⲕⲙⲛ̄ⲧⲣ̄ⲣⲟ ⲙⲁⲣⲉⲥⲉⲓ. ⲡⲉⲕⲟⲩⲱϣ ⲙⲁⲣⲉϥϣⲱⲡⲉ ⲛ̄ ⲑⲉ ⲉⲧϥ̄ϩⲛ̄ ⲧⲡⲉ ⲛ̄ϥϣⲱⲡⲉ¹ ⲟⲛ ϩⲓϫⲙ̄ ⲡⲕⲁϩ. ⲡⲉⲛⲟⲉⲓⲕ ⲉⲧ ⲛⲏⲩ² ⲛⲅ̄ϯ ⲙ̄ⲙⲟϥ ⲛⲁⲛ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲟⲟⲩ, ⲛⲅ̄ⲕⲱ ⲛⲁⲛ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲧ ⲉⲣⲟⲛ³ ⲛ̄ ⲑⲉ ϩⲱⲱⲛ ⲟⲛ ⲉⲧⲛ̄ⲕⲱ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ⲛ̄ ⲛⲉⲧⲉ ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲛ ⲉⲣⲟⲟⲩ, ⲛⲅ̄ⲧⲙ̄ϫⲓⲧⲛ̄ ⲉϩⲟⲩⲛ ⲉ ⲡⲉⲓⲣⲁⲥⲙⲟⲥ ⲁⲗⲗⲁ ⲛⲅ̄ⲛⲁϩⲙⲛ̄⁴ ⲉⲃⲟⲗ ϩⲓⲧⲟⲟⲧϥ̄ ⲙ̄ ⲡⲡⲟⲛⲏⲣⲟⲥ, ϫⲉ ⲧⲱⲕ ⲧⲉ ⲧϭⲟⲙ ⲙⲛ̄ ⲡⲉⲟⲟⲩ ϣⲁ ⲛⲓⲉⲛⲉϩ. ϩⲁⲙⲏⲛ.
Our father who is in the heavens, may your name be hallowed. May your kingdom come. May your will happen as in heaven and happen also on the earth. Our bread which is coming, give to us today, and forgive us the things which are due from us, just as we ourselves also forgive the ones from whom we have things due, and do not take us into temptation, but save us from evil, for yours is the power and the glory forever. Amen.
  1. The repetition of the verb is apparently an attempt to clarify what was felt as an awkward construction in the Greek.
  2. ⲉⲧ ⲛⲏⲩ renders Gk. ἐπιούσιον "for the coming (day)". Note that the 2nd pers. Conjunctives continue, with the force of Imperatives, the 3rd pers. Injunctive forms at the beginning.
  3. The prep. has the special sense of "due from (as indebtedness)". Thus, ⲛⲉⲧ ⲉⲣⲟⲛ "those things which are due from us", ⲛⲉⲧⲉ ⲟⲩⲛ̄ⲧⲁⲛ ⲉⲣⲟⲟⲩ "those from whom we have (something) due".
  4. ⲛⲟⲩϩⲙ̄ vb. tr. to rescue, save.